Feeds:
Posts
Comments

Archive for the ‘Na-K transport’ Category

Extracellular evaluation of intracellular flux in yeast cells

Larry H. Bernstein, MD, FCAP, Reviewer and Curator

Leaders in Pharmaceutical Intelligence

This is the fourth article in a series on metabolomics, which is a major development in -omics, integrating transcriptomics, proteomics,  genomics, metabolic pathways analysis, metabolic and genomic regulatory control using computational mapping.  In the previous two part presentation, flux analysis was not a topic for evaluation, but here it is the major focus.  It is a study of yeast cells, and bears some relationship to the comparison of glycemia, oxidative phosphorylation, TCA cycle, and ETC in leukemia cell lines.  In the previous study – system flux was beyond the scope of analysis, and explicitly stated.  The inferences made in comparing the two lymphocytic leukemia cells was of intracellular metabolism from extracellular measurements.  The study of yeast cells is aimed at looking at cellular effluxes, which is also an important method for studying pharmacological effects and drug resistance.

Metabolomic series

1.  Metabolomics, Metabonomics and Functional Nutrition: the next step in nutritional metabolism and biotherapeutics

http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2014/08/22/metabolomics-metabonomics-and-functional-nutrition-the-next-step-in-nutritional-metabolism-and-biotherapeutics/

2.  Metabolomic analysis of two leukemia cell lines. I

http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2014/08/23/metabolomic-analysis-of-two-leukemia-cell-lines-_i/

3.  Metabolomic analysis of two leukemia cell lines. II.

 http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2014/08/24/metabolomic-analysis-of-two-leukemia-cell-lines-ii/

4.  Extracellular evaluation of intracellular flux in yeast cells

Q1. What is efflux?

Q2. What measurements were excluded from the previous study that would not allow inference about fluxes?

Q3. Would this study bear any relationship to the Pasteur effect?

Q4 What is a genome scale network reconstruction?

Q5 What type of information is required for a network prediction model?

Q6. Is there a difference between the metabolites profiles for yeast grown under aerobic and anaerobuc conditions – under the constrainsts?

Q7.  If there is a difference in the S metabolism, would there be an effect on ATP production?

 

 

Connecting extracellular metabolomic measurements to intracellular flux
states in yeast

Monica L Mo1Bernhard Ø Palsson1 and Markus J Herrgård12*

Author Affiliations

1 Department of Bioengineering, University of California, San Diego, La Jolla, CA 92093, USA

2 Current address: Synthetic Genomics, Inc, 11149 N Torrey Pines Rd, La Jolla, CA 92037, USA

For all author emails, please log on.

BMC Systems Biology 2009, 3:37  doi:10.1186/1752-0509-3-37

 

The electronic version of this article is the complete one and can be found online at: http://www.biomedcentral.com/1752-0509/3/37

 

Received: 15 December 2008
Accepted: 25 March 2009
Published: 25 March 2009

© 2009 Mo et al; licensee BioMed Central Ltd.

This is an Open Access article distributed under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution License (http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/2.0), which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original work is properly cited.

Abstract

Background

Metabolomics has emerged as a powerful tool in the

  • quantitative identification of physiological and disease-induced biological states.

Extracellular metabolome or metabolic profiling data, in particular,

  • can provide an insightful view of intracellular physiological states in a noninvasive manner.

Results

We used an updated genome-scale

  • metabolic network model of Saccharomyces cerevisiae, iMM904, to investigate
  1. how changes in the extracellular metabolome can be used
  2. to study systemic changes in intracellular metabolic states.

The iMM904 metabolic network was reconstructed based on

  • an existing genome-scale network, iND750,
  • and includes 904 genes and 1,412 reactions.

The network model was first validated by

  • comparing 2,888 in silico single-gene deletion strain growth phenotype predictions
  • to published experimental data.

Extracellular metabolome data measured

  • of ammonium assimilation pathways 
  • in response to environmental and genetic perturbations

was then integrated with the iMM904 network

  • in the form of relative overflow secretion constraints and
  • a flux sampling approach was used to characterize candidate flux distributions allowed by these constraints.

Predicted intracellular flux changes were

  • consistent with published measurements
  • on intracellular metabolite levels and fluxes.

Patterns of predicted intracellular flux changes

  • could also be used to correctly identify the regions of
  • the metabolic network that were perturbed.

Conclusion

Our results indicate that

  • integrating quantitative extracellular metabolomic profiles
  • in a constraint-based framework
  • enables inferring changes in intracellular metabolic flux states.

Similar methods could potentially be applied

  • towards analyzing biofluid metabolome variations
  • related to human physiological and disease states.

Background

“Omics” technologies are rapidly generating high amounts of data

  • at varying levels of biological detail.

In addition, there is a rapidly growing literature and

  • accompanying databases that compile this information.

This has provided the basis for the assembly of

  • genome-scale metabolic networks for various microbial and eukaryotic organisms [111].

These network reconstructions serve

  • as manually curated knowledge bases of
  • biological information as well as
  • mathematical representations of biochemical components and
  • interactions specific to each organism.

genome-scale network reconstruction is

  • structured collection of genes, proteins, biochemical reactions, and metabolites
  • determined to exist and operate within a particular organism.

This network can be converted into a predictive model

  • that enables in silico simulations of allowable network states based on
  • governing physico-chemical and genetic constraints [12,13].

A wide range of constraint-based methods have been developed and applied

  • to analyze network metabolic capabilities under
  • different environmental and genetic conditions [13].

These methods have been extensively used to

  • study genome-scale metabolic networks and have successfully predicted, for example,
  1. optimal metabolic states,
  2. gene deletion lethality, and
  3. adaptive evolutionary endpoints [1416].

Most of these applications utilize

  • optimization-based methods such as flux balance analysis (FBA)
  • to explore the metabolic flux space.

However, the behavior of genome-scale metabolic networks can also be studied

  • using unbiased approaches such as
  • uniform random sampling of steady-state flux distributions [17].

Instead of identifying a single optimal flux distribution based on

  • a given optimization criterion (e.g. biomass production),

these methods allow statistical analysis of

  • a large range of possible alternative flux solutions determined by
  • constraints imposed on the network.

Sampling methods have been previously used to study

  1. global organization of E. coli metabolism [18] as well as
  2. to identify candidate disease states in the cardiomyocyte mitochondria [19].

Network reconstructions provide a structured framework

  • to systematically integrate and analyze disparate datasets
  • including transcriptomic, proteomic, metabolomic, and fluxomic data.

Metabolomic data is one of the more relevant data types for this type of analysis as

  1. network reconstructions define the biochemical links between metabolites, and
  2. recent advancements in analytical technologies have allowed increasingly comprehensive
  • intracellular and extracellular metabolite level measurements [20,21].

The metabolome is

  1. the set of metabolites present under a given physiological condition
  2. at a particular time and is the culminating phenotype resulting from
  • various “upstream” control mechanisms of metabolic processes.

Of particular interest to this present study are

  • the quantitative profiles of metabolites that are secreted into the extracellular environment
  • by cells under different conditions.

Recent advances in profiling the extracellular metabolome (EM) have allowed

  • obtaining insightful biological information on cellular metabolism
  • without disrupting the cell itself.

This information can be obtained through various

  • analytical detection,
  • identification, and
  • quantization techniques

for a variety of systems ranging from

  • unicellular model organisms to human biofluids [2023].

Metabolite secretion by a cell reflects its internal metabolic state, and

  • its composition varies in response to
  • genetic or experimental perturbations
  • due to changes in intracellular pathway activities
  • involved in the production and utilization of extracellular metabolites [21].

Variations in metabolic fluxes can be reflected in EM changes which can

  • provide insight into the intracellular pathway activities related to metabolite secretion.

The extracellular metabolomic approach has already shown promise

  • in a variety of applications, including
  1. capturing detailed metabolite biomarker variations related to disease and
  2. drug-induced states and
  3. characterizing gene functions in yeast [2427].

However, interpreting changes in the extracellular metabolome can be challenging

  • due to the indirect relationship between the proximal cause of the change
    (e.g. a mutation)
  • and metabolite secretion.

Since metabolic networks describe

  • mechanistic,
  • biochemical links between metabolites,

integrating such data can allow a systematic approach

  • to identifying altered pathways linked to
  • quantitative changes in secretion profiles.

Measured secretion rates of major byproduct metabolites

  • can be applied as additional exchange flux constraints
  • that define observed metabolic behavior.

For example, a recent study integrating small-scale EM data

  • with a genome-scale yeast model
  • correctly predicted oxygen consumption and ethanol production capacities
  • in mutant strains with respiratory deficiencies [28].

The respiratory deficient mutant study

  • used high accuracy measurements for a small number of
  • major byproduct secretion rates
  • together with an optimization-based method well suited for such data.

Here, we expand the application range of the model-based method used in [28]

  • to extracellular metabolome profiles,
  • which represent a temporal snapshot of the relative abundance
  • for a larger number of secreted metabolites.

Our approach is complementary to

  • statistical (i.e. “top-down”) approaches to metabolome analysis [29]
  • and can potentially be used in applications such as biofluid-based diagnostics or
  • large-scale characterization of mutants strains using metabolite profiles.

This study implements a constraint-based sampling approach on

  • an updated genome-scale network of yeast metabolism
  • to systematically determine how EM level variations

are linked to global changes in intracellular metabolic flux states.

By using a sampling-based network approach and statistical methods (Figure 1),

  • EM changes were linked to systemic intracellular flux perturbations
    in an unbiased manner
  • without relying on defining single optimal flux distributions
  • used in the previously mentioned study [28].

The inferred perturbations in intracellular reaction fluxes were further analyzed

  • using reporter metabolite and subsystem (i.e., metabolic pathway) approaches [30]
  • in order to identify dominant metabolic features that are collectively perturbed (Figure 2).

The sampling-based approach also has the additional benefit of

  • being less sensitive to inaccuracies in metabolite secretion profiles than
  • optimization-based methods and can effectively be used – in biofluid metabolome analysis.
integration of exometabolomic (EM) data

integration of exometabolomic (EM) data

Figure 1. Schematic illustrating the integration of exometabolomic (EM) data with the constraint-based framework.

(A) Cells are subjected to genetic and/or environmental perturbations to secrete metabolite patterns unique to that condition.
(B) EM is detected, identified, and quantified.
(C) EM data is integrated as required secretion flux constraints to define allowable solution space.
(D) Random sampling of solution space yields the range of feasible flux distributions for intracellular reactions.
(E) Sampled fluxes were compared to sampled fluxes of another condition to determine

  • which metabolic regions were altered between the two conditions (see Figure 2).

(F) Significantly altered metabolic regions were identified.

http://www.biomedcentral.com/content/figures/1752-0509-3-37-1.jpg

 

sampling and scoring analysis to determine intracellular flux changes

sampling and scoring analysis to determine intracellular flux changes

Figure 2. Schematic of sampling and scoring analysis to determine intracellular flux changes.

(A) Reaction fluxes are sampled for two conditions.
(B & C) Sample of flux differences is calculated by selecting random flux values from each condition

  • to obtain a distribution of flux differences for each reaction.

(D) Standardized reaction Z-scores are determined, which represent

  • how far the sampled flux differences deviates from a zero flux change.

Reaction scores can be used in

  1. visualizing perturbation subnetworks and
  2. analyzing reporter metabolites and subsystems.

http://www.biomedcentral.com/content/figures/1752-0509-3-37-2.jpg

This study was divided into two parts and describes:

(i) the reconstruction and validation of an expanded S. cerevisiae metabolic network, iMM904; and
(ii) the systematic inference of intracellular metabolic states from

  • two yeast EM data sets using a constraint-based sampling approach.

The first EM data set compares wild type yeast to the gdh1/GDH2 (glutamate dehydrogenase) strain [31],

  • which indicated good agreement between predicted metabolic changes
  • of intracellular metabolite levels and fluxes [31,32].

The second EM data set focused on secreted amino acid measurements

  • from a separate study of yeast cultured in different
    ammonium and potassium concentrations [33].

We analyzed the EM data to gain further insight into

  • perturbed ammonium assimilation processes as well as
  1. metabolic states relating potassium limitation and
  2. ammonium excess conditions to one another.

The model-based analysis of both

  • separately published extracellular metabolome datasets
  • suggests a relationship between
  1. glutamate,
  2. threonine and
  3. folate metabolism,
  • which are collectively perturbed when
    ammonium assimilation processes are broadly disrupted
  1. either by environmental (excess ammonia) or
  2. genetic (gene deletion/overexpression) perturbations.

The methods herein present an approach to

  • interpreting extracellular metabolome data and
  • associating these measured secreted metabolite variations
  • to changes in intracellular metabolic network states.

Additional file 1. iMM904 network content.

The data provided represent the content description of the iMM904 metabolic network and
detailed information on the expanded content.

Format: XLS Size: 2.7MB Download file

This file can be viewed with: Microsoft Excel Viewer

Additional file 2. iMM904 model files.

The data provided are the model text files of the iMM904 metabolic network
that is compatible with the available COBRA Toolbox [13]. The model structure
can be loaded into Matlab using the ‘SimPhenyPlus’ format with GPR and compound information.

Format: ZIP Size: 163KB Download file

Conversion of the network to a predictive model

The network reconstruction was converted to a constraint-based model using established procedures [13].

Network reactions and metabolites were assembled into a stoichiometric matrix 

  • containing the stoichiometric coefficients of the reactions in the network.

The steady-state solution space containing possible flux distributions

  • is determined by calculating the null space of S= 0,

where is the reaction flux vector.

Minimal media conditions were set through constraints on exchange fluxes

  • corresponding to the experimental measured substrate uptake rates.

All the model-based calculations were done using the Matlab COBRA Toolbox [13]

  • utilizing the glpk or Tomlab/CPLEX (Tomopt, Inc.) optimization solvers.

Chemostat growth simulations

The iMM904 model was initially validated by

  1. simulating wild type yeast growth in aerobic and anaerobic
    carbon-limited chemostat conditions
  2. and comparing the simulation results to published experimental data

on substrate uptake and byproduct secretion in these conditions [34].

The study was performed following the approach taken to validate the iFF708 model in a previous study [35].

The predicted glucose uptake rates were determined

  1. by setting the in silico growth rate to the measured dilution rate,
    – equivalent under continuous culture growth,
  2. and minimizing the glucose uptake rate.

The accuracy of in silico predictions of

  • substrate uptake and byproduct secretion by the iMM904 model
  • was similar to the accuracy obtained using the iFF708 model
  • and results are shown in Figure S1 [see Additional file 3].

Additional file 3. Supplemental figures. 

The file provides the supplemental figures and descriptions of S1, S2, S3, and S4.

Format: PDF Size: 513KB Download file

This file can be viewed with: Adobe Acrobat Reader

Genome-scale gene deletion phenotype predictions

The iMM904 network was further validated by

  • performing genome-scale gene lethality computations
  • following established procedures to determine growth phenotypes
  1. under minimal medium conditions and
  2. compared to published data.

A modified version of the biomass function used in previous iND750 studies

  1. was set as the objective to be maximized and
  2. gene deletions were simulated by

setting the flux through the corresponding reaction(s) to zero.

The biomass function was based on the experimentally measured

  1. composition of major cellular constituents
  2. during exponential growth of yeast cells and
  3. was reformulated to include trace amounts of
  4. additional cofactors and metabolites
  5. with the assumed fractional contribution of 10-.

These additional biomass compounds were included

according to the biomass formulation used in the iLL672 study

  • to improve lethality predictions through
  • the inclusion of additional essential biomass components [3].

The model was constrained by limiting

  1. the carbon source uptake to 10 mmol/h/gDW
  2. and oxygen uptake to 2 mmol/h/gDW.

Ammonia, phosphate, and sulfate were assumed to be non-limiting.

The experimental phenotyping data was obtained

  • using strains that were auxotrophic for
  1. methionine,
  2. leucine,
  3. histidine, and
  4. uracil.

These auxotrophies were simulated

  1. by deleting the appropriate genes from the model and
  2. supplementing the in silico strain with the appropriate supplements
  3. at non-limiting, but low levels.

Furthermore, trace amounts of essential nutrients that are present

  • in the experimental minimal media formulation
  1. 4-aminobenzoate,
  2. biotin,
  3. inositol,
  4. nicotinate,
  5. panthothenate,
  6. thiamin)
  • were supplied in the simulations [3].

Three distinct methods to simulate the outcome of gene deletions were utilized:

  1. Flux-balance analysis (FBA) [36-38],
  2. Minimization of Metabolic Adjustment (MoMA) [39], and
  3. a linear version of MoMA (linearMoMA).

In the linearMoMA method, minimization of the quadratic objective function
of the original MoMA algorithm

  • was replaced by minimization of the corresponding 1-norm objective function
    (i.e. sum of the absolute values of the differences of wild type FBA solution
    and the knockout strain flux solution).

The computed results were then compared to growth phenotype data
(viable/lethal) from a previously published experimental gene deletion study [3].

The comparison between experimental and in silico deletion phenotypes involved

  • choosing a threshold for the predicted relative growth rate of
  • a deletion strain that is considered to be viable.

We used standard ROC curve analysis

  • to assess the accuracy of different prediction methods and models
  • across the full range of the viability threshold parameter,
    results shown in Figure S2 [see Additional file 3].

The ROC curve plots the true viable rate against the false viable rate

  • allowing comparison of different models and methods
  • without requiring arbitrarily choosing this parameter a priori [40].

The optimal prediction performance corresponds to

  • the point closest to the top left corner of the ROC plot
    (i.e. 100% true viable rate, 0% false viable rate).

Table 1

Table 1 Comparison of iMM904 and iLL672 gene deletion predictions and experimental data under minimal media conditions
Media Model Method True viable False viable False lethal True lethal True viable % False viable % MCC
Glucose iMM904 full FBA 647 10 32 33 95.29 23.26 0.6
iMM904 full linMOMA 644 10 35 33 94.85 23.26 0.58
iMM904 full MOMA 644 10 35 33 94.85 23.26 0.58
iMM904 red FBA 440 9 28 33 94.02 21.43 0.61
iMM904 red linMOMA 437 9 31 33 93.38 21.43 0.6
iMM904 red MOMA 437 9 31 33 93.38 21.43 0.6
iLL672 full MOMA 433 9 35 33 92.52 21.43 0.57
Galactose iMM904 full FBA 595 32 36 59 94.29 35.16 0.58
iMM904 full linMOMA 595 32 36 59 94.29 35.16 0.58
iMM904 full MOMA 595 32 36 59 94.29 35.16 0.58
iMM904 red FBA 409 12 33 56 92.53 17.65 0.67
iMM904 red linMOMA 409 12 33 56 92.53 17.65 0.67
iMM904 red MOMA 409 12 33 56 92.53 17.65 0.67
iLL672 full MOMA 411 19 31 49 92.99 27.94 0.61
Glycerol iMM904 full FBA 596 43 36 47 94.3 47.78 0.48
iMM904 full linMOMA 595 44 37 46 94.15 48.89 0.47
iMM904 full MOMA 598 44 34 46 94.62 48.89 0.48
iMM904 red FBA 410 20 34 46 92.34 30.3 0.57
iMM904 red linMOMA 409 21 35 45 92.12 31.82 0.56
iMM904 red MOMA 412 21 32 45 92.79 31.82 0.57
iLL672 full MOMA 406 20 38 46 91.44 30.3 0.55
Ethanol iMM904 full FBA 593 45 29 55 95.34 45 0.54
iMM904 full linMOMA 592 45 30 55 95.18 45 0.54
iMM904 full MOMA 592 44 30 56 95.18 44 0.55
iMM904 red FBA 408 21 27 54 93.79 28 0.64
iMM904 red linMOMA 407 21 28 54 93.56 28 0.63
iMM904 red MOMA 407 20 28 55 93.56 26.67 0.64
iLL672 full MOMA 401 13 34 62 92.18 17.33 0.68
MCC, Matthews correlation coefficient (see Methods). Note that the iLL672 predictions were obtained directly from [3] and thus the viability threshold was not optimized using the maximum MCC approach.
Mo et al. BMC Systems Biology 2009 3:37  http://dx.doi.org:/10.1186/1752-0509-3-37

 

The values reported in Table 1 correspond to selecting

  • the optimal viability threshold based on this criterion.

We summarized the overall prediction accuracy of a model and method

  • using the Matthews Correlation Coefficient (MCC) [40].

The MCC ranges from -1 (all predictions incorrect) to +1 (all predictions correct) and

  • is suitable for summarizing overall prediction performance

in our case where there are substantially more viable than lethal gene deletions.

ROC plots were produced in Matlab (Mathworks, Inc.).

 

Table 1. Comparison of iMM904 and iLL672

  • gene deletion predictions and
  • experimental data

Inferring perturbed metabolic regions based on EM profiles

The method implemented in this study is shown schematically in Figures 1 and 2

Constraining the iMM904 network 

Relative levels of quantitative EM data were incorporated into the constraint-based framework

  • as overflow secretion exchange fluxes to simulate the required low-level production of
  • experimentally observed excreted metabolites.

The primary objective of this study is to associate

  • relative metabolite levels that are generally measured for metabonomic or biofluid analyses
  • to the quantitative ranges of intracellular reaction fluxes required to produce them.

However, without detailed kinetic information or dynamic metabolite measurements available,

  • we approximated EM datasets of relative quantitative metabolite levels
  • to be proportional to the rate in which they are secreted and detected
  • (at a steady state) – into the extracellular media.

This approach is analogous to approximating uptake rates based

  • on metabolite concentrations from a previous study performing sampling analysis
  • on a cardiomyocyte mitochondrial network
  • to identify differential flux distribution ranges

for various environmental (i.e. substrate uptake) conditions [19].

The raw data was normalized by the raw maximum value of the dataset
(thus the maximum secretion flux was 1 mmol/hr/gDW) with

  • an assumed error of 10%
  • to set the lower and upper bounds and thus
  • inherently accounting for sampling calculation sensitivity.

The gdh1/GDH2 strains were flask cultured under minimal glucose media conditions; thus,

  • glucose and oxygen uptake rates were set at 15 and 2 mmol/hr/gDW, respectively,
  • for the gdh1/GDH2 strain study.

In the anaerobic case the oxygen uptake rate was set to zero, and

  • sterols and fatty acids were provided as in silico supplements as described in [35].

For the potassium limitation/ammonium toxicity study

  • the growth rate was set at 0.17 1/h, and
  • the glucose uptake rate was minimized
  • to mimic experimental chemostat cultivation conditions.

These input constraints were constant for each perturbation and comparative wild-type condition

  • such that the calculated solution spaces between the conditions
  • differed based only on variations in the output secretion constraints.

FBA optimization of EM-constrained networks

A modified FBA method with minimization of the 1-norm objective function

  • between two optimal flux distributions was used
  • to determine optimal intracellular fluxes
  • based on the EM-constrained metabolic models.

This method determines two optimal flux distributions simultaneously

  • for two differently constrained models (e.g. wild type vs. mutant) –
  • these flux distributions maximize biomass production in each case and
  • the 1-norm distance between the distributions is as small as possible
  • given the two sets of constraints.

This approach avoids problems with

  • alternative optimal solutions when comparing two FBA-computed flux distributions
  • by assuming minimal rerouting of flux distibution between a perturbed network and its reference network.

Reaction flux changes from the FBA optimization results were determined

  • by computing the relative percentage fold change for each reaction
  • between the mutant and wild-type flux distributions.

Random sampling of the steady-state solution space

We utilized artificial centering hit-and-run (ACHR) Monte Carlo sampling [19,41]

  • to uniformly sample the metabolic flux solution space
  • defined by the constraints described above.

Reactions, and their participating metabolites, found to participate in intracellular loops [42]

  • were discarded from further analysis as these reactions can have arbitrary flux values.

The following sections describe the approaches used for the analysis of the different datasets.

Sampling approach used in the gdh1/GDH2 study

Due to the overall shape of the metabolic flux solution space,

  • most of the sampled flux distributions resided close to the minimally allowed growth rate
    (i.e. biomass production) and
  • corresponded to various futile cycles that utilized substrates but
  • did not produce significant biomass.

In order to study more physiologically relevant portions of the flux space

  • we restricted the sampling to the part of the solution space
  • where the growth rate was at least 50% of the maximum growth rate
  • for the condition as determined by FBA.

This assumes that cellular growth remains an important overall objective by the yeast cells

  • even in batch cultivation conditions, but
  • that the intracellular flux distributions
  • may not correspond to maximum biomass production [43].

To test the sensitivity of the results to the minimum growth rate threshold,

  • separate Monte Carlo samples were created for each minimum threshold
  • ranging from 50% to 100% at 5% increments.

We also tested the sensitivity of the results

  • to the relative magnitude of the extracellular metabolite secretion rates
  • by performing the sampling at three different relative levels

(0 corresponding to no extracellular metabolite secretion, maximum rate of 0.5 mmol/hr/gDW,
and maximum rate of 1.0 mmol/hr/gDW).

For each minimum growth rate threshold and extracellular metabolite secretion rate,

  • the ACHR sampler was run for 5 million steps and
  • a flux distribution was stored every 5000 steps.

The sensitivity analysis results are presented in Figures S3 and S4 [see Additional File 3], and

  • the results indicate that the reaction Z-scores (see below) are not significantly affected by
  1. either the portion of the solution space sampled or
  2. the exact scaling of secretion rates.

The final overall sample used was created by combining the samples for all minimum growth rate thresholds

  • for the highest extracellular metabolite secretion rate (maximum 1 mmol/hr/gDW).

This approach allowed biasing the sampling towards

  • physiologically relevant parts of the solution space
  • without imposing the requirement of strictly maximizing a predetermined objective function.

The samples obtained with no EM data were used as control samples

  • to filter reporter metabolites/subsystems whose scores were significantly high
  • due to only random differences between sampling runs.

Sampling approach used in the potassium limitation/ammonium toxicity study

Since the experimental data used in this study was generated in chemostat conditions, and

  • previous studies have indicated that chemostat flux patterns predicted by FBA are
  • close to the experimentally measured ones [43],
  • we assumed that sampling of the optimal solution space was appropriate for this study.

In order to sample a physiologically reasonable range of flux distributions,

  • samples for four different oxygen uptake rates
    (1, 2, 3, and 4 mmol/hr/gDW with 5 million steps each)
  • were combined in the final analysis.

Standardized scoring of flux differences between perturbation and control conditions

Z-score based approach was implemented to quantify differences in flux samples between two conditions (Figure 2).
First, two flux vectors were chosen randomly,

  • one from each of the two samples to be compared and
  • the difference between the flux vectors was computed.

This approach was repeated to create a sample of 10,000 (n) flux difference vectors

  • for each pair of conditions considered (e.g. mutant or perturbed environment vs. wild type).

Based on this flux difference sample, the sample mean (μdiff,i) and standard deviation (σdiff,i)

  • between the two conditions was calculated for each reaction i. The reaction Z-score was calculated as:

 

reaction Z-score

reaction Z-score

which describes the sampled mean difference deviation

  • from a population mean change of zero (i.e. no flux difference
    between perturbation and wild type).

Note that this approach allows accounting for uncertainty in the

  • flux distributions inferred based on the extracellular metabolite secretion constraints.

This is in contrast to approaches such as FBA or MoMA that would predict

  • a single flux distribution for each condition and thus potentially
  • overestimate differences between conditions.

The reaction Z-scores can then be further used in analysis

  • to identify significantly perturbed regions of the metabolic network
  • based on reporter metabolite [44] or subsystem [30] Z-scores.

These reporter regions indicate, or “report”, dominant perturbation features

  • at the metabolite and pathway levels for a particular condition.

The reporter metabolite Z-score for any metabolite can be derived from the reaction Z-scores

  • of the reactions consuming or producing j (set of reactions denoted as Rj) as:

 

reporter z-score for any metabolite j

reporter z-score for any metabolite j

where Nis the number of reactions in Rand mmet,is calculated as

 

distributional correction for m_met,j SQRT

distributional correction for m_met,j SQRT

To account and correct for background distribution, the metabolite Z-score was normalized

  • by computing μmet,Nj and σmet,,Nj corresponding to the mean mmet and
  • its standard deviation for 1,000 randomly generated reaction sets of size Nj.

Z-scores for subsystems were calculated similarly by considering the set of reactions R

  • that belongs to each subsystem k.

Hence, positive metabolite and subsystem scores indicate a significantly perturbed metabolic region

  • relative to other regions, whereas
  • a negative score indicate regions that are not perturbed
  • more significantly than what is expected by random chance.

Perturbation subnetworks of reactions and connecting metabolites were visualized using Cytoscape [45].

Results and discussion

  1. Reconstruction and validation of iMM904 network iMM904 network content 

A previously reconstructed S. cerevisiae network, iND750,

  • was used as the basis for the construction of the expanded iMM904 network.
  • Prior to its presentation here, the
    iMM904 network content was the basis for a consensus jamboree network that was recently published
  • but has not yet been adapted for FBA calculations [46].

The majority of iND750 content was carried over and

  • further expanded on to construct iMM904, which accounts for
  1. 904 genes,
  2. 1,228 individual metabolites, and
  3. 1,412 reactions of which
  •                       395 are transport reactions.

Both the number of gene-associated reactions and the number of metabolites

  • increased in iMM904 compared with the iND750 network.

Additional genes and reactions included in the network primarily expanded the

  • lipid,
  • transport, and
  • carbohydrate subsystems.

The lipid subsystem includes

  • new genes and
  • reactions involving the degradation of sphingolipids and glycerolipids.

Sterol metabolism was also expanded to include

  • the formation and degradation of steryl esters, the
  •                      storage form of sterols.

The majority of the new transport reactions were added

  • to connect network gaps between intracellular compartments
  • to enable the completion of known physiological functions.

We also added a number of new secretion pathways

  • based on experimentally observed secreted metabolites [31].

A number of gene-protein-reaction (GPR) relationships were modified

  • to include additional gene products that are required to catalyze a reaction.

For example, the protein compounds

  • thioredoxin and
  • ferricytochrome C

were explicitly represented as compounds in iND750 reactions, but

  • the genes encoding these proteins were not associated with their corresponding GPRs.

Other examples include glycogenin and NADPH cytochrome p450 reductases (CPRs),

  1. which are required in the assembly of glycogen and
  2. to sustain catalytic activity in cytochromes p450, respectively.

These additional proteins were included in iMM904 as

  • part of protein complexes to provide a more complete
  • representation of the genes and
  • their corresponding products necessary for a catalytic activity to occur.

Major modifications to existing reactions were in cofactor biosynthesis, namely in

  • quinone,
  • beta-alanine, and
  • riboflavin biosynthetic pathways.

Reactions from previous S. cerevisiae networks associated with

  • quinone,
  • beta-alanine, and
  • riboflavin biosynthetic pathways

were essentially inferred from known reaction mechanisms based on

  • reactions in previous network reconstructions of E. coli [2,47].

These pathways were manually reviewed

  • based on current literature and subsequently replaced by
  • reactions and metabolites specific to yeast.

Additional changes in other subsystems were also made, such as

  1. changes to the compartmental location of a gene and
  2. its corresponding reaction(s),
  3. changes in reaction reversibility and cofactor specificity, and
  4. the elucidation of particular transport mechanisms.

A comprehensive listing of iMM904 network contents as well as

  • a detailed list of changes between iND750 and iMM904 is included
    [see Additional file 1].

Predicting deletion growth phenotypes

The updated genome-scale iMM904 metabolic network was validated

  • by comparing in silico single-gene deletion predictions to
  • in vivo results from a previous study used
  • to analyze another S. cerevisiae metabolic model, iLL672 [3].

This network was constructed based on the iFF708 network [22],

  • which was also the starting point for
  • reconstructing the iND750 network [2].

The experimental data used to validate the iLL672 model consisted of

3,360 single-gene knockout strain phenotypes evaluated

  • under minimal media growth conditions with
  1. glucose,
  2. galactose,
  3. glycerol, and
  4. ethanol

as sole carbon sources. Growth phenotypes for the iMM904 network were predictedusing

  1. FBA [3234],
  2. MoMA [35], and
  3. linear MoMA methods

as described in Methods and subsequently compared to the experimental data (Table 1).

Each deleted gene growth prediction comparison was classified as

  1. true lethal,
  2. true viable,
  3. false lethal, or
  4. false viable.

The growth rate threshold for considering a prediction viable was chosen

  • for each condition and method separately
  • to optimize the tradeoff between true viable and false viable predictions
    (maximum Matthews correlation coefficient, see Methods).

Since iMM904 has 212 more genes than iLL672 with experimental data, we also present results

  • for the subset of iMM904 predictions with genes included in iLL672 (reduced iMM904 set).

When the same gene sets are compared, iMM904 improves gene lethality predictions under

  • glucose,
  • galactose, and
  • glycerol conditions

over iLL672 somewhat, but is less accurate

  • at predicting growth phenotypes under the ethanol condition.

It should be noted that the iLL672 predictions were obtained directly from [3]

  • thus the growth rate threshold was not optimized similarly to iMM904 predictions.

Overall, when viability cutoff is chosen

  • as indicated above for each method separately,
  • the three prediction methods perform similarly
  1. FBA,
  2. MOMA, and
  3. linear MOMA) .

While the full gene complement in iMM904 greatly increased

  • the number of true viable predictions,
  • the full model also made significantly more false viable predictions
  • compared with reduced iMM904 and iLL672 predictions.

However, it is important to note that 143 reactions involved in dead-end biosynthetic pathways were actually

  • removed from iFF708 to build the iLL672 reconstruction [3].

These dead-ends are considered “knowledge gaps” in pathways

  • that have not been fully characterized and, as a result,
  • lead to false viable predictions when determining gene essentiality
  • if the pathway is in fact required for growth under a certain condition [2,26].

As more of these pathways are elucidated and

  • included in the model to
  • fill in existing network gaps,
  • we can expect false viable prediction rates to consequently decrease.

Thus, while a larger network has a temporarily reduced capacity to accurately predict gene deletion phenotypes,

  • it captures a more complete picture of currently known metabolic functions and
  • provides a framework for network expansion as new pathways are elucidated [48].

 

Inferring intracellular perturbation states from metabolic profiles – Aerobic and anaerobic gdh1/GDH2 mutant behavior

The gdh1/GDH2 mutant strain was previously developed [49,50]

  • to lower NADPH consumption in ammonia assimilation, which would
  • favor the NADPH-dependent fermentation of xylose.

In this strain, the NADPH-dependent glutamate dehydrogenase, Gdh1, was

  • deleted and the NADH-dependent form of the enzyme, Gdh2,
  •                     was overexpressed.

The net effect is to allow efficient assimilation of ammonia

  • into glutamate using NADH instead of NADPH as a cofactor.

While growth characteristics remained unaffected,

  • relative quantities of secreted metabolites differed between the wild-type and mutant strain
  • under aerobic and anaerobic conditions.

We analyzed EM data for the gdh1/GDH2 and wild-type strains reported

  • in [31] under aerobic and anaerobic conditions separately using
  • both FBA optimization and
  • sampling-based approaches as described in Methods.

43 measured extracellular and intracellular metabolites from the original dataset [31],

  • primarily of central carbon and amino acid metabolism,
  • were explicitly represented in the iMM904 network [see Additional file 4].

Extracellular metabolite levels were used

  • to formulate secretion constraints and
  • differential intracellular metabolites were used
  • to compare and validate the intracellular flux predictions.

Perturbed reactions from the FBA results were

  • determined by calculating relative flux changes, and
  • reaction Z-scores were calculated from the sampling analysis
  • to quantify flux changes between the mutant and wild-type strains,
  • with Z reaction > 1.96 corresponding to a two-tailed p-value < 0.05 and
  • considered to be significantly perturbed [see Additional file 4].

Additional file 4. Gdh mutant aerobic and anaerobic analysis results. 

The data provided are the full results for the exometabolomic analysis of aerobic and anerobic gdh1/GDH2 mutant.

Format: XLS Size: 669KB Download file

This file can be viewed with: Microsoft Excel Viewer

To validate the predicted results, reaction flux changes from both FBA and sampling methods were compared to differential intracellular metabolite level data measured from the same study. Intracellular metabolites involved in highly perturbed reactions (i.e. reactants and products) predicted from FBA and sampling analyses were identified and
compared to metabolites that were experimentally identified as significantly changed (< 0.05) between mutant and wild-type. Statistical measures of recall, accuracy, and
precision were calculated and represent the predictive sensitivity, exactness, and reproducibility respectively. From the sampling analysis, a considerably larger number of
significantly perturbed reactions are predicted in the anaerobic case (505 reactions, or 70.7% of active reactions) than in aerobic (394 reactions, or 49.8% of active reactions). The top percentile of FBA flux changes equivalent to the percentage of significantly perturbed sampling reactions were compared to the intracellular data. Results from both analyses are summarized in Table 2. Sampling predictions were considerably higher in recall than FBA predictions for both conditions, with respective ranges of 0.83–1
compared to 0.48–0.96. Accuracy was also higher in sampling predictions; however, precision was slightly better in the FBA predictions as expected due to the smaller
number of predicted changes. Overall, the sampling predictions of perturbed intracellular metabolites are strongly consistent with the experimental data and significantly
outperforms that of FBA optimization predictions in accurately predicting differential metabolites involved in perturbed intracellular fluxes.

Table 2. Statistical comparison of the differential intracellular metabolite data set (< 0.05) with metabolites involved in perturbed reactions predicted by FBA optimization and sampling analyses for aerobic and anaerobic gdh1/GDH2 mutant.

 

Table 2 Statistical comparison of the differential intracellular metabolite data set (p < 0.05)
with metabolites involved in perturbed reactions predicted by FBA optimization and
sampling analyses for aerobic and anaerobic gdh1/GDH2 mutant.
                           Aerobic                         Anaerobic                             Overall
FBA Sampling FBA Sampling FBA
Recall 0.48 0.83 0.96 1 0.71 0.91
Accuracy 0.55 0.62 0.64 0.64 0.6 0.63
Precision 0.78 0.69 0.64 0.63 0.68 0.66
Overall statistics indicate combined results of both conditions.
Mo et al. BMC Systems Biology 2009 3:37   http://dx.doi.org:/10.1186/1752-0509-3-37


Figure 3.
 Perturbation reaction subnetwork of gdh1/GDH2 mutant under aerobic conditions.

The network illustrates a simplified subset of highly perturbedPerturbation subnetworks can be drawn to visualize predicted significantly perturbed intracellular reactions and illustrate their connection to the observed secreted metabolites in the aerobic and anaerobic gdh1/GDH2 mutants.

Perturbation reaction subnetwork of gdh1.GDH2 mutant under aerobic conditions.

Perturbation reaction subnetwork of gdh1.GDH2 mutant under aerobic conditions.

Figure 3 shows an example of a simplified aerobic perturbation subnetwork consisting primarily of proximal pathways connected directly to a subset of major secreted
metabolites

  • glutamate,
  • proline,
  • D-lactate, and
  • 2-hydroxybuturate.

Figure 4 displays anaerobic reactions with Z-scores of similar magnitude to the perturbed reactions in Figure 3. The same subset of metabolites is also present in the
larger anaerobic perturbation network and indicates that the NADPH/NADH balance perturbation induced by the gdh1/GDH2 manipulation has widespread effects
beyond just altering glutamate metabolism anaerobically.

Interestingly, it is clear that the majority of the secreted metabolite pathways involve connected perturbed reactions that broadly converge on glutamate.

Note that Figures 3 and 4 only show the subnetworks that consisted of two or more connected reactions  for a number of secreted metabolites no contiguous perturbed pathway could be identified by the sampling approach. This indicates that the secreted metabolite pattern alone is not sufficient to determine which specific
production and secretion pathways are used by the cell for these metabolites.

Reactions connected to aerobically-secreted metabolites predicted from the sampling analysis of the gdh1/GDH2 mutant strain.
The major secreted metabolites

  • glutamate,
  • proline,
  • D-lactate, and
  • 2-hydroxybuturate

were also detected in the anaerobic condition. Metabolite abbreviations are found in Additional file 1.

Figure 4.

Perturbation reaction subnetwork of gdh1/GDH2 mutant under anaerobic conditions.

Perturbation reaction subnetwork of gdh1.GDH2 mutant under anaerobic conditions

Perturbation reaction subnetwork of gdh1.GDH2 mutant under anaerobic conditions

Subnetwork illustrates the highly perturbed anaerobic reactions of similar Z-reaction magnitude to the reactions in Figure 3.

A significantly larger number of reactions indicates mutant metabolic effects are more widespread in the anaerobic environment.
The network shows that perturbed pathways converge on glutamate, the main site in which the gdh1/GDH2 modification was introduced, which
suggests that the direct genetic perturbation effects are amplified under this environment. Metabolite abbreviations are found in Additional file 1.

To further highlight metabolic regions that have been systemically affected by the gdh1/GDH2 modification, reporter metabolite and subsystem methods [30] were used to
summarize reaction scores around specific metabolites and in specific metabolic subsystems. The top ten significant scores for metabolites/subsystems associated with more
than three reactions are summarized in Tables 3 (aerobic) and 4 (anaerobic), with Z > 1.64 corresponding to < 0.05 for a one-tailed distribution. Full data for all reactions,
reporter metabolites, and reporter subsystems is included [see Additional file 4].

Table 3. List of the top ten significant reporter metabolite and subsystem scores for the gdh1/GDH2 vs. wild type comparison in aerobic conditions.

Table 3
List of the top ten significant reporter metabolite and subsystem scores for the gdh1/GDH2 vs. wild type comparison in aerobic conditions.
Reporter metabolite Z-score No of reactions*
L-proline [c] 2.71 4
Carbon dioxide [m] 2.51 15
Proton [m] 2.19 51
Glyceraldehyde 3-phosphate [c] 1.93 7
Ubiquinone-6 [m] 1.82 5
Ubiquinol-6 [m] 1.82 5
Ribulose-5-phosphate [c] 1.8 4
Uracil [c] 1.74 4
L-homoserine [c] 1.72 4
Alpha-ketoglutarate [m] 1.71 8
Reporter subsystem Z-score No of reactions
Citric Acid Cycle 4.58 7
Pentose Phosphate Pathway 3.29 12
Glycine and Serine Metabolism 2.69 17
Alanine and Aspartate Metabolism 2.65 6
Oxidative Phosphorylation 1.79 8
Thiamine Metabolism 1.54 8
Arginine and Proline Metabolism 1.44 20
Other Amino Acid Metabolism 1.28 5
Glycolysis/Gluconeogenesis 0.58 14
Anaplerotic reactions 0.19 9
*Number of reactions categorized in a subsystem or found to be neighboring each metabolite
Mo et al. BMC Systems Biology 2009 3:37   http://dx.doi.org:/10.1186/1752-0509-3-37

Table 4. List of top ten significant reporter metabolite and subsystem scores for the gdh1/GDH2 vs. wild type comparison in anaerobic conditions.

 

Table 4
List of top ten significant reporter metabolite and subsystem scores for the gdh1/GDH2 vs. wild type comparison in anaerobic conditions.
Reporter metabolite Z-score No of reactions
Glutamate [c] 4.52 35
Aspartate [c] 3.21 11
Alpha-ketoglutarate [c] 2.66 17
Glycine [c] 2.65 7
Pyruvate [m] 2.56 7
Ribulose-5-phosphate [c] 2.43 4
Threonine [c] 2.28 6
10-formyltetrahydrofolate [c] 2.27 5
Fumarate [c] 2.27 5
L-proline [c] 2.04 4
Reporter subsystem Z-score No of reactions
Valine, Leucine, and Isoleucine Metabolism 3.97 15
Tyrosine, Tryptophan, and Phenylalanine Metabolism 3.39 23
Pentose Phosphate Pathway 3.29 11
Purine and Pyrimidine Biosynthesis 3.08 40
Arginine and Proline Metabolism 2.96 19
Threonine and Lysine Metabolism 2.74 14
NAD Biosynthesis 2.66 7
Alanine and Aspartate Metabolism 2.65 6
Histidine Metabolism 2.24 10
Cysteine Metabolism 1.85 10
Mo et al. BMC Systems Biology 2009 3:37   http://dx.doi.org:/10.1186/1752-0509-3-37
Open Data

Perturbations under aerobic conditions largely consisted of pathways involved in mediating the NADH and NADPH balance. Among the highest scoring aerobic subsystems
are TCA cycle and pentose phosphate pathway – key pathways directly involved in the generation of NADH and NADPH. Reporter metabolites involved in these
subsystems –

  • glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate,
  • ribulose-5-phosphate, and
  • alpha-ketoglutarate – were also identified.

These results are consistent with flux and enzyme activity measurements

  • of the gdh1/GDH2 strain under aerobic conditions [32],
  1. which reported significant reduction in the pentose phosphate pathway flux
  2. with concomitant changes in other central metabolic pathways.

Levels of several TCA cycle intermediates (e.g. fumarate, succinate, malate) were also elevated

  • in the gdh1/GDH2 mutant according to the differential intracellular metabolite data.

Altered energy metabolism, as indicated by

  • reporter metabolites (i.e. ubiquinone- , ubiquinol, mitochondrial proton)
  • and subsystem (oxidative phosphorylation),

is certainly feasible as NADH is a primary reducing agent for ATP production.

Pentose phosphate pathway and NAD biosynthesis also appears

  • among the most perturbed anaerobic subsystems, further suggesting
  • perturbed cofactor balance as a common, dominant effect under both conditions.

Glutamate dehydrogenase is a critical enzyme of amino acid biosynthesis as it acts as

  • the entry point for ammonium assimilation via glutamate.

Consequently, metabolic subsystems involved in amino acid biosynthesis were broadly perturbed

  • as a result of the gdh1/GDH2 modification in both aerobic and anaerobic conditions.

For example, the proline biosynthesis pathway that uses glutamate as a precursor

  • was significantly perturbed in both conditions,
  • with significantly changed intracellular and extracellular levels.

There were differences, however, in that more amino acid related subsystems were

  • significantly affected in the anaerobic case (Table 4),
  • further highlighting that altered ammonium assimilation in the mutant
  • has a more widespread effect under anaerobic conditions.

This effect is especially pronounced for

  • threonine and nucleotide metabolism,
  • which were predicted to be significantly perturbed only in anaerobic conditions.

Intracellular threonine levels were amongst the most significantly reduced

  • relative to other differential intracellular metabolites in the anaerobically grown gdh1/GDH2 strain
    (see [31] and Additional file 4), and
  • the relationship between threonine and nucleotide biosynthesis is further supported

by threonine’s recently discovered role as a key precursor in yeast nucleotide biosynthesis [51].

Other key anaerobic reporter metabolites are

  • glycine and 10-formyltetrahydrofolate,
  • both of which are involved in the cytosolic folate cycle (one-carbon metabolism).

Folate is intimately linked to biosynthetic pathways of

  • glycine (with threonine as its precursor) and purines
  • by mediating one-carbon reaction transfers necessary in their metabolism and
  • is a key cofactor in cellular growth [52].

Thus, the anaerobic perturbations identified in the analysis emphasize the close relationship

  • between threonine, folate, and nucleotide metabolic pathways as well as
  • their potential connection to perturbed ammonium assimilation processes.

Interestingly, this association has been previously demonstrated at the transcriptional level

  • as yeast ammonium assimilation (via glutamine synthesis) was found to be
  • co-regulated with genes involved in glycine, folate, and purine synthesis [53].

In summary, the overall differences in predicted gdh1/GDH2 mutant behavior

  • under aerobic and anaerobic conditions show that changes in flux states
  • directly related to modified ammonium assimilation pathway
  1. are amplified anaerobically whereas the
  2. indirect effects through NADH/NADPH balance are more significant aerobically.

Perturbed metabolic regions under aerobic conditions were predominantly

  • in central metabolic pathways involved in responding to the changed NADH/NADPH demand
  • and did not necessarily emphasize that glutamate dehydrogenase was the site of the genetic modification.

The majority of affected anaerobic pathways were involved directly

  • in modified ammonium assimilation as evidenced by

1) significantly perturbed amino acid subsystems,

2) a broad perturbation subnetwork converging on glutamate (Figure 4), and

3) glutamate as the most significant reporter metabolite (Table 4).

Potassium-limited and excess ammonium environments

A recent study reported that potassium limitation resulted in significant

  • growth retardation effect in yeast due to excess ammonium uptake
  • when ammonium was provided as the sole nitrogen source [33].

The proposed mechanism for this effect was that ammonium

  • could to be freely transported through potassium channels
  • when potassium concentrations were low in the media environment, thereby
  • resulting in excess ammonium uptake [33].

As a result, yeast incurred a significant metabolic cost

  • in assimilating ammonia to glutamate and
  • secreting significant amounts of glutamate and other amino acids
  • in potassium-limited conditions as a means to detoxify the excess ammonium.

A similar effect was observed when yeast was grown

  • with no potassium limitation,
  • but with excess ammonia in the environment.

While the observed effect of both environments (low potassium or excess ammonia) was similar,

  • quantitatively unique amino acid secretion profiles suggested that
  • internal metabolic states in these conditions are potentially different.

In order to elucidate the differences in internal metabolic states, we utilized

  • the iMM904 model and the EM profile analysis method to analyze amino acid secretion profiles
  • for a range of low potassium and high ammonia conditions reported in [33].

As before, we utilized amino acid secretion patterns as constraints to the iMM904 model,

  1. sampled the allowable solution space,
  2. computed reaction Z-scores for changes from a reference condition (normal potassium and ammonia), and
  3. finally summarized the resulting changes using reporter metabolites.

Figure 5 shows a clustering of the most significant reporter metabolites (Z ≥ 1.96 in any of the four conditions studied)

  • obtained from this analysis across the four conditions studied.

Interestingly, the potassium-limited environment perturbed only a subset of

  • the significant reporter metabolites identified in the high ammonia environments.

Both low potassium environments shared a consistent pattern of

  • highly perturbed amino acids and related precursor biosynthesis metabolites
    (e.g. pyruvate, PRPP, alpha-ketoglutarate)
  • with high ammonium environments.

The amino acid perturbation pattern (indicated by red labels in Figure 5) was present in

  • the ammonium-toxic environments, although the pattern was
  • slightly weaker for the lower ammonium concentration.

Nevertheless, the results clearly indicate that a similar

  • ammonium detoxifying mechanism that primarily perturbs pathways
  • directly related to amino acid metabolism
  • exists under both types of media conditions.

Figure 5.

Clustergram of top reporter metabolites - y in ammonium-toxic and potassium-limited conditions

Clustergram of top reporter metabolites – y in ammonium-toxic and potassium-limited conditions

Clustergram of top reporter metabolites (i.e. in yellow) in ammonium-toxic and potassium-limited conditions.

Amino acid perturbation patterns (shown in red) were shown to be consistently scored across conditions, indicating that potassium-limited environments K1 (lowest
concentration) and K2 (low concentration) elicited a similar ammonium detoxification response as ammonium-toxic environments N1 (high concentration) and N2
(highest concentration). Metabolites associated with folate metabolism (highlighted in green) are also highly perturbed in ammonium-toxic conditions. Metabolite
abbreviations are found in Additional file 1.

In addition to perturbed amino acids, a secondary effect notably appears at high ammonia levels in which metabolic regions related to folate metabolism are significantly affected. As highlighted in green in Figure 3, we predicted significantly perturbed key metabolites involved in the cytosolic folate cycle. These include tetrahydrofolate derivatives and other metabolites connected to the folate pathway, namely glycine and the methionine-derived methylation cofactors S-adenosylmethionine and S-adenosyl-homocysteine. Additionally, threonine was identified to be a key perturbed metabolite in excess ammonium conditions. These results further illustrate the close
connection between threonine biosynthesis, folate metabolism involving glycine derived from its threonine precursor, and nucleotide biosynthesis [51] that was discussed in
conjunction with the gdh1/GDH2 strain data. Taken together with the anaerobic gdh1/GDH2 data, the results consistently suggest highly perturbed threonine and folate
metabolism when amino acid-related pathways are broadly affected.

In both ammonium-toxic and potassium-limited environments, impaired cellular growth was observed, which can be attributed to high energetic costs of increased
ammonium assimilation to synthesize and excrete amino acids. However, under high ammonium environments, reporter metabolites related to threonine and folate
metabolism indicated that their perturbation, and thus purine supply, may be an additional factor in decreasing cellular viability as there is a direct relationship between
intracellular folate levels and growth rate [54]. Based on these results, we concluded that while potassiumlimited growth in yeast indeed shares physiological features with
growth in ammonium excess, its effects are not as detrimental as actual ammonium excess. The effects on proximal amino acid metabolic pathways are similar in both
environments as indicated by the secretion of the majority of amino acids. However, when our method was applied to analyze the physiological basis behind differences in
secretion profiles between low potassium and high ammonium conditions, ammonium excess was predicted to likely disrupt physiological ammonium assimilation processes,
which in turn potentially impacts folate metabolism and associated cellular growth.

Conclusion

The method presented in this study presents an approach to connecting intracellular flux states to metabolites that are excreted under various physiological conditions. We
showed that well-curated genome-scale metabolic networks can be used to integrate and analyze quantitative EM data by systematically identifying altered intracellular
pathways related to measured changes in the extracellular metabolome. We were able to identify statistically significant metabolic regions that were altered as a result of
genetic (gdh1/GD2 mutant) and environmental (excess ammonium and limited potassium) perturbations, and the predicted intracellular metabolic changes were consistent
with previously published experimental data including measurements of intracellular metabolite levels and metabolic fluxes. Our reanalysis of previously published EM data
on ammonium assimilation-related genetic and environmental perturbations also resulted in testable hypotheses about the role of threonine and folate pathways in mediating
broad responses to changes in ammonium utilization. These studies also demonstrated that the samplingbased method can be readily applied when only partial secreted
metabolite profiles (e.g. only amino acids) are available.

With the emergence of metabolite biofluid biomarkers as a diagnostic tool in human disease [55,56] and the availability of genome-scale human metabolic networks [1],
extensions of the present method would allow identifying potential pathway changes linked to these biomarkers. Employing such a method for studying yeast metabolism was possible as the metabolomic data was measured under controllable environmental conditions where the inputs and outputs of the system were defined. Measured metabolite biomarkers in a clinical setting, however, is far from a controlled environment with significant variations in genetic, nutritional, and environmental factors between different
patients. While there are certainly limitations for clinical applications, the method introduced here is a progressive step towards applying genome-scale metabolic networks
towards analyzing biofluid metabolome data as it 1) avoids the need to only study optimal metabolic states based on a predetermined objective function, 2) allows dealing with noisy experimental data through the sampling approach, and 3) enables analysis even with limited identification of metabolites in the data. The ability to establish potential
connections between extracellular markers and intracellular pathways would be valuable in delineating the genetic and environmental factors associated with a particular
disease.

Authors’ contributions

Conceived and designed the experiments: MLM MJH BOP. Performed experiments: MLM MJH. Analyzed the data: MLM MJH. Wrote the paper: MLM MJH BOP. All authors have read and approved the final manuscript.

Acknowledgements

We thank Jens Nielsen for providing the raw metabolome data for the mutant strain, and Jan Schellenberger and Ines Thiele for valuable discussions. This work was supported by NIH grant R01 GM071808. BOP serves on the scientific advisory board of Genomatica Inc.

 

References

  1. Duarte NC, Becker SA, Jamshidi N, Thiele I, Mo ML, Vo TD, Srivas R, Palsson BO: Global reconstruction of the human metabolic network based on genomic and bibliomic data. 

Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 2007, 104(6):1777-1782. PubMed Abstract | Publisher Full Text | PubMed Central Full Text

  1. Duarte NC, Herrgard MJ, Palsson B: Reconstruction and Validation of Saccharomyces cerevisiae iND750, a Fully Compartmentalized Genome-Scale Metabolic Model. 

Genome Res 2004, 14(7):1298-1309. PubMed Abstract | Publisher Full Text | PubMed Central Full Text

  1. Kuepfer L, Sauer U, Blank LM: Metabolic functions of duplicate genes in Saccharomyces cerevisiae. 

Genome Res 2005, 15(10):1421-1430. PubMed Abstract | Publisher Full Text | PubMed Central Full Text

  1. Nookaew I, Jewett MC, Meechai A, Thammarongtham C, Laoteng K, Cheevadhanarak S, Nielsen J, Bhumiratana S: The genome-scale metabolic model iIN800 of Saccharomyces cerevisiae and its validation: a scaffold to query lipid metabolism. 

BMC Syst Biol 2008, 2:71. PubMed Abstract | BioMed Central Full Text | PubMed Central Full Text

  1. Edwards JS, Palsson BO: Systems properties of the Haemophilus influenzae Rd metabolic genotype. 

J biol chem 1999, 274(25):17410-17416. PubMed Abstract | Publisher Full Text

  1. Edwards JS, Palsson BO: The Escherichia coli MG1655 in silico metabolic genotype: Its definition, characteristics, and capabilities. 

Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 2000, 97(10):5528-5533. PubMed Abstract | Publisher Full Text | PubMed Central Full Text

  1. Thiele I, Vo TD, Price ND, Palsson B: An Expanded Metabolic Reconstruction of Helicobacter pylori (IT341 GSM/GPR): An in silico genome-scale characterization of single and double deletion mutants. 

J Bacteriol 2005, 187(16):5818-5830. PubMed Abstract | Publisher Full Text | PubMed Central Full Text

  1. Vo TD, Greenberg HJ, Palsson BO: Reconstruction and functional characterization of the human mitochondrial metabolic network based on proteomic and biochemical data. 

J Biol Chem 2004, 279(38):39532-39540. PubMed Abstract | Publisher Full Text

  1. Reed JL, Vo TD, Schilling CH, Palsson BO: An expanded genome-scale model of Escherichia coli K-12 (iJR904 GSM/GPR). 

Genome Biology 2003, 4(9):R54.51-R54.12. BioMed Central Full Text

  1. Feist AM, Henry CS, Reed JL, Krummenacker M, Joyce AR, Karp PD, V H, Palsson BO: A genome-scale metabolic reconstruction for Escherichia coli K-12 MG1655 that accounts for 1261 ORFs and thermodynamic information. 

Molecular Systems Biology 2007, 3:121. PubMed Abstract | Publisher Full Text | PubMed Central Full Text

  1. Suthers PF, Dasika MS, Kumar VS, Denisov G, Glass JI, Maranas CD: A genome-scale metabolic reconstruction of Mycoplasma genitalium, iPS189. 

PLos Comp Biol 2009, 5(2):e1000285. Publisher Full Text

  1. Price ND, Reed JL, Palsson BO: Genome-scale models of microbial cells: evaluating the consequences of constraints. 

Nat Rev Microbiol 2004, 2(11):886-897. PubMed Abstract | Publisher Full Text

  1. Becker SA, Feist AM, Mo ML, Hannum G, Palsson BO, Herrgard MJ: Quantitative Prediction of Cellular Metabolism with Constraint-based Models: The COBRA Toolbox. 

Nature protocols 2007, 2(3):727-738. PubMed Abstract | Publisher Full Text

  1. Reed JL, Palsson BO: Genome-Scale In Silico Models of E. coli Have Multiple Equivalent Phenotypic States: Assessment of Correlated Reaction Subsets That Comprise Network States. 

Genome Res 2004, 14(9):1797-1805. PubMed Abstract | Publisher Full Text | PubMed Central Full Text

  1. Fong SS, Palsson BO: Metabolic gene deletion strains of Escherichia coli evolve to computationally predicted growth phenotypes. 

Nature Genetics 2004, 36(10):1056-1058. PubMed Abstract | Publisher Full Text

  1. Ibarra RU, Edwards JS, Palsson BO: Escherichia coli K-12 undergoes adaptive evolution to achieve in silico predicted optimal growth. 

Nature 2002, 420(6912):186-189. PubMed Abstract | Publisher Full Text

  1. Schellenberger J, Palsson BØ: Use of randomized sampling for analysis of metabolic networks. 

J Biol Chem 2009, 284(9):5457-5461. PubMed Abstract | Publisher Full Text

  1. Almaas E, Kovács B, Vicsek T, Oltvai ZN, Barabási AL: Global organization of metabolic fluxes in the bacterium Escherichia coli. 

Nature 2004, 427(6977):839-843. PubMed Abstract | Publisher Full Text

  1. Thiele I, Price ND, Vo TD, Palsson BO: Candidate metabolic network states in human mitochondria: Impact of diabetes, ischemia, and diet. 

J Biol Chem 2005, 280(12):11683-11695. PubMed Abstract | Publisher Full Text

  1. Kell DB: Metabolomics and systems biology: making sense of the soup. 

Curr Opin Microbiol 2004, 7(3):296-307. PubMed Abstract | Publisher Full Text

  1. Kell DB, Brown M, Davey HM, Dunn WB, Spasic I, Oliver SG: Metabolic footprinting and systems biology: the medium is the message. 

Nat Rev Microbiol 2005, 3(7):557-565. PubMed Abstract | Publisher Full Text

  1. Goodacre R, Vaidyanathan S, Dunn WB, Harrigan GG, Kell DB: Metabolomics by numbers: acquiring and understanding global metabolite data. 

Trends Biotechnol 2004, 22(5):245-252. PubMed Abstract | Publisher Full Text

  1. Lenz EM, Bright J, Wilson ID, Morgan SR, Nash AF: A 1H NMR-based metabonomic study of urine and plasma samples obtained from healthy human subjects. 

J Pharm Biomed Anal 2003, 33(5):1103-1115. PubMed Abstract | Publisher Full Text

  1. Allen J, Davey HM, Broadhurst D, Heald JK, Rowland JJ, Oliver SG, Kell DB: High-throughput classification of yeast mutants for functional genomics using metabolic footprinting. 

Nat Biotech 2003, 21(6):692-696. Publisher Full Text

  1. Nicholson JK, Connelly J, Lindon JC, Holmes E: Metabonomics: a platform for studying drug toxicity and gene function. 

Nat Rev Drug Discov 2002, 1(2):153-161. PubMed Abstract | Publisher Full Text

  1. Mortishire-Smith RJ, Skiles GL, Lawrence JW, Spence S, Nicholls AW, Johnson BA, Nicholson JK: Use of metabonomics to identify impaired fatty acid metabolism as the mechanism of a drug-induced toxicity. 

Chem Res Toxicol 2004, 17(2):165-173. PubMed Abstract | Publisher Full Text

  1. Sabatine MS, Liu E, Morrow DA, Heller E, McCarroll R, Wiegand R, Berriz GF, Roth FP, Gerszten RE: Metabolomic identification of novel biomarkers of myocardial ischemia. 

Circulation 2005, 112(25):3868-3875. PubMed Abstract | Publisher Full Text

  1. Cakir T, Efe C, Dikicioglu D, Hortaçsu AKB, Oliver SG: Flux balance analysis of a genome-scale yeast model constrained by exometabolomic data allows metabolic system identification of genetically different strains. 

Biotechnol Prog 2007, 23(2):320-326. PubMed Abstract | Publisher Full Text

  1. Bang JW, Crockford DJ, Holmes E, Pazos F, Sternberg MJ, Muggleton SH, Nicholson JK: Integrative top-down system metabolic modeling in experimental disease states via data-driven Bayesian methods. 

J Proteome Res 2008, 7(2):497-503. PubMed Abstract | Publisher Full Text

  1. Oliveira AP, Patil KR, Nielsen J: Architecture of transcriptional regulatory circuits is knitted over the topology of bio-molecular interaction networks. 

BMC Syst Biol 2008, 2:17. PubMed Abstract | BioMed Central Full Text | PubMed Central Full Text

  1. Villas-Boas SG, Moxley JF, Akesson M, Stephanopoulos G, Nielsen J: High-throughput metabolic state analysis: the missing link in integrated functional genomics of yeasts. 

Biochem J 2005, 388(Pt 2):669-677. PubMed Abstract | Publisher Full Text | PubMed Central Full Text

  1. Moreira dos Santos M, Thygesen G, Kötter P, Olsson L, Nielsen J: Aerobic physiology of redox-engineered Saccharomyces cerevisiae strains modified in the ammonium assimilation for increased NADPH availability. 

FEMS Yeast Res 2003, 4(1):59-68. PubMed Abstract | Publisher Full Text

  1. Hess DC, Lu W, Rabinowitz JD, Botstein D: Ammonium toxicity and potassium limitation in yeast. 

PLoS Biol 2006, 4(11):e351. PubMed Abstract | Publisher Full Text | PubMed Central Full Text

  1. Nissen TL, Schulze U, Nielsen J, Villadsen J: Flux distributions in anaerobic, glucose-limited continuous cultures of Saccharomyces cerevisiae. 

Microbiology 1997, 143(Pt 1):203-218. PubMed Abstract | Publisher Full Text

  1. Famili I, Forster J, Nielsen J, Palsson BO: Saccharomyces cerevisiae phenotypes can be predicted by using constraint-based analysis of a genome-scale reconstructed metabolic network. 

Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 2003, 100(23):13134-13139. PubMed Abstract | Publisher Full Text | PubMed Central Full Text

  1. Bonarius HPJ, Schmid G, Tramper J: Flux analysis of underdetermined metabolic networks: The quest for the missing constraints. 

Trends in Biotechnology 1997, 15(8):308-314. Publisher Full Text

  1. Edwards JS, Palsson BO: Metabolic flux balance analysis and the in silico analysis of Escherichia coli K-12 gene deletions. 

BMC Bioinformatics 2000, 1:1. PubMed Abstract | BioMed Central Full Text | PubMed Central Full Text

  1. Varma A, Palsson BO: Metabolic Flux Balancing: Basic concepts, Scientific and Practical Use. 

Nat Biotechnol 1994, 12:994-998. Publisher Full Text

  1. Segre D, Vitkup D, Church GM: Analysis of optimality in natural and perturbed metabolic networks. 

Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 2002, 99(23):15112-15117. PubMed Abstract | Publisher Full Text | PubMed Central Full Text

  1. Baldi P, Brunak S, Chauvin Y, Andersen CA, Nielsen H: Assessing the accuracy of prediction algorithms for classification: an overview. 

Bioinformatics 2000, 16(5):412-424. PubMed Abstract | Publisher Full Text

  1. Price ND, Schellenberger J, Palsson BO: Uniform Sampling of Steady State Flux Spaces: Means to Design Experiments and to Interpret Enzymopathies. 

Biophysical Journal 2004, 87(4):2172-2186. PubMed Abstract | Publisher Full Text | PubMed Central Full Text

  1. Price ND, Thiele I, Palsson BO: Candidate states of Helicobacter pylori’s genome-scale metabolic network upon application of “loop law” thermodynamic constraints. 

Biophysical J 2006, 90(11):3919-3928. Publisher Full Text

  1. Schuetz R, Kuepfer L, Sauer U: Systematic evaluation of objective functions for predicting intracellular fluxes in Escherichia coli. 

Mol Syst Biol 2007, 3:119. PubMed Abstract | Publisher Full Text | PubMed Central Full Text

  1. Patil KR, Nielsen J: Uncovering transcriptional regulation of metabolism by using metabolic network topology. 

Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 2005, 102(8):2685-2689. PubMed Abstract | Publisher Full Text | PubMed Central Full Text

  1. Shannon P, Markiel A, Ozier O, Baliga NS, Wang JT, Ramage D, Amin N, Schwikowski B, Ideker T: Cytoscape: a software environment for integrated models of biomolecular interaction networks. 

Genome Res 2003, 13(11):2498-2504. PubMed Abstract | Publisher Full Text | PubMed Central Full Text

  1. Herrgard MJ, Swainston N, Dobson P, Dunn WB, Arga KY, Arvas M, Bluthgen N, Borger S, Costenoble R, Heinemann M, et al.: A consensus yeast metabolic network reconstruction obtained from a community approach to systems biology. 

Nat Biotech 2008, 26:1155-1160. Publisher Full Text

  1. Forster J, Famili I, Fu PC, Palsson BO, Nielsen J: Genome-Scale Reconstruction of the Saccharomyces cerevisiae Metabolic Network. 

Genome Research 2003, 13(2):244-253. PubMed Abstract | Publisher Full Text | PubMed Central Full Text

  1. Reed JL, Patel TR, Chen KH, Joyce AR, Applebee MK, Herring CD, Bui OT, Knight EM, Fong SS, Palsson BO: Systems Approach to Genome Annotation: Prediction and Validation of Metabolic Functions. 

Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 2006, 103(46):17480-17484. PubMed Abstract | Publisher Full Text | PubMed Central Full Text

  1. Nissen TL, Kielland-Brandt MC, Nielsen J, Villadsen J: Optimization of ethanol production in Saccharomyces cerevisiae by metabolic engineering of the ammonium assimilation. 

Metab Eng 2000, 2(1):69-77. PubMed Abstract | Publisher Full Text

  1. Roca C, Nielsen J, Olsson L: Metabolic engineering of ammonium assimilation in xylose-fermenting Saccharomyces cerevisiae improves ethanol production. 

Appl Environ Microbiol 2003, 69(8):4732-4736. PubMed Abstract | Publisher Full Text | PubMed Central Full Text

  1. Hartman JL IV: Buffering of deoxyribonucleotide pool homeostasis by threonine metabolism. 

Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 2007, 104(28):11700-11705. PubMed Abstract | Publisher Full Text | PubMed Central Full Text

  1. Gelling CL, Piper MD, Hong SP, Kornfeld GD, Dawes IW: Identification of a novel one-carbon metabolism regulon in Saccharomyces cerevisiae. 

J Biol Chem 2004, 279(8):7072-7081. PubMed Abstract | Publisher Full Text

  1. Denis V, Daignan-Fornier B: Synthesis of glutamine, glycine and 10-formyl tetrahydrofolate is coregulated with purine biosynthesis in Saccharomyces cerevisiae. 

Mol Gen Genet 1998, 259(3):246-255. PubMed Abstract | Publisher Full Text

  1. Hjortmo S, Patring J, Andlid T: Growth rate and medium composition strongly affect folate content in Saccharomyces cerevisiae. 

Int J Food Microbiol 2008, 123(1–2):93-100. PubMed Abstract | Publisher Full Text

  1. Kussmann MRF, Affolter M: OMICS-driven biomarker discovery in nutrition and health. 

J Biotechnol 2006, 124(4):758-787. PubMed Abstract | Publisher Full Text

  1. Serkova NJ, Niemann CU: Pattern recognition and biomarker validation using quantitative 1H-NMR-based metabolomics. 

Expert Rev Mol Diagn 2006, 6(5):717-731. PubMed Abstract | Publisher Full Text

 

Read Full Post »

Pentose Shunt, Electron Transfer, Galactose, more Lipids in brief

Pentose Shunt, Electron Transfer, Galactose, more Lipids in brief

Reviewer and Curator: Larry H. Bernstein, MD, FCAP

Pentose Shunt, Electron Transfer, Galactose, and other Lipids in brief

This is a continuation of the series of articles that spans the horizon of the genetic
code and the progression in complexity from genomics to proteomics, which must
be completed before proceeding to metabolomics and multi-omics.  At this point
we have covered genomics, transcriptomics, signaling, and carbohydrate metabolism
with considerable detail.In carbohydrates. There are two topics that need some attention –
(1) pentose phosphate shunt;
(2) H+ transfer
(3) galactose.
(4) more lipids
Then we are to move on to proteins and proteomics.

Summary of this series:

The outline of what I am presenting in series is as follows:

  1. Signaling and Signaling Pathways
    http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2014/08/12/signaling-and-signaling-pathways/
  2. Signaling transduction tutorial.
    http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2014/08/12/signaling-transduction-tutorial/
  3. Carbohydrate metabolism
    http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2014/08/13/carbohydrate-metabolism/

Selected References to Signaling and Metabolic Pathways published in this Open Access Online Scientific Journal, include the following: 

http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2014/08/14/selected-references-to-signaling-
and-metabolic-pathways-in-leaders-in-pharmaceutical-intelligence/

  1. Lipid metabolism

4.1  Studies of respiration lead to Acetyl CoA
http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2014/08/18/studies-of-respiration-lead-to-acetyl-coa/

4.2 The multi-step transfer of phosphate bond and hydrogen exchange energy
http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2014/08/19/the-multi-step-transfer-of-phosphate-
bond-and-hydrogen-exchange-energy/

5.Pentose shunt, electron transfers, galactose, and other lipids in brief

6. Protein synthesis and degradation

7.  Subcellular structure

8. Impairments in pathological states: endocrine disorders; stress
hypermetabolism; cancer.

Section I. Pentose Shunt

Bernard L. Horecker’s Contributions to Elucidating the Pentose Phosphate Pathway

Nicole Kresge,     Robert D. Simoni and     Robert L. Hill

The Enzymatic Conversion of 6-Phosphogluconate to Ribulose-5-Phosphate
and Ribose-5-Phosphate (Horecker, B. L., Smyrniotis, P. Z., and Seegmiller,
J. E.      J. Biol. Chem. 1951; 193: 383–396

Bernard Horecker

Bernard Leonard Horecker (1914) began his training in enzymology in 1936 as a
graduate student at the University of Chicago in the laboratory of T. R. Hogness.
His initial project involved studying succinic dehydrogenase from beef heart using
the Warburg manometric apparatus. However, when Erwin Hass arrived from Otto
Warburg’s laboratory he asked Horecker to join him in the search for an enzyme
that would catalyze the reduction of cytochrome c by reduced NADP. This marked
the beginning of Horecker’s lifelong involvement with the pentose phosphate pathway.

During World War II, Horecker left Chicago and got a job at the National Institutes of
Health (NIH) in Frederick S. Brackett’s laboratory in the Division of Industrial Hygiene.
As part of the wartime effort, Horecker was assigned the task of developing a method
to determine the carbon monoxide hemoglobin content of the blood of Navy pilots
returning from combat missions. When the war ended, Horecker returned to research
in enzymology and began studying the reduction of cytochrome c by the succinic
dehydrogenase system.

Shortly after he began these investigation changes, Horecker was approached by
future Nobel laureate Arthur Kornberg, who was convinced that enzymes were the
key to understanding intracellular biochemical processes
. Kornberg suggested
they collaborate, and the two began to study the effect of cyanide on the succinic
dehydrogenase system. Cyanide had previously been found to inhibit enzymes
containing a heme group, with the exception of cytochrome c. However, Horecker
and Kornberg found that

  • cyanide did in fact react with cytochrome c and concluded that
  • previous groups had failed to perceive this interaction because
    • the shift in the absorption maximum was too small to be detected by
      visual examination.

Two years later, Kornberg invited Horecker and Leon Heppel to join him in setting up
a new Section on Enzymes in the Laboratory of Physiology at the NIH. Their Section on Enzymes eventually became part of the new Experimental Biology and Medicine
Institute and was later renamed the National Institute of Arthritis and Metabolic
Diseases.

Horecker and Kornberg continued to collaborate, this time on

  • the isolation of DPN and TPN.

By 1948 they had amassed a huge supply of the coenzymes and were able to
present Otto Warburg, the discoverer of TPN, with a gift of 25 mg of the enzyme
when he came to visit. Horecker also collaborated with Heppel on 

  • the isolation of cytochrome c reductase from yeast and 
  • eventually accomplished the first isolation of the flavoprotein from
    mammalian liver.

Along with his lab technician Pauline Smyrniotis, Horecker began to study

  • the enzymes involved in the oxidation of 6-phosphogluconate and the
    metabolic intermediates formed in the pentose phosphate pathway.

Joined by Horecker’s first postdoctoral student, J. E. Seegmiller, they worked
out a new method for the preparation of glucose 6-phosphate and 6-phosphogluconate, 
both of which were not yet commercially available.
As reported in the Journal of Biological Chemistry (JBC) Classic reprinted here, they

  • purified 6-phosphogluconate dehydrogenase from brewer’s yeast (1), and 
  • by coupling the reduction of TPN to its reoxidation by pyruvate in
    the presence of lactic dehydrogenase
    ,
  • they were able to show that the first product of 6-phosphogluconate oxidation,
  • in addition to carbon dioxide, was ribulose 5-phosphte.
  • This pentose ester was then converted to ribose 5-phosphate by a
    pentose-phosphate isomerase.

They were able to separate ribulose 5-phosphate from ribose 5- phosphate and demonstrate their interconversion using a recently developed nucleotide separation
technique called ion-exchange chromatography. Horecker and Seegmiller later
showed that 6-phosphogluconate metabolism by enzymes from mammalian
tissues also produced the same products
.8

Bernard Horecker

Bernard Horecker

http://www.jbc.org/content/280/29/e26/F1.small.gif

Over the next several years, Horecker played a key role in elucidating the

  • remaining steps of the pentose phosphate pathway.

His total contributions included the discovery of three new sugar phosphate esters,
ribulose 5-phosphate, sedoheptulose 7-phosphate, and erythrose 4-phosphate, and
three new enzymes, transketolase, transaldolase, and pentose-phosphate 3-epimerase.
The outline of the complete pentose phosphate cycle was published in 1955
(2). Horecker’s personal account of his work on the pentose phosphate pathway can
be found in his JBC Reflection (3).1

Horecker’s contributions to science were recognized with many awards and honors
including the Washington Academy of Sciences Award for Scientific Achievement in
Biological Sciences (1954) and his election to the National Academy of Sciences in
1961. Horecker also served as president of the American Society of Biological
Chemists (now the American Society for Biochemistry and Molecular Biology) in 1968.

Footnotes

  • 1 All biographical information on Bernard L. Horecker was taken from Ref. 3.
  • The American Society for Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, Inc.

References

  1. ↵Horecker, B. L., and Smyrniotis, P. Z. (1951) Phosphogluconic acid dehydrogenase
    from yeast. J. Biol. Chem. 193, 371–381FREE Full Text
  2. Gunsalus, I. C., Horecker, B. L., and Wood, W. A. (1955) Pathways of carbohydrate
    metabolism in microorganisms. Bacteriol. Rev. 19, 79–128  FREE Full Text
  3. Horecker, B. L. (2002) The pentose phosphate pathway. J. Biol. Chem. 277, 47965–
    47971 FREE Full Text

The Pentose Phosphate Pathway (also called Phosphogluconate Pathway, or Hexose
Monophosphate Shunt) is depicted with structures of intermediates in Fig. 23-25
p. 863 of Biochemistry, by Voet & Voet, 3rd Edition. The linear portion of the pathway
carries out oxidation and decarboxylation of glucose-6-phosphate, producing the
5-C sugar ribulose-5-phosphate.

Glucose-6-phosphate Dehydrogenase catalyzes oxidation of the aldehyde
(hemiacetal), at C1 of glucose-6-phosphate, to a carboxylic acid in ester linkage
(lactone). NADPserves as electron acceptor.

6-Phosphogluconolactonase catalyzes hydrolysis of the ester linkage (lactone)
resulting in ring opening. The product is 6-phosphogluconate. Although ring opening
occurs in the absence of a catalyst, 6-Phosphogluconolactonase speeds up the
reaction, decreasing the lifetime of the highly reactive, and thus potentially
toxic, 6-phosphogluconolactone.

Phosphogluconate Dehydrogenase catalyzes oxidative decarboxylation of
6-phosphogluconate, to yield the 5-C ketose ribulose-5-phosphate. The
hydroxyl at C(C2 of the product) is oxidized to a ketone. This promotes loss
of the carboxyl at C1 as CO2.  NADP+ again serves as oxidant (electron acceptor).

pglucose hd

pglucose hd

https://www.rpi.edu/dept/bcbp/molbiochem/MBWeb/mb2/part1/images/pglucd.gif

Reduction of NADP+ (as with NAD+) involves transfer of 2e- plus 1H+ to the
nicotinamide moiety.

nadp

NADPH, a product of the Pentose Phosphate Pathway, functions as a reductant in
various synthetic (anabolic) pathways, including fatty acid synthesis.

NAD+ serves as electron acceptor in catabolic pathways in which metabolites are
oxidized. The resultant NADH is reoxidized by the respiratory chain, producing ATP.

nadnadp

https://www.rpi.edu/dept/bcbp/molbiochem/MBWeb/mb2/part1/images/nadnadp.gif

Regulation: 
Glucose-6-phosphate Dehydrogenase is the committed step of the Pentose
Phosphate Pathway. This enzyme is regulated by availability of the substrate NADP+.
As NADPH is utilized in reductive synthetic pathways, the increasing concentration of
NADP+ stimulates the Pentose Phosphate Pathway, to replenish NADPH.

The remainder of the Pentose Phosphate Pathway accomplishes conversion of the
5-C ribulose-5-phosphate to the 5-C product ribose-5-phosphate, or to the 3-C
glyceraldehyde -3-phosphate and the 6-C fructose-6-phosphate (reactions 4 to 8
p. 863).

Transketolase utilizes as prosthetic group thiamine pyrophosphate (TPP), a
derivative of vitamin B1.

tpp

tpp

https://www.rpi.edu/dept/bcbp/molbiochem/MBWeb/mb2/part1/images/tpp.gif

Thiamine pyrophosphate binds at the active sites of enzymes in a “V” conformation.The amino group of the aminopyrimidine moiety is close to the dissociable proton,
and serves as the proton acceptor. This proton transfer is promoted by a glutamate
residue adjacent to the pyrimidine ring.

The positively charged N in the thiazole ring acts as an electron sink, promoting
C-C bond cleavage. The 3-C aldose glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate is released.
2-C fragment remains on TPP.

FASEB J. 1996 Mar;10(4):461-70.   http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/8647345

Reviewer

The importance of this pathway can easily be underestimated.  The main source for
energy in respiration was considered to be tied to the

  • high energy phosphate bond in phosphorylation and utilizes NADPH, converting it to NADP+.

glycolysis n skeletal muscle in short term, dependent on muscle glycogen conversion
to glucose, and there is a buildup of lactic acid – used as fuel by the heart.  This
pathway accounts for roughly 5% of metabolic needs, varying between tissues,
depending on there priority for synthetic functions, such as endocrine or nucleic
acid production.

The mature erythrocyte and the ocular lens both are enucleate.  85% of their
metabolic energy needs are by anaerobic glycolysis.  Consider the erythrocyte
somewhat different than the lens because it has iron-based hemoglobin, which
exchanges O2 and CO2 in the pulmonary alveoli, and in that role, is a rapid
regulator of H+ and pH in the circulation (carbonic anhydrase reaction), and also to
a lesser extent in the kidney cortex, where H+ is removed  from the circulation to
the urine, making the blood less acidic, except when there is a reciprocal loss of K+.
This is how we need a nomogram to determine respiratory vs renal acidosis or
alkalosis.  In the case of chronic renal disease, there is substantial loss of
functioning nephrons, loss of countercurrent multiplier, and a reduced capacity to
remove H+.  So there is both a metabolic acidosis and a hyperkalemia, with increased
serum creatinine, but the creatinine is only from muscle mass – not accurately
reflecting total body mass, which includes visceral organs.  The only accurate
measure of lean body mass would be in the linear relationship between circulating
hepatic produced transthyretin (TTR).

The pentose phosphate shunt is essential for

  • the generation of nucleic acids, in regeneration of red cells and lens – requiring NADPH.

Insofar as the red blood cell is engaged in O2 exchange, the lactic dehydrogenase
isoenzyme composition is the same as the heart. What about the lens of and cornea the eye, and platelets?  The explanation does appear to be more complex than
has been proposed and is not discussed here.

Section II. Mitochondrial NADH – NADP+ Transhydrogenase Reaction

There is also another consideration for the balance of di- and tri- phospopyridine
nucleotides in their oxidized and reduced forms.  I have brought this into the
discussion because of the centrality of hydride tranfer to mitochondrial oxidative
phosphorylation and the energetics – for catabolism and synthesis.

The role of transhydrogenase in the energy-linked reduction of TPN 

Fritz HommesRonald W. Estabrook∗∗

The Wenner-Gren Institute, University of Stockholm
Stockholm, Sweden
Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications 11, (1), 2 Apr 1963, Pp 1–6
http://dx.doi.org:/10.1016/0006-291X(63)90017-2

In 1959, Klingenberg and Slenczka (1) made the important observation that incubation of isolated

  • liver mitochondria with DPN-specific substrates or succinate in the absence of phosphate
    acceptor resulted in a rapid and almost complete reduction of the intramitochondrial TPN.

These and related findings led Klingenberg and co-workers (1-3) to postulate

  • the occurrence of an ATP-controlled transhydrogenase reaction catalyzing the reduction of
    mitochondrial TPN by DPNH. A similar conclusion was reached by Estabrook and Nissley (4).

The present paper describes the demonstration and some properties of an

  • energy-dependent reduction of TPN by DPNH, catalyzed by submitochondrial particles.

Preliminary reports of some of these results have already appeared (5, 6 ) , and a
complete account is being published elsewhere (7).We have studied the energy- dependent reduction of TPN by PNH with submitochondrial particles from both
rat liver and beef heart. Rat liver particles were prepared essentially according to
the method of Kielley and Bronk (8), and beef heart particles by the method of
Low and Vallin (9).

PYRIDINE NUCLEOTIDE TRANSHYDROGENASE  II. DIRECT EVIDENCE FOR
AND MECHANISM OF THE
 TRANSHYDROGENASE REACTION*

BY  NATHAN 0. KAPLAN, SIDNEY P. COLOWICK, AND ELIZABETH F. NEUFELD
(From the McCollum-Pratt Institute, The Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore,
Maryland)  J. Biol. Chem. 1952, 195:107-119.
http://www.jbc.org/content/195/1/107.citation

NO Kaplan

NO Kaplan

Sidney Colowick

Sidney Colowick

Elizabeth Neufeld

Elizabeth Neufeld

Kaplan studied carbohydrate metabolism in the liver under David M. Greenberg at the
University of California, Berkeley medical school. He earned his Ph.D. in 1943. From
1942 to 1944, Kaplan participated in the Manhattan Project. From 1945 to 1949,
Kaplan worked with Fritz Lipmann at Massachusetts General Hospital to study
coenzyme A. He worked at the McCollum-Pratt Institute of Johns Hopkins University
from 1950 to 957. In 1957, he was recruited to head a new graduate program in
biochemistry at Brandeis University. In 1968, Kaplan moved to the University of
California, San Diego
, where he studied the role of lactate dehydrogenase in cancer. He also founded a colony of nude mice, a strain of laboratory mice useful in the study
of cancer and other diseases. [1] He was a member of the National Academy of
Sciences.One of Kaplan’s students at the University of California was genomic
researcher Craig Venter.[2]3]  He was, with Sidney Colowick, a founding editor of the scientific book series Methods
in Enzymology
.[1]

http://books.nap.edu/books/0309049768/xhtml/images/img00009.jpg

Colowick became Carl Cori’s first graduate student and earned his Ph.D. at
Washington University St. Louis in 1942, continuing to work with the Coris (Nobel
Prize jointly) for 10 years. At the age of 21, he published his first paper on the
classical studies of glucose 1-phosphate (2), and a year later he was the sole author on a paper on the synthesis of mannose 1-phosphate and galactose 1-phosphate (3). Both papers were published in the JBC. During his time in the Cori lab,

Colowick was involved in many projects. Along with Herman Kalckar he discovered
myokinase (distinguished from adenylate kinase from liver), which is now known as
adenyl kinase. This discovery proved to be important in understanding transphos-phorylation reactions in yeast and animal cells. Colowick’s interest then turned to
the conversion of glucose to polysaccharides, and he and Earl Sutherland (who
will be featured in an upcoming JBC Classic) published an important paper on the
formation of glycogen from glucose using purified enzymes (4). In 1951, Colowick
and Nathan Kaplan were approached by Kurt Jacoby of Academic Press to do a
series comparable to Methodem der Ferment Forschung. Colowick and Kaplan
planned and edited the first 6 volumes of Methods in Enzymology, launching in 1955
what became a series of well known and useful handbooks. He continued as
Editor of the series until his death in 1985.

http://bioenergetics.jbc.org/highwire/filestream/9/field_highwire_fragment_image_s/0/F1.small.gif

The Structure of NADH: the Work of Sidney P. Colowick

Nicole KresgeRobert D. Simoni and Robert L. Hill

On the Structure of Reduced Diphosphopyridine Nucleotide

(Pullman, M. E., San Pietro, A., and Colowick, S. P. (1954)

J. Biol. Chem. 206, 129–141)

Elizabeth Neufeld
·  Born: September 27, 1928 (age 85), Paris, France
·  EducationQueens College, City University of New YorkUniversity of California,
Berkeley

http://fdb5.ctrl.ucla.edu/biological-chemistry/institution/photo?personnel%5fid=45290&max_width=155&max_height=225

In Paper I (l), indirect evidence was presented for the following transhydrogenase
reaction, catalyzed by an enzyme present in extracts of Pseudomonas
fluorescens:

TPNHz + DPN -+ TPN + DPNHz

The evidence was obtained by coupling TPN-specific dehydrogenases with the
transhydrogenase and observing the reduction of large amounts of diphosphopyridine nucleotide (DPN) in the presence of catalytic amounts of triphosphopyridine
nucleotide (TPN).

In this paper, data will be reported showing the direct

  • interaction between TPNHz and DPN, in thepresence of transhydrogenase alone,
  • to yield products having the propertiesof TPN and DPNHZ.

Information will be given indicating that the reaction involves

  • a transfer of electrons (or hydrogen) rather than a phosphate 

Experiments dealing with the kinetics and reversibility of the reaction, and with the
nature of the products, suggest that the reaction is a complex one, not fully described
by the above formulation.

Materials and Methods [edited]

The TPN and DPN used in these studies were preparations of approximately 75
percent purity and were prepared from sheep liver by the chromatographic procedure
of Kornberg and Horecker (unpublished). Reduced DPN was prepared enzymatically with alcohol dehydrogenase as described elsewhere (2). Reduced TPN was prepared by treating TPN with hydrosulfite. This treated mixture contained 2 pM of TPNHz per ml.
The preparations of desamino DPN and reduced desamino DPN have been
described previously (2, 3). Phosphogluconate was a barium salt which was kindly
supplied by Dr. B. F. Horecker. Cytochrome c was obtained from the Sigma Chemical Company.

Transhydrogenase preparations with an activity of 250 to 7000 units per mg. were
used in these studies. The DPNase was a purified enzyme, which was obtained
from zinc-deficient Neurospora and had an activity of 5500 units per mg. (4). The
alcohol dehydrogenase was a crystalline preparation isolated from yeast according to the procedure of Racker (5).

Phosphogluconate dehydrogenase from yeast and a 10 per cent pure preparation of the TPN-specific cytochrome c reductase from liver (6) were gifts of Dr. B. F.
Horecker.

DPN was assayed with alcohol and crystalline yeast alcohol dehydrogenase. TPN was determined By the specific phosphogluconic acid dehydrogenase from yeast and also by the specific isocitric dehydrogenase from pig heart. Reduced DPN was
determined by the use of acetaldehyde and the yeast alcohol dehydrogenase.
All of the above assays were based on the measurement of optical density changes
at 340 rnp. TPNHz was determined with the TPN-specific cytochrome c reductase system. The assay of the reaction followed increase in optical density at 550 rnp  as a measure of the reduction of the cytochrome c after cytochrome c
reductase was added to initiate the reaction. The changes at 550 rnp are plotted for different concentrations of TPNHz in Fig. 3, a. The method is an extremely sensitive and accurate assay for reduced TPN.

Results
[No Figures or Table shown]

Formation of DPNHz from TPNHz and DPN-Fig. 1, a illustrates the direct reaction between TPNHz and DPN to form DPNHZ. The reaction was carried out by incubating TPNHz with DPN in the presence of the
transhydrogenase, yeast alcohol dehydrogenase, and acetaldehyde. Since the yeast dehydrogenase is specific for DPN,

  • a decrease in absorption at340 rnp can only be due to the formation of reduced DPN. It can
    be seen from the curves in Fig. 1, a that a decrease in optical density occurs only in the
    presence of the complete system.

The Pseudomonas enzyme is essential for the formation of DPNH2. It is noteworthy
that, under the conditions of reaction in Fig. 1, a,

  • approximately 40 per cent of theTPNH, reacted with the DPN.

Fig. 1, a also indicates that magnesium is not required for transhydrogenase activity.  The reaction between TPNHz and DPN takes place in the absence of alcohol
dehydrogenase and acetaldehyde
. This can be demonstrated by incubating the
two pyridine nucleotides with the transhydrogenase for 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36
minutes

FIG. 1. Evidence for enzymatic reaction of TPNHt with DPN.

  • Rate offormation of DPNH2.

(b) DPN disappearance and TPN formation.

(c) Identification of desamino DPNHz as product of reaction of TPNHz with desamino DPN.  (assaying for reduced DPN by the yeast alcohol dehydrogenase technique.

Table I (Experiment 1) summarizes the results of such experiments in which TPNHz was added with varying amounts of DPN.

  • In the absence of DPN, no DPNHz was formed. This eliminates the possibility that TPNH 2 is
    converted to DPNHz
  • by removal ofthe monoester phosphate grouping.

The data also show that the extent of the reaction is

  • dependent on the concentration of DPN.

Even with a large excess of DPN, only approximately 40 per cent of the TPNHzreacts to form reduced DPN. It is of importance to emphasize that in the above
experiments, which were carried out in phosphate buffer, the extent of  the reaction

  • is the same in the presence or absence of acetaldehyde andalcohol dehydrogenase.

With an excess of DPN and different  levels of TPNHZ,

  • the amount of reduced DPN which is formed is
  • dependent on the concentration of TPNHz(Table I, Experiment 2).
  • In all cases, the amount of DPNHz formed is approximately
    40 per cent of the added reduced TPN.

Formation of TPN-The reaction between TPNHz and DPN should yield TPN as well as DPNHz.
The formation of TPN is demonstrated in Table 1. in Fig. 1, b. In this experiment,
TPNHz was allowed to react with DPN in the presence of the transhydrogenase
(PS.), and then alcohol and alcohol dehydrogenase were added . This
would result in reduction of the residual DPN, and the sample incubated with the
transhydrogenase contained less DPN. After the completion of the alcohol
dehydrogenase reaction, phosphogluconate and phosphogluconic dehydrogenase (PGAD) were added to reduce the TPN. The addition of this TPN-specific
dehydrogenase results in an

  • increase inoptical density in the enzymatically treated sample.
  • This change represents the amount of TPN formed.

It is of interest to point out that, after addition of both dehydrogenases,

  • the total optical density change is the same in both

Therefore it is evident that

  • for every mole of DPN disappearing  a mole of TPN appears.

Balance of All Components of Reaction

Table II (Experiment 1) shows that,

  • if measurements for all components of the reaction are made, one can demonstrate
    that there is
  • a mole for mole disappearance of TPNH, and DPN, and
  • a stoichiometric appearance of TPN and DPNH2.
  1. The oxidized forms of the nucleotides were assayed as described
  2. the reduced form of TPN was determined by the TPNHz-specific cytochrome c reductase,
  3. the DPNHz by means of yeast alcohol dehydrogenase plus

This stoichiometric balance is true, however,

  • only when the analyses for the oxidized forms are determined directly on the reaction

When analyses are made after acidification of the incubated reaction mixture,

  • the values found forDPN and TPN are much lower than those obtained by direct analysis.

This discrepancy in the balance when analyses for the oxidized nucleotides are
carried out in acid is indicated in Table II (Experiment 2). The results, when
compared with the findings in Experiment 1, are quite striking.

Reaction of TPNHz with Desamino DPN

Desamino DPN

  • reacts with the transhydrogenase system at the same rate as does DPN (2).

This was of value in establishing the fact that

  • the transhydrogenase catalyzesa transfer of hydrogen rather than a phosphate transfer reaction.

The reaction between desamino DPN and TPNHz can be written in two ways.

TPN f desamino DPNHz

TPNH, + desamino DPN

DPNH2 + desamino TPN

If the reaction involved an electron transfer,

  • desamino DPNHz would be
  • Phosphate transfer would result in the production of reduced

Desamino DPNHz can be distinguished from DPNHz by its

  • slowerrate of reaction with yeast alcohol dehydrogenase (2, 3).

Fig. 1, c illustrates that, when desamino DPN reacts with TPNH2, 

  • the product of the reaction is desamino DPNHZ.

This is indicated by the slow rate of oxidation of the product by yeast alcohol
dehydrogenase and acetaldehyde.

From the above evidence phosphate transfer 

  • has been ruled out as a possible mechanism for the transhydrogenase reaction.

Inhibition by TPN

As mentioned in Paper I and as will be discussed later in this paper,

  • the transhydrogenase reaction does not appear to be readily reversible.

This is surprising, particularly since only approximately 

  • 40 per cent of the TPNHz undergoes reaction with DPN
    under the conditions described above. It was therefore thought that
  • the TPN formed might inhibit further transfer of electrons from TPNH2.

Table III summarizes data showing the

  • strong inhibitory effect of TPN on thereaction between TPNHz and DPN.

It is evident from the data that

  • TPN concentration is a factor in determining the extent of the reaction.

Effect of Removal of TPN on Extent of Reaction

A purified DPNase from Neurospora has been found

  • to cleave the nicotinamide riboside linkagesof the oxidized forms of both TPN and DPN
  • without acting on thereduced forms of both nucleotides (4).

It has been found, however, that

  • the DPNase hydrolyzes desamino DPN at a very slow rate (3).

In the reaction between TPNHz and desamino DPN, TPN and desamino DPNH:,

  • TPNis the only component of this reaction attacked by the Neurospora enzyme
    at an appreciable rate

It was  thought that addition of the DPNase to the TPNHZ-desamino DPN trans-
hydrogenase reaction mixture

  • would split the TPN formed andpermit the reaction to go to completion.

This, indeed, proved to be the case, as indicated in Table IV, where addition of
the DPNase with desamino DPN results in almost

  • a stoichiometric formation of desamino DPNHz
  • and a complete disappearance of TPNH2.

Extent of Reaction in Buffers Other Than Phosphate

All the reactions described above were carried out in phosphate buffer of pH 7.5.
If the transhydrogenase reaction between TPNHz and DPN is run at the same pH
in tris(hydroxymethyl)aminomethane buffer (TRIS buffer)

  • with acetaldehydeand alcohol dehydrogenase present,
  • the reaction proceeds muchfurther toward completion 
  • than is the case under the same conditions ina phosphate medium (Fig. 2, a).

The importance of phosphate concentration in governing the extent of the reaction
is illustrated in Fig. 2, b.

In the presence of TRIS the transfer reaction

  • seems to go further toward completion in the presence of acetaldehyde
    and 
    alcohol dehydrogenase
  • than when these two components are absent.

This is not true of the reaction in phosphate,

  • in which the extent is independent of the alcoholdehydrogenase system.

Removal of one of the products of the reaction (DPNHp) in TRIS thus

  • appears to permit the reaction to approach completion,whereas
  • in phosphate this removal is without effect on the finalcourse of the reaction.

The extent of the reaction in TRIS in the absence of alcohol dehydrogenase
and acetaldehyde
 is

  • somewhat greater than when the reaction is run in phosphate.

TPN also inhibits the reaction of TPNHz with DPN in TRIS medium, but the inhibition

  • is not as marked as when the reaction is carried out in phosphate buffer.

Reversibility of Transhydrogenase Reaction;

Reaction between DPNHz and TPN

In Paper I, it was mentioned that no reversal of the reaction could be achieved in a system containing alcohol, alcohol dehydrogenase, TPN, and catalytic amounts of
DPN.

When DPNH, and TPN are incubated with the purified transhydrogenase, there is
also

  • no evidence for reversibility.

This is indicated in Table V which shows that

  • there is no disappearance of DPNHz in such a system.

It was thought that removal of the TPNHz, which might be formed in the reaction,
could promote the reversal of the reaction. Hence,

  • by using the TPNHe-specific cytochrome c reductase, one could
  1. not only accomplishthe removal of any reduced TPN,
  2. but also follow the course of the reaction.

A system containing DPNH2, TPN, the transhydrogenase, the cytochrome c
reductase, and cytochrome c, however, gives

  • no reduction of the cytochrome

This is true for either TRIS or phosphate buffers.2

Some positive evidence for the reversibility has been obtained by using a system
containing

  • DPNH2, TPNH2, cytochrome c, and the cytochrome creductase in TRIS buffer.

In this case, there is, of course, reduction of cytochrome c by TPNHZ, but,

  • when the transhydrogenase is present.,there is
  • additional reduction over and above that due to the added TPNH2.

This additional reduction suggests that some reversibility of the reaction occurred
under these conditions. Fig. 3, b shows

  • the necessity of DPNHzfor this additional reduction.

Interaction of DPNHz with Desamino DPN-

If desamino DPN and DPNHz are incubated with the purified Pseudomonas enzyme,
there appears

  • to be a transfer of electrons to form desamino DPNHz.

This is illustrated in Fig. 4, a, which shows the

  • decreased rate of oxidation by thealcohol dehydrogenase system
  • after incubation with the transhydrogenase.
  • Incubation of desamino DPNHz with DPN results in the formation of DPNH2,
  • which is detected by the faster rate of oxidation by the alcohol dehydrogenase system
  • after reaction of the pyridine nucleotides with thetranshydrogenase (Fig. 4, b).

It is evident from the above experiments that

the transhydrogenase catalyzes an exchange of hydrogens between

  • the adenylic and inosinic pyridine nucleotides.

However, it is difficult to obtain any quantitative information on the rate or extent of
the reaction by the method used, because

  • desamino DPNHz also reacts with the alcohol dehydrogenase system,
  • although at a much slower rate than does DPNH2.

DISCUSSION

The results of the balance experiments seem to offer convincing evidence that
the transhydrogenase catalyzes the following reaction.

TPNHz + DPN -+ DPNHz + TPN

Since desamino DPNHz is formed from TPNHz and desamino DPN,

  • thereaction appears to involve an electron (or hydrogen) transfer
  • rather thana transfer of the monoester phosphate grouping of TPN.

A number of the findings reported in this paper are not readily understandable in
terms of the above simple formulation of the reaction. It is difficult to understand
the greater extent of the reaction in TRIS than in phosphate when acetaldehyde
and alcohol dehydrogenase are present.

One possibility is that an intermediate may be involved which is more easily converted
to reduced DPN in the TRIS medium. The existence of such an intermediate is also
suggested by the discrepancies noted in balance experiments, in which

  • analyses of the oxidized nucleotides after acidification showed
  • much lower values than those found by direct analysis.

These findings suggest that the reaction may involve

  • a 1 electron ratherthan a 2 electron transfer with
  • the formation of acid-labile free radicals as intermediates.

The transfer of hydrogens from DPNHz to desamino DPN

  • to yield desamino DPNHz and DPN and the reversal of this transfer
  • indicate the unique role of the transhydrogenase
  • in promoting electron exchange between the pyridine nucleotides.

In this connection, it is of interest that alcohol dehydrogenase and lactic
dehydrogenase cannot duplicate this exchange  between the DPN and
the desamino systems.3  If one assumes that desamino DPN behaves
like DPN,

  • one might predict that the transhydrogenase would catalyze an
    exchange of electrons (or hydrogen) 3.

Since alcohol dehydrogenase alone

  • does not catalyze an exchange of electrons between the adenylic
    and inosinic pyridine nucleotides, this rules out the possibility
  • that the dehydrogenase is converted to a reduced intermediate
  • during electron between DPNHz and added DPN.

It is hoped to investigate this possibility with isotopically labeled DPN.
Experiments to test the interaction between TPN and desamino TPN are
also now in progress.

It seems likely that the transhydrogenase will prove capable of

  • catalyzingan exchange between TPN and TPNH2, as well as between DPN and

The observed inhibition by TPN of the reaction between TPNHz and DPN may
therefore

  • be due to a competition between DPN and TPNfor the TPNH2.

SUMMARY

  1. Direct evidence for the following transhydrogenase reaction. catalyzedby an
    enzyme from Pseudomonas fluorescens, is presented.

TPNHz + DPN -+ TPN + DPNHz

Balance experiments have shown that for every mole of TPNHz disappearing
1 mole of TPN appears and that for each mole of DPNHz generated 1 mole of
DPN disappears. The oxidized nucleotides found at the end of the reaction,
however, show anomalous lability toward acid.

  1. The transhydrogenase also promotes the following reaction.

TPNHz + desamino DPN -+ TPN + desamino DPNH,

This rules out the possibility that the transhydrogenase reaction involves a
phosphate transfer and indicates that the

  • enzyme catalyzes a shift of electrons (or hydrogen atoms).

The reaction of TPNHz with DPN in 0.1 M phosphate buffer is strongly
inhibited by TPN; thus

  • it proceeds only to the extent of about40 per cent or less, even
  • when DPNHz is removed continuously by meansof acetaldehyde
    and alcohol dehydrogenase.
  • In other buffers, in whichTPN is less inhibitory, the reaction proceeds
    much further toward completion under these conditions.
  • The reaction in phosphate buffer proceedsto completion when TPN
    is removed as it is formed.
  1. DPNHz does not react with TPN to form TPNHz and DPN in the presence
    of transhydrogenase. Some evidence, however, has been obtained for
    the reversibility by using the following system:
  • DPNHZ, TPNHZ, cytochromec, the TPNHz-specific cytochrome c reductase,
    and the transhydrogenase.
  1. Evidence is cited for the following reversible reaction, which is catalyzed
    by the transhydrogenase.

DPNHz + desamino DPN fi DPN + desamino DPNHz

  1. The results are discussed with respect to the possibility that the
    transhydrogenase reaction may
  • involve a 1 electron transfer with theformation of free radicals as intermediates.

 

BIBLIOGRAPHY

  1. Coiowick, S. P., Kaplan, N. O., Neufeld, E. F., and Ciotti, M. M., J. Biol. Chem.,196, 95 (1952).
  2. Pullman, 111. E., Colowick, S. P., and Kaplan, N. O., J. Biol. Chem., 194, 593(1952).
  3. Kaplan, N. O., Colowick, S. P., and Ciotti, M. M., J. Biol. Chem., 194, 579 (1952).
  4. Kaplan, N. O., Colowick, S. P., and Nason, A., J. Biol. Chem., 191, 473 (1951).
  5. Racker, E., J. Biol. Chem., 184, 313 (1950).
  6. Horecker, B. F., J. Biol. Chem., 183, 593 (1950).

Section !II. 

Luis_Federico_Leloir_-_young

The Leloir pathway: a mechanistic imperative for three enzymes to change
the stereochemical configuration of a single carbon in galactose.

Frey PA.
FASEB J. 1996 Mar;10(4):461-70.    http://www.fasebj.org/content/10/4/461.full.pdf
PMID:8647345

The biological interconversion of galactose and glucose takes place only by way of
the Leloir pathway and requires the three enzymes galactokinase, galactose-1-P
uridylyltransferase, and UDP-galactose 4-epimerase.
The only biological importance of these enzymes appears to be to

  • provide for the interconversion of galactosyl and glucosyl groups.

Galactose mutarotase also participates by producing the galactokinase substrate
alpha-D-galactose from its beta-anomer. The galacto/gluco configurational change takes place at the level of the nucleotide sugar by an oxidation/reduction
mechanism in the active site of the epimerase NAD+ complex. The nucleotide portion
of UDP-galactose and UDP-glucose participates in the epimerization process in two ways:

1) by serving as a binding anchor that allows epimerization to take place at glycosyl-C-4 through weak binding of the sugar, and

2) by inducing a conformational change in the epimerase that destabilizes NAD+ and
increases its reactivity toward substrates.

Reversible hydride transfer is thereby facilitated between NAD+ and carbon-4
of the weakly bound sugars.

The structure of the enzyme reveals many details of the binding of NAD+ and
inhibitors at the active site
.

The essential roles of the kinase and transferase are to attach the UDP group
to galactose, allowing for its participation in catalysis by the epimerase. The
transferase is a Zn/Fe metalloprotein
, in which the metal ions stabilize the
structure rather than participating in catalysis. The structure is interesting
in that

  • it consists of single beta-sheet with 13 antiparallel strands and 1 parallel strand
    connected by 6 helices.

The mechanism of UMP attachment at the active site of the transferase is a double
displacement
, with the participation of a covalent UMP-His 166-enzyme intermediate
in the Escherichia coli enzyme. The evolution of this mechanism appears to have
been guided by the principle of economy in the evolution of binding sites.

PMID: 8647345 Free full text

Section IV.

More on Lipids – Role of lipids – classification

  • Energy
  • Energy Storage
  • Hormones
  • Vitamins
  • Digestion
  • Insulation
  • Membrane structure: Hydrophobic properties

Lipid types

lipid types

lipid types

nat occuring FAs in mammals

nat occuring FAs in mammals

Read Full Post »

The multi-step transfer of phosphate bond and hydrogen exchange energy

Curator: Larry H. Bernstein, MD, FCAP, Leaders in Pharmaceutical Intelligence

In this subtext of the series we expand on a tie between respiration and glycolysis, and the functioning of the mitochondrion to discover the key role played by oxidative phosphorylation, “acetyl coenzyme A, and electron transport.  This was crucial to understanding cellular energetics, which explains the high energy of fatty acid catabolism from stored adipose tissue, and the criticality of the multi-step sequence of reactions in energy transfer.

This portion considerably provides a response to the TWO points made by Jose EDS Rosallis:

  1. Just at the beginning, when phosphorylation of proteins is presented, I assume you must mention that some proteins are activated by phosphorylation. This is fundamental in order to present self –organization reflex upon fast regulatory mechanisms. This poiny needs further clarification, but he makes important observations here.
  • Even from an historical point of view. The first observation arrived from a sample due to be studied on the following day of glycogen synthetase. It was unintended left overnight out of the refrigerator. The result was it had changed from active form of the previous day to a non-active form.

The story could have being finished here, if the researcher did not decide to spent this day increasing substrate levels (it could be a simple case of denaturation of proteins that changes its conformation despite the same order of amino acids). He kept on trying and found restoration of maximal activity.

  • This assay was repeated with glycogen phosphorylase and the result was the opposite it increases its activity.

This led to the discovery of cAMP activated protein kinase and the assembly of a very complex system in the glycogen granule that is not a simple carbohydrate polymer. Instead

  • it has several proteins assembled and preserves the capacity to receive from a single event (rise in cAMP) two opposing signals with maximal efficiency,
  • stops glycogen synthesis, as long as levels of glucose 6 phosphate are low and
  • increases glycogen phosphorylation as long as AMP levels are high).

I did everything I was able to do by the end of 1970 in order to repeat these assays with

  • PK I, PKII and PKIII of M. Rouxii and Sutherland route to cAMP failed in this case.

I ask Leloir to suggest to my chief (SP) the idea of AA, AB, BB subunits as was observed in lactic dehydrogenase (tetramer)
(Nathan O. Kaplan discovery) indicating this as his idea. The reason was my “chief” (SP) more than once,  said to me: “Leave these great ideas for the Houssay, Leloir etc…We must do our career with small things. ” However, as she also had a faulty ability for recollection she also used to arrive some time later, with the very same idea but in that case, as her idea.

[This reminds me of when I was studying the emergence of lactic dehysrogenase isoenzyme patterns in the developing eye lens of cattle, I raised reservations about Elliott Vessells challenge to Nathan Kaplan, but that not being my primary problem, my brilliant mentor (H.M.), a very young full professor of anatomy said – leave that to NOK.}

Leloir, said to me: I will not offer your interpretation to her as mine. I think it is not phosphorylation, however I think it is

  • glycosylation that explains the changes in the isoenzymes with the same molecular weight preserved.

This dialogue explains why during the Schroedinger’s “What is life?” reading with him he asked me if from biochemist in exile, to biochemist I expressed all of my thoughts to him. Since I had considered that Schrödinger did not confront Darlington & Haldane for being in exile. This may explain why Leloir could have answered a bad telephone call from P. Boyer, Editor of The Enzymes in a way that suggests the the pattern could be of covalent changes over a protein. Our FEBS and Eur J. Biochemistry papers on pyruvate kinase of M. Rouxii is wrongly quoted in this way on his review about pyruvate kinase of
that year(1971).

  1. show in detail with different colors what carbons belongs to CoA a huge molecule, in comparison with the single two carbons of acetate that will produce the enormous jump in energy yield in comparison with anaerobic glycolysis. The idea is how much must have being spent in DNA sequences to build that molecule in order to use only two atoms of carbon. Very limited aspects of biology could be explained in this way. In case we follow an alternative way of thinking, it becomes clearer that proteins were made more stable by interaction with other molecules (great and small). Afterwards, it rather easy to understand how the stability of protein-RNA complexes where transmitted to RNA (vibrational +solvational reactivity stability pair of conformational energy). Latter, millions of years, or as soon as, the information of interaction leading to activity and regulation could be found in RNA, proteins like reverse transcriptase move this information to a more stable form (DNA). In this way it is easier to understand the use of CoA to make two carbon molecules more reactive.

The outline of what I am presenting in series is as follows:

  1. Signaling and Signaling Pathways
    http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2014/08/12/signaling-and-signaling-pathways/
  1. Signaling transduction tutorial.
    http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2014/08/12/signaling-transduction-tutorial/
  1. Carbohydrate metabolism
    http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2014/08/13/carbohydrate-metabolism/

3.1  Selected References to Signaling and Metabolic Pathways in Leaders in Pharmaceutical Intelligence

http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2014/08/14/selected-references-to-signaling-and-metabolic-pathways-in-leaders-in-pharmaceutical-intelligence/

  1. Lipid metabolism

4.1  Studies of respiration lead to Acetyl CoA

http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2014/08/18/studies-of-respiration-lead-to-acetyl-coa/

4.2 The multi-step transfer of phosphate bond and hydrogen exchange energy

  1. Protein synthesis and degradation
  2. Subcellular structure
  3. Impairments in pathological states: endocrine disorders; stress hypermetabolism; cancer.

Oxidation-Reduction Reactions

Rachel Casiday, Carolyn Herman, and Regina Frey
Department of Chemistry, Washington University
St. Louis, MO 63130

http://www.chemistry.wustl.edu/~edudev/LabTutorials/Cytochromes/cytochromes.html

 

OX-Phos steps

OX-Phos steps

http://s1.hubimg.com/u/6583902_f496.jpg

 

Key Concepts:

  • ATP as Free-Energy Currency in the Body
  • Coupled Reactions
    • Standard Free-Energy Change for Coupled Reactions
    • ATP Dephosphorylation Coupled to Nonspontaneous Reactions
    • Coupled Reactions to Generate ATP
  • Structure and Function of the Mitochondria
  • Oxidation-Reduction Reactions in the Electron-Transport Chain
    • Electron-Carrier Proteins (NOTE: This section includes a separate link and an animation.)
    • Relationship Between Reduction Potentials and Free Energy
  • Proton Gradient as Means of Coupling Oxidative and Phosphorylation Components of Oxidative Phosphorylation
  • ATP Synthetase Uses Energy From Proton Gradient to Generate ATP

Every day, we build bones, move muscles, eat food, think, and perform many other activities with our bodies. All of these activities are based upon chemical reactions. However, most of these reactions are not spontaneous (i.e., they are accompanied by a positive change in free energy, DG>0) and do not occur without some other source of free energy. Hence, the body needs some sort of “free-energy currency,” (Figure 1) a molecule that can store and release free energy when it is needed to power a given biochemical reaction.

The four questions:

  1. How does the body “spend” free-energy currency to make a nonspontaneous reaction spontaneous? The answer, which is based on thermodynamics, is to use coupled reactions.
  2. How is food used to produce the reducing agents (NADH and FADH2) that can regenerate the free-energy currency? The answer, from biology, is found in glycolysis and the citric-acid cycle.
  3. How are the reducing agents (NADH and FADH2) able to generate the free-energy currency molecule (ATP)? Once again, coupled reactions are key.
  4. What mechanism does the body use to couple the reducing agent reactions and the generation of ATP? ATP is synthesized primarily by a two-step process consisting of an electron-transport chain and a proton gradient.  This process is based on electrochemistry and equilibrium, as well as thermodynamics.

The free-energy change (DG) for the net reaction is given by the sum of the free-energy changes for the individual reactions.  The phospholipids that form cell membranes are formed from glycerol with a phosphate group and two fatty-acid chains attached.This step actually consists of two reactions:

(1) the phosphorylation of glycerol, and

(2) the dephosphorylation of ATP (the free-energy-currency molecule). The reactions may be added as shown in Equations 2-4, below:

      Glycerol + HPO42- –>  (Glycerol-3-Phosphate)2- + H2O DGo= +9.2 kJ
(nonspontaneous)
(2)
+      ATP4- + H2O –>       ADP3- + HPO42- + H+ DGo30.5 kJ
(spontaneous)
(3)
     Glycerol + ATP4- –> (Glycerol-3-Phosphate)2- +ADP3- + H+ DGo21.3 kJ
(spontaneous)
(4)
   

ATP is the most important “free-energy-currency” molecule in living organisms (see Figure 2, below). Adenosine triphosphate (ATP) is a useful free-energy currency because the dephosphorylation reaction is very spontaneous; i.e., it releases a large amount of free energy (30.5 kJ/mol). Thus, the dephosphorylation reaction of ATP to ADP and inorganic phosphate (Equation 3) is often coupled with nonspontaneous reactions (e.g., Equation 2) to drive them forward. The body’s use of ATP as a free-energy currency is a very effective strategy to cause vital nonspontaneous reactions to occur.

http://www.chemistry.wustl.edu/~edudev/LabTutorials/Cytochromes/images/ATP.jpg

structure of ATP

structure of ATP

This is the two-dimensional (ChemDraw) structure of ATP, adenosine triphosphate. The removal of one phosphate group (green) from ATP requires the breaking of a bond (blue) and results in a large release of free energy. Removal of this phosphate group (green) results in ADP, adenosine diphosphate.

http://www.chemistry.wustl.edu/~edudev/LabTutorials/Cytochromes/images/ATP.jpg

flowchart of food energy

flowchart of food energy

This flowchart shows that the energy used by the body for its many activities ultimately comes from the chemical energy in our food. The chemical energy in our food is converted to reducing agents (NADH and FADH2). These reducing agents are then used to make ATP. ATP stores chemical energy, so that it is available to the body in a readily accessible form.

http://www.chemistry.wustl.edu/~edudev/LabTutorials/Cytochromes/images/flowchart1.jpg

Glycolysis   Glucose + 2 HPO42- + 2 ADP3- + 2 NAD+ –>
2 Pyruvate + 2 ATP4- + 2 NADH + 2 H+ + 2 H2O
(5)
Intermediate Step   2(Pyruvate + Coenzyme A + NAD+ –>
Acetyl CoA + CO2 + NADH)
(6)
Citric-Acid Cycle 2(Acetyl CoA + 3 NAD++ FAD + GDP3-
+ HPO42- + 2H2O –> 2 CO2 + 3 NADH + FADH2
+ GTP4- + 2H+ + Coenzyme A)
(7)

The structures of the important molecules in Equations 5-7 are shown in Table 1, below.

How is Food Used to Make the Reducing Agents Needed for the Production of ATP?

To make ATP, energy must be absorbed. This energy is supplied by the food we eat, and then used to synthsize two reducing agents, NADH and FADH2 that are needed to produce ATP. One of the principal energy-yielding nutrients in our diet is glucose (see structure in Table 1 in the blue box below), a simple six-carbon sugar that can be broken down by the body. When the chemical bonds in glucose are broken, free energy is released. The complete breakdown of glucose into CO2 occurs in two processes: glycolysis and the citric-acid cycle. The reactions for these two processes are shown in the blue box below.

pyruvate

pyruvate

  Pyruvate

http://www.chemistry.wustl.edu/~edudev/LabTutorials/Cytochromes/images/pyruvate.jpg

acetylCoA

acetylCoA

Acetyl CoA

http://www.chemistry.wustl.edu/~edudev/LabTutorials/Cytochromes/images/acetylCoA.jpg

NADH

NADH

NADH

http://www.chemistry.wustl.edu/~edudev/LabTutorials/Cytochromes/images/acetylCoA.jpg

 

FADH2

FADH2

FADH2

http://www.chemistry.wustl.edu/~edudev/LabTutorials/Cytochromes/images/FADH2.jpg

two-dimensional representations of several important molecules in Equations 5-7.

As seen in Equations 5-7 in the blue box, glycolysis and the citric-acid cycle produce a net total of only four ATP or GTP molecules (GTP is an energy-currency molecule similar to ATP) per glucose molecule. This yield isfar below the amount needed by the body for normal functioning, and in fact is far below the actual ATP yield for glucose in aerobic organisms (organisms that use molecular oxygen). For each glucose molecule the body processes, the body actually gains approximately 30 ATP molecules! (See Figure 4, below.)  So, how does the body generate ATP?

The process that accounts for the high ATP yield is known as oxidative phosphorylation. A quick examination of Equations 5-7 shows that glycolysis and the citric-acid cycle generate other products besides ATP and GTP, namely NADH and FADH2 (blue). These products are molecules that are oxidized (i.e., give up electrons) spontaneously. The body uses these reducing agents (NADH and FADH2) in an oxidation-reduction reaction .  As you will see later in this tutorial, it is the free energy from these redox reactions that is used to drive the production of ATP.

flowchart - making of ATP

flowchart – making of ATP

http://www.chemistry.wustl.edu/~edudev/LabTutorials/Cytochromes/images/flowchart2.jpg

This flowchart shows the major steps involved in breaking down glucose from the diet and converting its chemical energy to the chemical energy in the phosphate bonds of ATP, in aerobic (oxygen-using) organisms. Note: In this flowchart, red denotes a source of carbon atoms (originally from glucose),green denotes energy-currency molecules, and blue denotes the reducing agents that can be oxidized spontaneously.

In the discussion above, we see that glucose by itself generates only a tiny amount of ATP. However, during the breakdown of glucose, a large amount of NADH and FADHis produced; it is these reducing agents that dramatically increase the amount of ATP produced. How does this work?

How are the reducing agents (NADH and FADH2) able to generate the free-energy currency molecule (ATP)?

As discussed in an earlier section about coupling reactions, ATP is used as free-energy currency by coupling its (spontaneous) dephosphorylation (Equation 3) with a (nonspontaneous) biochemical reaction to give a net release of free energy (i.e., a net spontaneous reaction). Coupled reactions are also used to generate ATP by phosphorylating ADP. The nonspontaneous reaction of joining ADP to inorganic phosphate to make ATP (Equation 8, below, and Figure 2, above) is coupled to the oxidation reaction of NADH or FADH(Equation 9, below). (Recall, NADH and FADH2 are produced in glycolysis and the citric-acid cycle as described in the blue box). For simplicity, we shall henceforth discuss only the oxidation of NADH; FADH2 follows a very similar oxidation pathway.

The oxidation reaction for NADH has a larger, but negative, DG than the positive DG required for the formation of ATP from ADP and phosphate. This set of coupled reactions is so important that it has been given a special name: oxidative phosphorylation. This name emphasizes the fact that an oxidation (of NADH) reaction (Equation 9 and Figure 5, below) is being coupled to a phosphorylation (of ADP) reaction (Equation 8, below, and Figure 2, above). In addition, we must consider the reduction reaction (gaining of electrons) that accompanies the oxidation of NADH. (Oxidation reactions are always accompanied by reduction reactions, because an electron given up by one group must be accepted by another group.) In this case, molecular oxygen (O2) is the electron acceptor, and the oxygen is reduced to water (Equation 10, below) .

The individual reactions of interest for oxidative phosphorylation are:

Phosphorylation

ADP3- + HPO42- + H+ –>
ATP4- + H2O

DGo= +30.5 kJ
(nonspontaneous)
(8)
oxidation

NADH –> NAD+ + H+ +  2e

DGo158.2 Kj
(spontaneous)
(9)
reduction

1/2 O2 + 2H+ + 2e –> H2O

DGo61.9 kJ
(spontaneous)

                                                                       (10)                                    

The net reaction is obtained by summing the coupled reactions, as shown in Equation 11, below.

ADP3- + HPO42- + NADH + 1/2 O2 + 2H+ –>
ATP4- + NAD+ + 2 H2O
DGo= -189.6 kJ
(spontaneous)
(11)

The molecular changes that occur upon oxidation of NADH are shown:

NAD+_NADH

NAD+_NADH

http://www.chemistry.wustl.edu/~edudev/LabTutorials/Cytochromes/images/NAD+_NADH.jpg

This is a two-dimensional (ChemDraw) representation showing the change that occurs when NADH is oxidized to NAD+. “R” represents the part of the structure that is shown in black in the drawing of NADH in Table 1, and does not change during the oxidation half-reaction. The molecular changes that occur upon oxidation are shown in red.

In this tutorial, we have seen that nonspontaneous reactions in the body occur by coupling them with a very spontaneous reaction (usually the ATP reaction shown in Equation 3). We have just seen that ATP is produced by coupling the phosphorylation reaction with NADH oxidation (a very spontaneous reaction). But we have not yet answered the question: by what mechanism are these reactions coupled?

Coupling Reactions in Biological Systems

Every day your body carries out many nonspontaneous reactions. As discussed earlier, if a nonspontaneous reaction is coupled to a spontaneous reaction, as long as the sum of the free energies for the two reactions is negative, the coupled reactions will occur spontaneously. How is this coupling achieved in the body? Living systems couple reactions in several ways, but the most common method of coupling reactions is to carry out both reactions on the same enzyme. Consider again the phosphorylation of glycerol (Equations 2-4). Glycerol is phosphorylated by the enzyme glycerol kinase, which is found in your liver. The product of glycerol phosporylation, glycerol-3-phosphate (Equation 2), is used in the synthesis of phospholipids.

Glycerol kinase is a large protein comprised of about 500 amino acids. X-ray crystallography of the protein shows us that there is a deep groove or cleft in the protein where glycerol and ATP attach (see Figure 6, below). Because the enzyme holds the ATP and the glycerol in place, the phosphate can be transferred directly from the ATP to glycerol. Instead of two separate reactions where ATP loses a phosphate (Equation 3) and glycerol picks up a phosphate (Equation 2), the enzyme allows the phosphate to move directly from ATP to glycerol (Equation 4).

The coupling in oxidative phosphorylation uses a more complicated (and amazing!) mechanism, but the end result is the same: the reactions are linked together, the net free energy for the linked reactions is negative, and, therefore, the linked reactions are spontaneous.

glyckin

glyckin

http://www.chemistry.wustl.edu/~edudev/LabTutorials/Cytochromes/images/glyckin.jpg

This is a schematic representation of ATP and glycerol bound (attached) to glycerol kinase. The enzyme glycerol kinase is a dimer (consists of two identical subuits). There is a deep cleft between the subunits where ATP and glycerol bind. Since the ATP and phosphate are physically so close together when they are bound to the enzyme, the phosphate can be transferred directly from ATP to glycerol. Hence, the processes of ATP losing a phosphate (spontaneous) and glycerol gaining a phosphate (nonspontaneous) are linked together as one spontaneous process

Questions on ATP: The Body’s Free-Energy Currency (How Free-Energy Currency Works)

  • Biological systems involve many molecules containing phosphate groups, such as ATP. Although ATP is the most commonly used free-energy currency, any of these phosphorylated molecules could, in theory, be used as free-energy currency. The standard free-energy change (DGo) for the dephosphorylation (removal of a phosphate group) of several biological compounds is given below:
Acetyl phosphate DGo = -47.3 kJ/mol
Adenosine triphosphate (ATP) DGo = -30.5 kJ/mol
Glucose-6-phosphate DGo = -13.8 kJ/mol
Phosphoenolpyruvate (PEP) DGo = -61.9 kJ/mol
Phosphocreatine DGo = -43.1 kJ/mol

Neglecting any differences in difficulty synthesizing or accessing these molecules by biological systems, rank the molecules in order of their efficiency as a free-energy currency (i.e., the amount of nonspontaneous reactions enabled per phosphate removed from a molecule of free-energy currency) from the most efficient to the least efficient.

  • What, if any, changes are there in the shape of the ring as NADH is oxidized to NAD+(see Figure 5)? (Hint: Consider which atoms lie in the same plane in each structure.)

Mechanism of Coupling the Oxidative-Phosphorylation Reactions

In order to couple the redox and phosphorylation reactions needed for ATP synthesis in the body, there must be some mechanism linking the reactions together. In cells, this is accomplished through an elegant proton-pumping system that occurs inside special double-membrane-bound organelles (specialized cellular components) known as mitochondria. A number of proteins are required to maintain this proton-pumping system and catalyze the oxidative and phosphorylation reactions.

Synthesis of ATP (Equation 8) is coupled with the oxidation of NADH (Equation 9) and the reduction of O2 (Equation 10). There are three key steps in this process:

  1. Electrons are transferred from NADH, through a series of electron carriers, to O2. The electron carriers are proteins embedded in the inner mitochondrial membrane. (More detail about the structure of the mitochondria is presented in the next section.) (See Figure 7a.)
  2. Transfer of electrons by these carriers generates a proton (H+) gradient across the inner mitochondrial membrane. (See Figure 7b.)
  3. When Hspontaneously diffuses back across the inner mitochondrial membrane, ATP is synthesized. The large positive free energy of ATP synthesis is overcome by the even larger negative free energy associated with proton flow down the concentration gradient. (See Figure 7c.)

These steps are outlined below.

  1. Electron Transport (Oxidation-Reduction Reactions) Through a Series of Proteins in the Inner Membrane of the Mitochondria
e_transfer

e_transfer

http://www.chemistry.wustl.edu/~edudev/LabTutorials/Cytochromes/images/e_transfer.jpg

Generation of H+(Proton) Concentration Gradient Across the Inner Mitochondrial Membrane During the Electron-Transport Process (via a Proton Pump)

. Generation of H+ (Proton) Concentration Gradient Across the Inner Mitochondrial Membrane

. Generation of H+ (Proton) Concentration Gradient Across the Inner Mitochondrial Membrane

http://www.chemistry.wustl.edu/~edudev/LabTutorials/Cytochromes/images/gradient.jpg

Synthesis of ATP Using Free Energy Released From Spontaneous Diffusion of H+Back to the Matrix Inside the Inner Mitochondrial Membrane

. Synthesis of ATP Using Free Energy Released From Spontaneous Diffusion of H+

. Synthesis of ATP Using Free Energy Released From Spontaneous Diffusion of H+

http://www.chemistry.wustl.edu/~edudev/LabTutorials/Cytochromes/images/ATP_produced.jpg

The three major steps in oxidative phosphorylation are

(a) oxidation-reduction reactions involving electron transfers between specialized proteins embedded in the inner mitochondrial membrane; 

(b) the generation of a proton (H+) gradient across the inner mitochondrial membrane (which occurs simultaneously with step (a)); and 

(c) the synthesis of ATP using energy from the spontaneous diffusion of electrons down the proton gradient generated in step (b).

Note: Steps (a) and (b) show cytochrome oxidase, the final electron-carrier protein in the electron-transport chain described above. When this protein accepts an electron (green) from another protein in the electron-transport chain, an Fe(III) ion in the center of a heme group (purple) embedded in the protein is reduced to Fe(II). The coordinates for the protein were determined using x-ray crystallography, and the image was rendered using SwissPDB Viewer and POV-Ray (see References).

Cells use a proton-pumping system made up of proteins inside the mitochondria to generate ATP. Before we examine the details of ATP synthesis, we shall step back and look at the big picture by exploring the structure and function of the mitochondria, where oxidative phosphorylation occurs.

Structure and Function of the Mitochondria

mitochondria

mitochondria

http://www.chemistry.wustl.edu/~edudev/LabTutorials/Cytochromes/images/mitochondria.jpg

This is a schematic diagram showing the membranes of the mitochondrion. The purple shapes on the inner membrane represent proteins, which are described in the section below. An enlargement of the boxed portion of the inner membrane in this figure is shown in Figure.

The mitochondrial membranes are crucial for this organelle’s role in oxidative phosphorylation. As shown in Figure 8, mitochondria have two membranes, an inner and an outer membrane. The outer membrane ispermeable to most small molecules and ions, because it contains large protein channels called porins. The inner membrane is impermeable to most ions and polar molecules. The inner membrane is the site of oxidative phosphorylation. Although the membrane is mostly impermeable, it contains special H+ (proton) channels and pumps that enable the coupling of the redox reaction involving NADH and O2 (Equations 9-10) to the phosphorylation reaction of ADP (Equation 8), as described below (“Oxidation-Reduction Reactions and Proton Pumping in Oxidative Phosphorylation”). (Recall the discussion of protein channels in the “Maintaining the Body’s Chemistry: Dialysis in the Kidneys” Tutorial .)

As shown in Figure 8, inside the inner membrane is a space known as the matrix; the space between the two membranes is known as the intermembrane space. The matrix side of the inner membrane has a negative electrical charge relative to the intermembrane space due to an H+ gradient set up by the redox reaction (Equations 9 and 10). This charge difference is used to provide free energy (G) for the phosphorylation reaction (Equation 8).

Oxidation-Reduction Reactions and Proton Pumping in Oxidative Phosphorylation

Phosphorylation of ADP (Equation 8) is coupled to the oxidation-reduction reaction of NADH and O2 (Equations 9 and 10). Electrons are not transferred directly from NADH to O2, but rather pass through a series of intermediate electron carriers in the inner membrane of the mitochondrion. Why? This allows something very important to occur: the pumping of protons across the inner membrane of the mitochondrion. As we shall see, it is this proton pumping that is ultimately responsible for coupling the oxidation-reduction reaction to ATP synthesis.

Two major types of mitochondrial proteins (see Figure 9, below) are required for oxidative phosphorylation to occur. Both classes of proteins are located in the inner mitochondrial membrane.

  1. The electron carriers (NADH-Q reductase, ubiquinone (Q), cytochrome reductase, cytochrome c, and cytochrome oxidase shown in shades of purple in Figure 9 below) transport electrons in a stepwise fashion from NADH to O2.  Three of these carriers (NADH-Q reductase, cytochrome reductase, and cytochrome oxidase) are also proton pumps, and simultaneously pump H+ ions (protons) from the matrix to the intermembrane space. (Proton movement from one side of the membrane to the other is shown as blue arrows in Figure 9, below.) The protons that are pumped across the membrane complete the redox reaction (Equations 9 and 10). The creation of a proton gradient across the membrane is one way of storing free energy.
  2. ATP synthetase (shown in red in Figure 9 below) allows H+ ions to diffuse back into the matrix and uses the free energy released to synthesize ATP from ADP and HPO42-. The ATP synthetase is essential for the phosphorylation to occur (Equation 8). (Proton movement from one side of the membrane to the other is shown as blue arrows in Figure 9, below.)

The electron carriers can be divided into three protein complexes (NADH-Q reductase (1), cytochrome reductase (3), and cytochrome oxidase (5)) that pump protons from the matrix to the intermembrane space, and two mobile carriers (ubiquinone (2) and cytochrome c (4)) that transfer electrons between the three proton-pumping complexes. (Gold numbers refer to the labels on each protein in Figure 9, below.) Because electrons move from one carrier to another until they are finally transferred to O2, the electron carriers (shown in Figure 9,below) are said to form an electron-transport chain.

Figure  below, is a schematic representation of the proteins involved in oxidative phosphorylation. To see an animation of oxidative phosphorylation, click on “View the Movie.”

Proteins of inner space

Proteins of inner space

http://www.chemistry.wustl.edu/~edudev/LabTutorials/Cytochromes/images/Proteins.jpg

This is a schematic diagram illustrating the transfer of electrons from NADH, through the electron carriers in the electron transport chain, to molecular oxygen. Please click on the pink button below to view a QuickTime animation of the functions of the proteins embedded in the inner mitochondrial membrane that are necessary for oxidative phosphorylation. Click the blue button below to download QuickTime 4.0 to view the movie.

NADH-Q reductase (1), cytochrome reductase (3) , and cytochrome oxidase (5) are electron carriers as well as proton pumps, using the energy gained from each electron-transfer step to move protons (H+) against a concentration gradient, from the matrix to the intermembrane space.Ubiquinone (Q) (2) and cytochrome c (Cyt C) (4) are mobile electron carriers. (Ubiquinone is not actually a protein.) All of the electron carriers are shown in purple, with lighter shades representing increasingly higher reduction potentials. Together, these electron carriers form a “chain” to transport electrons from NADH to O2. The path of the electrons is shown with the green dotted line.

ATP synthetase (red) has two components: a proton channel (allowing diffusion of protons down a concentration gradient, from the intermembrane space to the matrix), and a catalytic component to catalyze the formation of ATP.

For a more complete description of each step in oxidative phosphorylation (indicated by the gold numbers), click here.

view movie

view movie

http://www.apple.com/quicktime/

http://www.chemistry.wustl.edu/~edudev/LabTutorials/Cytochromes/images/movie.jpg

http://www.chemistry.wustl.edu/~edudev/LabTutorials/Cytochromes/images/QuickTime.jpg

Click here for a brief description of each of the electron carriers in the electron-transport chain. It is important to note that, although NADH donates two electrons and O2 ultimately accepts four electrons, each of the carriers can only transfer one electron at a time. Hence, there are several points along the chain where electrons can be collected and dispersed. For the sake of simplicity, these points are not described in this tutorial.

In the section above, we see that the oxidation-reduction process is a series of electron transfers that occurs spontaneously and produces a proton gradient. Why are the electron tranfers from one electron carrier to the next spontaneous?

What causes electrons to be transferred down the electron-transport chain?

As seen in Table 2, below, and Figure 7a, in these carriers, the species being oxidized or reduced is Fe, which is found either in a iron-sulfur (Fe-S) group or in a heme group. (Recall the heme group from the Chem 151 tutorial “Hemoglobin and the Heme Group: Metal Complexes in the Blood“.) The iron in these groups is alternately oxidized and reduced between Fe(II) (reduced) or Fe(III) (oxidized) states.

Table 2 shows that the electrons are transferred through the electron-transport chain because of the difference in the reduction potential of the electron carriers. As explained in the green box below, the higher the electrical potential (e) of a reduction half reaction is, the greater the tendency is for the species to accept an electron. Hence, in the electron-transport chain, electrons are transferred spontaneously from carriers whose reduction results in a small electrical potential change to carriers whose reduction results in an increasingly larger electrical potential change.

Reduction Potentials and Relationship to Free Energy

An oxidation-reduction reaction consists of an oxidation half reaction and a reduction half reaction. Every half reaction has an electrical potential (e). By convention, all half reactions are written as reductions, and the electrical potential for an oxidation half-reaction is equal in magnitude, but opposite in sign, to the electrical potential for the corresponding reduction (i.e., the opposite reaction). The electrical potential for an oxidation-reduction reaction is calculated by

erxn = eoxidation + ereduction (12)

For example, for the overall reaction of the oxidation of NADH paired with the reduction of O2, the potential can be calculated as shown below.

Reduction Potentials ereduction
NAD+ + 2H+ + 2e –> NADH + H+ -0.32 V
(1/2) O2 + 2H+ + 2e –> H2O +0.82 V

The overall reaction is

NADH + H–> NAD+ + 2H+ + 2e eoxidation = 0.32 V
(1/2) O2 + 2H+ + 2e –> H2O ereduction = 0.82 V
net: NADH + (1/2)O2 + H+ –>
H2O + NAD+
erxn = 1.14 V

The electrical potential (erxn) is related to the free energy (DG) by the following equation:

DG= -nFerxn (13)

where n is the number of electrons transferred (in moles, from the balanced equation), and F is the Faraday constant (96,485 Coulombs/mole). (Using this equation, DG is given in Joules; one Joule = 1 Volt x 1 Coulomb.)

Hence the overall reaction for the oxidation of NADH paired with the reduction of O2 has a negative change in free energy (DG =-220 kJ); i.e., it is spontaneous. Thus, the higher the electrical potential of a reduction half reaction, the greater the tendency for the species to accept an electron.

Just as in the box above, the electrical potential for the overall reaction (electron transfer) between two electron carriers is the sum of the potentials for the two half reactions. As long as the potential for the overall reaction is positive the reaction is spontaneous. Hence, from Table 2 below, we see that cytochrome c1 (part of the cytochrome reductase complex, #3 in Figure 9) can spontaneously transfer an electron to cytochrome c (#4 in Figure 9). The net reaction is given by Equation 16, below.

reduced cytochrome c–> oxidized cytochrome c+ e eoxidation = – .220 V (14)
oxidized cytochrome c + e –> reduced cytochrome c ereduction = .250 V (15)
NET: reduced cyt c1 + oxidized cyt c –>
oxidized cyt c+ reduced cyt c
erxn = 0.030 V (16) Spontaneous

We can also see from Table 2 that cytochrome c1 cannot spontaneously transfer an electron to cytochrome b (Equation 19):

reduced cyt c–> oxidized cyt c+ e eoxidation = – .220 V (17)
oxidized cyt b + e –> reduced cyt b ereduction = – 0.34 V (18)
NET: reduced cyt c1 + oxidized cyt c –>
oxidized cyt c+ reduced cyt c
erxn = – 0.56 V (19) NOT Spontaneous

Table 2 lists the reduction potentials for each of the cytochrome proteins (i.e., the last three steps in the electron-transport chain before the electrons are accepted by O2) involved in the electron-transport chain. Note that each electron transfer is to a cytochrome with a higher reduction potential than the previous cytochrome. As described in the box above and seen in Equations 14-19, an increase in potential leads to a decrease in DG (Equation 13), and thus the transfer of electrons through the chain is spontaneous.

Complex Name Half Reaction Reduction Potential
Cytochrome reductase

(also known as cytochrome b-c1 complex)

(3 in Figure 9)

Cytochrome b (Fe(III) center)
+ e –>
Cytochrome b (Fe(II) center)
-0.34 V
(at pH 7, T=30oC)
Cytochrome c1 (Fe(III) center)
+ e– –>
Cytochrome c1 (Fe(II) center)
+0.220 V
(at pH 7, T=30oC)
Cytochrome c

(4 in Figure 9)

Cytochrome c (Fe(III) center)
+ e– –>
Cytochrome c (Fe(II) center)
+0.250 V
(at pH 7, T=30oC)
Cytochrome oxidase

(5 in Figure 9)

Cytochrome oxidase
( Fe(III) center) + e– –>
Cytochrome oxidase
(Fe(II) center)
+0.285 V
(at pH 7.4, T=25oC)
Table 2

To view the cytochrome molecules interactively using RASMOL, please click on the name of the complex to download the pdb file.

Hence, the electron-transport chain (which works because of the difference in reduction potentials) leads to a large concentration gradient for H+. As we shall see below, this huge concentration gradient leads to the production of ATP.

Questions on Electron Carriers: Steps in the Electron-Transport Chain; Reduction Potentials and Relationship to Free Energy

  • Briefly, explain why electrons travel from NADH-Q reductase, to ubiquinone (Q), to cytochrome reductase, rather than in the opposite direction.
  • One result of the transfer of electrons from NADH-Q reductase down the electron transport chain is that the concentration of protons (H+ ions) in the intermembrane space is increased.  Could cells move protons (H+ ions) from the matrix to the intermembrane space without transporting electrons?  Why or why not?

 ATP Synthetase: Production of ATP

We have seen that the electron-transport chain generates a large proton gradient across the inner mitochondrial membrane. But recall that the ultimate goal of oxidative phosphorylation is to generate ATP to supply readily-available free energy for the body. How does this occur? In addition to the electron-carrier proteins embedded in the inner mitochondrial membrane, a special protein called ATP synthetase (Figure 9, the red-colored protein) is also embedded in this membrane. ATP synthetase uses the proton gradient created by the electron-transport chain to drive the phosphorylation reaction that generates ATP (Figure 7c).

ATP synthetase is a protein consisting of two important segments: a transmembrane proton channel, and a catalytic component located inside the matrix. The proton-channel segment allows H+ ions to diffuse from the intermembrane space, where the concentration is high, to the matrix, where the concentration is low. Recall from the Kidney Dialysis tutorial that particles spontaneously diffuse from areas of high concentration to areas of low concentration. Thus, since the diffusion of protons through the channel component of ATP synthetase is spontaneous, this process is accompanied by a negative change in free energy (i.e., free energy is released). The catalytic component of ATP synthetase has a site where ADP can enter. Then, using the free energy released by the spontaneous diffusion of protons through the channel segment, a bond is formed between the ADP and a free phosphate group, creating an ATP molecule. The ATP is then released from the reaction site, and a new ADP molecule can enter in order to be phosphorylated.

Questions on ATP Synthetase: Production of ATP

  • A scientist has created a phospholipid-bilayer membrane containing ATP-synthetase proteins. Instead of a proton gradient, this scientist has created a large Cs+ gradient (many Cs+ ions on the side of the membrane without the catalytic unit, and few Cs+ ions on the side of the membrane with the catalytic unit). Would you expect the ATP-synthetase proteins in this membrane to be able to generate ATP, given an abundant supply of ADP and phosphate? Briefly, explain your answer. (HINT: Draw on your knowledge of the structure of protein channels to predict what effect replacing H+ ions with Cs+ ions would have.)
  • Certain toxins allow H+ ions to move freely across the inner mitochondrial membrane (i.e., without needing to pass through the channel in ATP synthetase). What effect do you expect these toxins to have on the production of ATP? Briefly, explain your answer.

Summary

In this tutorial, we have learned that the ability of the body to perform daily activities is dependent on thermodynamic, equilibrium, and electrochemical concepts.   These activities, which are typically based on nonspontaneous chemical reactions, are performed by using free-energy currency. The common free-energy currency is ATP, which is a molecule that easily dephosphorylates (loses a phosphate group) and releases a large amount of free energy. In the body, the nonspontaneous reactions are coupled to this very spontaneous dephosphorylation reaction, thereby making the overall reaction spontaneous (DG < 0). As the coupled reactions occur (i.e., as the body performs daily activities), ATP is consumed and the body regenerates ATP by using energy from the food we eat (Figure 3). As seen in Figure 4, the breakdown of glucose (glycolysis) obtained from the food we eat cannot by itself generate the large amount of ATP that is needed for metabolic energy by the body. However, glycolysis and the subsequent step, the citric-acid cycle, produce two easily oxidized molecules: NADH and FADH2. These redox molecules are used in an oxidative-phosphorylation process to produce the majority of the ATP that the body uses. This oxidative-phosphorylation process consists of two steps: the oxidation of NADH (or FADH2) and the phosphorylation reaction which regenerates ATP. Oxidative phosphorylation occurs in the mitochondria, and the two reactions (oxidation of NADH or FADHand phosphorylation to generate ATP) are coupled by a proton gradient across the inner membrane of the mitochondria (Figure 9). As seen in Figures 7 and 9, the oxidation of NADH occurs by electron transport through a series of protein complexes located in the inner membrane of the mitochondria. This electron transport is very spontaneous and creates the proton gradient that is necessary to then drive the phosphorylation reaction that generates the ATP. Hence, oxidative-phosphorylation demonstrates that free energy can be easily transferred by proton gradients. Oxidative-phosphorylation is the primary means of generating free-energy currency for aerobic organisms, and as such is one of the most important subjects in the study of bioenergetics (the study of energy and its chemical changes in the biological world).

Additional Link:

  • This fun description of oxidative phosphorylation by Dr. E.J.Oakeley contains step-by-step animated illustrations of the redox reactions involved, as well as a quiz to test your understanding of the material.

References:

Alberts, B. et al. In Molecular Biology of the Cell, 3rd ed., Garland Publishing, Inc.: New York, 1994, pp. 653-684.

Becker, W.M. and Deamer, D.W. In The World of the Cell, 2nd ed., The Benjamin/Cummings Publishing Co., Inc.: Redwood City, CA, 1991, pp. 291-307.

Fasman, G.D. In Handbook of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, 3rd ed., CRC Press, Inc.: Cleveland, OH, 1976, Vol. I (Physical and Chemical Data), pp. 132-137.

Guex, N. and Peitsch, M.C. Electrophoresis, 1997, 18, 2714-2723. (SwissPDB Viewer) URL: http://www.expasy.ch/spdbv/mainpage.htm.

Moa, C., Ozer, Z., Zhou, M. and Uckun, F. X-Ray Structure of Glycerol Kinase Complexed with an ATP Analog Implies a Novel Mechanism for the ATP-Dependent Gylcerol Phosphorylation by Glycerol Kinase.Biochemical and Biophysical Reaearch Communications. 1999, 259, 640-644.

Persistence of Vision Ray Tracer (POV-Ray). URL: http://www.povray.org.

Stryer, L. In Biochemistry, 4th. ed., W.H. Freeman and Co.: New York, 1995, pp. 490, 509, 513, 529-557.

Zubay, G. Biochemistry, 3rd. ed., Wm. C. Brown Publishers: Dubuque, IA, 1983, p. 42.

Acknowledgements:

The authors thank Dewey Holten (Washington University in St. Louis) for many helpful suggestions in the writing of this tutorial.

The development of this tutorial was supported by a grant from the Howard Hughes Medical Institute, through the Undergraduate Biological Sciences Education program, Grant HHMI# 71199-502008 to Washington University.

Copyright 1999, Washington University, All Rights Reserved.

 

 

 

Read Full Post »

Studies of Respiration Lead to Acetyl CoA

Curator: Larry H. Bernstein, MD, FCAP

In this series of discussions it has become clear that the studies of carbohydrate metabolism were highlighted by Meyerhof’s work on the glycolytic pathway, and the further elucidation of a tie between Warburg’s studies of impaired respiration for malignant aerobic cells relying on glycolysis, comparanle to Pasteur’s observations 60 years earlier by for yeast.   The mitochondrion was unknown at the time, and it took many years to discover the key role played by oxidative phosphorylation and Fritz Lipmann’s discovery of “acetyl coenzyme A, and the later explanation of electron transport.  This was crucial to understanding cellular energetics, which explains the high energy of fatty acid catabolism from stored adipose tissue.  I shall here embark on a journey to trace these important connected developments.

  1. Signaling and signaling pathways
  2. Signaling transduction tutorial.
  3. Carbohydrate metabolism

3.1  Selected References to Signaling and Metabolic Pathways in Leaders in Pharmaceutical Intelligence

  1. Lipid metabolism

4.1  Studies of respiration lead to Acetyl CoA

  1. Protein synthesis and degradation
  2. Subcellular structure
  3. Impairments in pathological states: endocrine disorders; stress hypermetabolism; cancer.

Phosphorylation

In some reactions, the purpose of phosphorylation is to “activate” or “volatize” a molecule, increasing its energy so it is able to participate in a subsequent reaction with a negative free-energy change. All kinases require a divalent metal ion such as Mg2+ or Mn2+ to be present, which stabilizes the high-energy bonds of the donor molecule (usually ATP or ATP derivative) and allows phosphorylation to occur.This is a major focus of this discussion.

In other reactions, phosphorylation of a protein substrate can inhibit its activity (as when AKT phosphorylates the enzyme GSK-3). When src is phosphorylated on a particular tyrosine, it folds on itself, and thus masks its own kinase domain, and is thus turned “off”. In still other reactions, phosphorylation of a protein causes it to be bound to other proteins which have “recognition domains” for a phosphorylated tyrosine, serine, or threonine motif. In the late 1990s it was recognized that phosphorylation of some proteins causes them to be degraded by the ATP-dependent ubiquitin/proteasome pathway. This is all that needs to be said at this time about proteins.

 

Oxidative Phosphorylation

ATP is the molecule that supplies energy to metabolism. Almost all aerobic organisms carry out oxidative phosphorylation. This pathway is probably so pervasive because it is a highly efficient way of releasing energy, compared to alternative fermentation processes such as anaerobic glycolysis.

During oxidative phosphorylation, electrons are transferred from electron donors to electron acceptors such as oxygen, in redox reactions. These redox reactions release energy, which is used to form ATP. In eukaryotes, these redox reactions are carried out by a series of protein complexes within the cell’s intermembrane wall mitochondria, whereas, in prokaryotes, these proteins are located in the cells’ intermembrane space.

O t to  W a r b u r g
Nobel Lecture, December 10, 1931

The oxygen-transferring ferment of respiration

The effects of iron are very great, and it follows that oxidation and reduction of the ferment iron must occur extremely rapidly. In fact, almost every molecule of oxygen that comes into contact with an atom of ferment iron reacts with it.  Complex-bound bivalent iron in compounds reacts, in vitro as well as in the cell, with molecular oxygen. tt is not yet possible to reduce in vitro trivalent iron with the cell fuel: it is always necessary to add a substance of unknown composition, a ferment, that activates the combustible material for the attack of the iron. It must, therefore, be concluded that activation of the combustible substance in the breathing cell precedes the attack of the ferment iron; this corresponds with “hydrogen activation” as postulated in the theory of Wieland and Thunberg. According to the results of a joint research with W. Christian, this is a cleavage comparable with those known as fermentation.

It is possible that the interplay of splitting ferment and oxygen-transferring ferment does not fully explain the mechanism of cellular respiration; that the iron that reacts with the molecular oxygen does not directly oxidize the activated combustible substances, but that it exerts its effects indirectly through still other iron compounds – the three non-auto-oxidizable cell hemes of MacMunn, which occur in living cells according to the spectroscopic observations of MacMunn and Keilin, and which are reduced in the cell under exclusion of oxygen. It is still not possible to answer the question whether the MacMunn hemes form part of the normal respiratory cycle, i.e., whether respiration is not a simple iron catalysis but a four-fold one. The available spectroscopic observations are also consistent with the view that the MacMunn hemes in the cell are only reduced when the concentration of activated combustible substance is physiologically above normal. This will suffice to indicate that oxygen transfer by the iron of the oxygen transferring ferment is not the whole story of respiration. Respiration requires not only oxygen-transferring ferment and combustible substance, but oxygen-transferring ferment and the living cell.

Inhibition of cellular respiration by prussic acid was discovered some 50 years ago by Claude Bernard, and has interested both chemists and biologists ever since. It takes place as the result of a reaction between the prussic acid and the oxygen-transferring ferment iron, that is, with the ferment iron in trivalent form. [In the prussic acid reaction] the oxidizing OH-group of the trivalent ferment-iron is replaced by the non-oxidizing CN-group, thus bringing transfer of oxygen to a standstill. Prussic acid inhibits reduction of the ferment iron. Inhibition of respiration by carbon monoxide was discovered only a few years ago. [Given] the initial reaction in respiration, then, in the presence of carbon monoxide, the competing reaction will also occur and, varying with the pressures of the carbon monoxide and of the oxygen, more or less of the ferment iron will be removed from the catalytic process on account of fixation of carbon monoxide to the ferment iron. Unlike prussic acid, therefore, carbon monoxide affects the bivalent iron of the ferment. Carbon monoxide inhibits oxidation of the ferment iron.

Thus inhibition of respiration by carbon monoxide, unlike that by prussic acid, depends upon the partial pressure of oxygen. The toxic action of prussic acid in the human subject is based on its inhibitory action on cellular respiration. The toxic effect of carbon monoxide on man has nothing to do with inhibition of cellular respiration by carbon monoxide but is based on the reaction of carbon monoxide with blood iron. For, the effect of carbon monoxide on blood iron occurs at pressures of carbon monoxide far from the level at which cellular respiration would be inhibited.

If carbon monoxide is added to the oxygen in which living cells breathe, respiration ceases, as has already been mentioned, but if exposure to ultraviolet or visible light is administered, respiration recurs. By alternate illumination and darkness it is possible to cause respiration and cessation of respiration in living, breathing cells in mixtures of carbon monoxide and oxygen. In the dark, the iron of the oxygen-transferring ferment becomes bound to carbon monoxide, whereas in the light the carbon monoxide is split off from the iron which is, thus, liberated for oxygen transfer. This fact was discovered in 1926 in collaboration with Fritz Kubowitz. Photochemical dissociation of iron carbonyl compounds was discovered in 1891 by Mond and Langer, by exposing iron pentacarbonyl. This reaction is specific for carbonyl compounds of iron, most of which appear to dissociate in the presence of light, e.g., carbon-monoxide hemoglobin (John Haldane, 1897) carbon-monoxide hemochromogen (Anson and Mirsky, 1925), carbon-monoxide pyridine hemochromogen (H. A. Krebs, 1928), and carbon-monoxide ferrocysteine (W. Cremer, 1929).

When the photochemical dissociation of iron carbonyl compounds is measured quantitatively (we followed hereby Emil Warburg’s photochemical experiments), by using monochromatic light and comparing the amount of light energy absorbed with the amount of carbon monoxide set free, it is found that Einstein’s law of photochemical equivalence is very exactly fulfilled. The number of FeCO-groups set free is equal to the number of light quanta absorbed, and this is independent of the wavelength employed.

Photochemical dissociation of iron carbonyl compounds can be used to determine the absorption spectrum of a catalytic oxygen-transferring iron compound. One combines the catalyst in the dark with carbon monoxide, and so abolishes the oxygen-transferring power of the iron. If then this is exposed to monochromatic light of various wavelengths and of measured quantum intensity, and the effect of light W measured the increase in the rate of catalysis – it is found that the effects of the light are proportional to the quanta absorbed. The arrangement becomes very simple if the catalyst is present, as is usually the case, in infinitesimally low concentration in the exposed system. Then the thickness of the layers related to the amount of absorption of light can be considered to be infinitely thin, the number of quanta absorbed is proportional to the number of quanta supplied by irradiation.

In collaboration with Erwin Negelein, this principle was employed to measure the relative absorption spectrum of the oxygen-transferring respiratory ferment. The respiration of living cells was inhibited by carbon monoxide which was mixed with the oxygen. We then irradiated with monochromatic light of various wavelengths and of measured quantum intensity, and [measured] the increase of respiration together with the relative absorption spectrum. Only practically colorless cells are suitable for this type of experiment, [which requires] a layer infinitely thin with regard to light absorption.

Imagine living cells whose respiration is inhibited by carbon monoxide. If these are irradiated, respiration does not increase suddenly from the dark to the light-value, but there is a definite, although very short, interval until the combination of carbon monoxide with the ferment is broken down by the light. Even without calculation, it is obvious that the rate of increase in the effect of light must be related to the depth of colour of the ferment. If the ferment absorbs strongly, the -monoxide compound will be rapidly broken down, and vice versa.

The time of increase of the action of light can be measured. The time taken for a given intensity of light to cause dissociation of approximately half the carbon-monoxide compound of the ferment can be measured and, from this time, and from the effective intensity of light, the absolute absorption coefficient of the ferment for every wavelength can be calculated. The absorption capacity of the ferment, measured in accordance with this principle, was found to be of the same order as the power of light absorption of our strongest pigments. If one imagines a ferment solution of molar concentration, a layer of 2 x 10-6 cm thickness would weaken the blue mercury line 436 µµ up by half. The fact that the ferment in spite of this cannot be seen in the cells is due to its low concentration.

Monochromators and color filters were used to isolate the lines from these sources of light. If the absorption coefficient is entered as a function of the wavelength, the absorption spectrum of the carbon-monoxide compound of the ferment is obtained. The principal absorption-band or y-band lies in the blue.
This is the spectrum of a heme compound, according to the position of the bands, the intensity state of the bands, and the absolute magnitude of the absorption coefficients.

It appeared essential to have a control to ascertain whether heme as an oxidation catalyst of carbon monoxide and prussic acid really behaves like the ferment. If cysteine is dissolved in water containing pyridine, and a trace of heme is added, and this is shaken with air, the cysteine is catalytically oxidized by the oxygen-transferring power of the heme. According to Krebs, the catalysis is inhibited by carbon monoxide in the dark, but the inhibition ceases when the mixture is illuminated. Prussic acid too acts on this model on cellular respiration, inasmuch as it combines with the trivalent heme and inhibits its reduction. Just as in life, inhibition by carbon monoxide is dependent on the oxygen pressure, while inhibition by prussic acid is independent of the oxygen pressure.

In conjunction with Negelein, this model was also used to test the ferment experiments quantitatively. Heme catalysis in the model was inhibited by carbon monoxide in the dark. Then monochromatic light of known quantum intensity was used to irradiate it, and the absorption spectrum of the catalyst calculated from the effect of the light which was known from direct measurements on the pure substance. The calculation gave the absorption spectrum of the heme that had been added as a catalyst, and so the method was verified as a technique for the determination of the ferment spectrum, both the calculation and the measurement method.

The positions of the principal band and a-band of the ferment are:

Principal band            α-band

433 µµ                    590 µµ

These will be referred to as the “ferment bands” because the ferment was the first for which they were determined. Hemes are the complex iron compounds of the porphyrins, in which two valencies of the iron are bound to nitrogen. The porphyrins, of which Hans Fischer determined the chemical structure, are tetrapyrrole compounds in which the four pyrrole nuclei are held together by four interposed methane groups in the cr-position. Green, red, and mixed shades of hemes are known. If magnesium is replaced by iron in chlorophyll, green hemes are obtained. Their color is due to a strong band in the red which is already recognized in chlorophyll. The ferment does not absorb in the red and cannot, therefore, be a green heme. Red hemes are the usual hemes in blood pigment and in its related substances, such as mesoheme and deuteroheme. Coproheme is also a red heme which is an iron compound of the coproporphyrin that H. Fischer recognized in the body. Other red hemes are 20 µµ further from the red than the ferment bands. It follows that the ferment is not a red heme.

The pheoporphyrins are closely related to blood pigment but, as H. Fischer showed, pheoporphyrin a is simply mesoporphyrin in which the one propionic acid has been oxidized so that ring closure with the porphyrin nucleus is made possible. Pheoporphyrin a is a reduction product of chlorophyll a or an oxidation product of blood pigment, and connects together, in an amazingly simple manner, the principal pigments of the organic world the blood pigment and the leaf pigment.

Chlorophyll b has, in general, bands of longer wavelength than chlorophyll a, and for this reason,

  1. Christian and I applied Fischer’s reduction method to it. In this way we obtained pheoheme b, which, when linked with protein, corresponds with the ferment in respect to the position of the principal band. The principal band of the carbon-monoxide compound of pheohemoglobin b is 435 µµ.
  2. However, while the principal band of pheohemoglobin corresponds with the ferment bands within the permitted limits, the α-band shifts so far beyond them because it lies too near the red. It is, nevertheless, interesting that
  3. when ‘chlorophyll b is reduced, one obtains a pheoporphyrin of which the heme of all the pheohemes that have been demonstrated up to the present time is the most like the ferment.

 

Still nearer the ferment in its spectrum, is a heme occurring in Nature. This is

  • spirographis heme, which has been isolated from chlorocruorin, the blood pigment of the bristle-worm Spirographis,

in collaboration with Negelein and Haas, the bands of spirographis heme, coupled to globin, are :

  • carbon-monoxyhemoglobin of spirographis:  principle band, 434 µµ; α-band, 594 µµ.

Spirographis heme differs from the red hemes by the surplus or ketone oxygen-atom, and is classified as pheoheme. Like Fischer’s pheohemes, spirographis heme is intermediate between chlorophyll and blood pigment in respect of

  • the degree of oxidation of the side-chains.

The two hemes with a spectrum most like that of the ferment – pheoheme b and spirographis heme – possess a remarkable property. If they are dissolved in dilute sodium-hydroxide solution, in the form of ferrous compounds,

  • the absorption bands slowly wander towards the blue, near the bands of blood heme. In this way,
  • mixed-color hemes have been converted into red hemes.

On acidification, the change reverts: the <<blood bands>> disappear and

  • the ferment bands appear.

This experiment shows that

  1. oxidation of the side-chains does not suffice to give rise to the ferment bands, but
  2. some process of the type of anhydride formation must also occur.

The unique intermediate status of the ferment-like hemes demonstrated by these simple experiments suggests

  1. the suspicion that blood pigment and leaf pigments have both arisen from the ferment –
  2. blood pigments by reduction, and leaf pigment by oxidation.
  • For evidently, the ferment existed earlier than hemoglobin and chlorophyll.

The investigations on the oxygen-transferring ferment have been supported from the start by the Notgemeinschaft der deutschen Wissenschaft and the Rockefeller Foundation, without whose help they could not have been carried out. I have to thank both organizations here.

A L B E R T S Z E N T- GY Ö R G Y I      Nobel Lecture, December 11, 1937

Oxidation, energy transfer, and vitamins

A living cell requires energy not only for all its functions, but also

  • for the maintenance of its structure.
  • The source of this energy is the sun’s radiation.

Energy from the sun’s rays is trapped by green plants, and

  • converted into a bound form, invested in a chemical reaction.

When sunlight falls on green-plants, they liberate oxygen from carbon dioxide, and

  1. store up carbon, bound to the elements of water, as carbohydrate.

The radiant energy is now locked up in this carbohydrate molecule. This molecule is our food. When energy is required,

  • the carbohydrate is again combined with oxygen to form carbon dioxide, oxidized, and energy released.

Investigations during the last few decades have brought hydrogen instead of carbon, and instead of CO2 water, the mother of all life, into the foreground. It is becoming increasingly probable that

  1. radiant energy is used primarily to break water down into its elements,
  2. while CO2, serves only to fix the elusive hydrogen thus released.

While this concept of energy fixation was still being developed, the importance of hydrogen in the reversal of this process, whereby energy is liberated by oxidation, had already been confirmed by H. Wieland’s experiments.

Our body really only knowns one fuel, hydrogen. The foodstuff, carbohydrate, is essentially a packet of hydrogen, a hydrogen supplier, a hydrogen donor, and the main event during its combustion is

  • the splitting off of hydrogen.

So the combustion of hydrogen is

  • the real energy-supplying reaction;

To the elucidation of reaction (6), which seems so simple, I have devoted all my energy for the last fifteen years.

When I first ventured into this territory, the foundations had already been laid by the two pioneers H. Wieland and
O. Warburg, and Wieland’s teaching had been applied by Th. Thunberg to the realm of animal physiology.Wieland and Thunberg showed, with regard to foodstuffs, how

  1. the first step in oxidation is the “activation” of hydrogen, whereby
  2. the bonds linking it to the food molecule are loosened, and
  3. hydrogen prepared for splitting off.

But at the same time oxygen is also, as Warburg showed,

  • activated for the reaction by an enzyme.
  • the hydrogen-activating enzymes are called dehydrases or dehydrogenases.

Warburg called his oxygen-activating catalyst, “respiratory enzyme”.These concepts of Wieland and Warburg were apparently contradictory, and

  1. my first task was to show that the two processes are complementary to one another, and that
  2. in muscle cells activated oxygen oxidizes activated hydrogen.

This picture was enriched by the English worker D. Keilin, who showed that

  • activated oxygen does not oxidize activated hydrogen directly, but
  • that a dye, cytochrome, is interposed between them.

In keeping with this function, the “respiratory enzyme” is now also called “cytochrome oxidase”.

About ten years ago, when I tried to construct this system of respiration artificially and added together the respiratory enzyme with cytochrome and some foodstuff together with its dehydrogenase, I could justifiably expect that this system would use up oxygen and oxidize the food. But the system remained inactive. I found that

  • the dehydrogenation of certain donors is linked to the presence of a co-enzyme.

Analysis of this co-enzyme showed it to be a nucleotide, identical with v. Euler’s co-zymase, which H. v. Euler and R. Nilsson had already shown to accelerate the process of dehydration. As a result of Warburg’s investigations,this co-dehydrogenase has recently come very much into the foreground. Warburg showed that

  • it contains a pyridine base, and that it accepts hydrogen directly
    [pyridine nucleotide, triphosphopyridine nucleotide, TPN]

from food when the latter is dehydrogenated. It is therefore, the primary H-acceptor.

While working on the isolation of the co-enzyme with Banga, I found a remarkable dye, which showed clearly by its reversible oxidation that it, too, played a part in the respiration. We called this new dye cytoflav. Later Warburg showed that

  • this substance exercised its function in combination with a protein.

He called this protein complex of the dye, “yellow enzyme”. R. Kuhn, to whom we owe the structural analysis of the dye, called the dye lactoflavin and, with Györgyi and Wagner-Jauregg, showed it to be identical with vitamin B,.But the respiratory system stayed inactive even

  • after the addition of both these new components, codehydrogenase and yellow enzyme.

The C4-dicarboxylic acids and their activators which Thunberg discovered are

  • interposed between cytochrome and the activation of hydrogen as intermediate hydrogen-carriers.

In the case of carbohydrate, hydrogen from the food is first taken up by oxaloacetic acid, which

  • is reacted with the cytoplasmic malic dehydrogenase (and pyridine nucleotide –
    reduced DPN[H])
    , and thereby activated.

By taking up two hydrogen atoms, oxaloacetic acid is changed into malic acid.

  • OAA + NADH – (MDH) – malate + NAD+ + H+

This malic acid now passes on the H-atoms, and thus reverts to oxaloacetic acid,

  • which can again take up new H-atoms.

Malate + NAD+ + H+ — MDH – OAA + NADH

The H-atoms released by malic acid are taken up by fumaric acid, which is similarly

  • activated by the so-called succinic dehydrogenase.

The uptake of two H-atoms

  • converts the fumarate to succinate, to succinic acid.

The two H-atoms of succinic acid are then

  • oxidized away by the cytochrome.

Finally the cytochrome is oxidized by the respiratory enzyme, and

  • the respiratory enzyme by oxygen.

The function of the C4-dicarboxylic acids is not to be pictured as consisting of a certain amount of C4-dicarboxylic acid in the cell which is alternately oxidized and reduced. Fig. 2 corresponds more to the real situation. The protoplasmic surface, which is represented by the semi-circle, has single molecules of oxaloacetate and fumarate attached to it as prosthetic groups. These fused, activated dicarboxylic molecules then temporarily bind the hydrogen from the food. The co-dehydrogenases and the yellow enzymes also take part in this system. I have attempted to add them in at the right place.

This diagram, which will probably still undergo many more modifications, states that the “foodstuff” – H-donor – starts by

  1. passing its hydrogen, which has been activated by dehydrase, to the co-dehydrogenase.
  2. The coenzyme passes it to the oxaloacetic acid*.
  3. The malic acid then passes it on again to a co-enzyme,
  4. which passes the hydrogen to the yellow enzyme.
  5. The yellow enzyme passes the hydrogen to the fumarate.
  6. The succinate so produced is then oxidized by cytochrome,
  7. the cytochrome by respiratory enzyme,
  8. the respiratory enzyme by oxygen.

So the reaction 2H + O – H2O, which seems such a simple one,

  • breaks down into a long series of separate reactions.

With each new step, with each transfer between substances,

  • the hydrogen loses some of its energy,
  • finally combining with oxygen in its lowest-energy compound.

So each hydrogen atom is gradually oxidized in a long series of reactions, and

  • its energy released in stages.

This oxidation of hydrogen in stages seems to be one of the basic principles of biological oxidation. The reason for it is probably mainly that

  • the cell would not be able to harness and transfer to other processes
  • the large amount of energy which would be released by direct oxidation.

The cell needs small change if it is to be able to

  • pay for its functions without losing too much in the process.

So it oxidizes the H-atom by stages, converting the large banknote into small change.

About half of all plants – contain a polyphenol, generally a pyrocatechol derivative, together with an enzyme, polyphenoloxidase, which oxidizes polyphenol with the help of oxygen. The current interpretation of the mode of action of this oxidase was a confused one. I succeeded in showing that the situation was simply this, that

the oxidase oxidizes the polyphenol to quinone with oxygen.

  • In the intact plant the quinone is reduced back again
  • with hydrogen made available from the foodstuff.

Phenol therefore acts as a hydrogen-carrier between oxygen and the H-donor, and we are here again faced with a probably still imperfectly understood system for

  • the stepwise combustion of hydrogen.

——————————————————————————————————————————–

Vitamin C

If benzidine is added to a peroxide in the presence of peroxidase, a deep-blue color appears immediately, which is caused by the oxidation of the benzidine. This reaction does not occur without peroxidase. I simply used some juice which had been squeezed from these plants instead of a purified peroxidase, and added benzidine and peroxide, and the blue pigment appeared, after a small delay of about a second. Analysis of this delay showed that it was due to the presence of a powerful reducing substance, which reduced the oxidized benzidine again, until it had itself been used up. Thanks to the invitation from F. G. Hopkins and the help of the Rockefeller Foundation, I was able ten years ago to transfer my workshop to Cambridge, where for the first time I was able to pay more serious attention to chemistry. Soon I succeeded in isolating the substance in question from adrenals and various plants, and in showing that it corresponded to the formula C6H8O6 and was related to the carbohydrates. This last circumstance induced me to apply to Prof. W. N. Haworth, who immediately recognized the chemical interest of the substance and asked me for a larger quantity to permit analysis of its structure.

The Mayo Foundation and Prof. Kendall came to my help on a large scale, and made it possible for me to work, regardless of expense, on the material from large American slaughter-houses. The result of a year’s

work-was 25 g of a crystalline substance, which was given the name “hexuronic acid”. I shared this amount of the substance with Prof. Haworth. He undertook to investigate the exact structural formula of the substance. I used the other half of my preparation to gain a deeper understanding of the substance’s function. The substance could not replace the adrenals, but caused the disappearance of pigmentation in patients with Addison’s disease.

In 1930 I settled down in my own country at the University of Szeged. I also received a first-rate young American collaborator, J. L. Svirbely, who had experience in vitamin research, but besides this experience brought only the conviction that my hexuronic acid was not identical with vitamin C. In the autumn of 1931 our first experiments were completed, and showed unmistakably that hexuronic acid was power- fully anti-scorbutic, and that the anti-scorbutic acitvity of plant juices corresponded to their hexuronic acid content. We did not publish our results till the following year after repeating our experiments. At this time Tillmans was already directing attention to the connection between the reducing strength and the vitamin activity of plant juices. At the same time King and Waugh also reported crystals obtained from lemon juice, which were active anti-scorbutically and resembled our hexuronic acid.

My town, Szeged, is the centre of the Hungarian paprika industry. Since this fruit travels badly, I had not had the chance of trying it earlier. The sight of this healthy fruit inspired me one evening with a last hope, and that same night investigation revealed that this fruit represented an unbelievably rich source of hexuronic acid, which, with Haworth, I re-baptized ascorbic acid. I also had the privilege of providing my two prize-winning colleagues P. Karrer and W. N. Haworth with abundant material, and making its structural analysis possible for them. I myself produced with Varga the mono-acetone derivative of ascorbic acid, which forms magnificent crystals; from which, after repeated dissolving and recrystallization, ascorbic acid can be separated again with undiminished activity. This was the first proof that ascorbic acid was identical with vitamin C.
————————————————————————————————————————————-

Returning to the processes of oxidation, I now tried to analyse further the system of respiration in plants, in which ascorbic acid and peroxidase played an important part. I had already found in Rochester that the peroxidase plants contain an enzyme which reversibly oxidizes ascorbic acid with two valencies in the presence of oxygen. Further analysis showed that here again a system of respiration was in question, in which hydrogen was oxidized by stages. I would like, in the interests of brevity, to summarize the end result of these experiments, which I carried out with St. Huszák. Ascorbic acid oxidase oxidizes the acid with oxygen to reversible dehydroascorbic acid, whereby the oxygen unites with the two labile H-atoms from the acid to form hydrogen peroxide. This peroxide reacts with peroxidase and oxidizes a second molecule of ascorbic acid. Both these molecules of dehydro-ascorbic acid again take up hydrogen from the foodstuff, possibly by means of SH-groups. But peroxidase does not oxidize ascorbic acid directly. Another substance is interposed between the two, which belongs to the large group of yellow, water-soluble phenol-benzol-r-pyran plant dyes (flavone, flavonol, flavanone). Here the peroxidase oxidizes the phenol group to the quinone, which then oxidizes the ascorbic acid directly, taking up both its H-atoms.

At the time that I had just detected the rich vitamin content of the paprika, I was asked by a colleague of mine for pure vitamin C. This colleague himself suffered from a serious haemorrhagic diathesis. Since I still did not have enough of this crystalline substance at my disposal then, I sent him paprikas. My colleague was cured. But later we tried in vain to obtain the same therapeutic effect with pure vitamin C. Guided by my earlier studies into the peroxidase system, I investigated with my friend St. Rusznyák and his collaborators Armentano and Bentsáth the effect of the other link in the chain, the flavones. Certain members of this group of substances, the flavanone hesperidin (Fig. 5) and the formerly unknown eriodictyolglycoside, a mixture of which we had isolated from lemons and named citrin, now had the same therapeutic effect as paprika itself.

H U G O T H E O R E L L          Nobel Lecture, December 12, 1955

The nature and mode of action of oxidation enzymes

 

Practically all chemical reactions in living nature are started and directed in their course by enzymes. This being the case, Man has of course since time immemorial seen examples of what we now call enzymatic reactions, e.g. fermentation and decay. It would thus be possible to trace the history of enzymes back to the ancient Greeks, or still further for that matter. But it would be rather pointless, since to observe a phenomenon is not the same thing as to explain it. It is more correct to say that our knowledge of enzymes is essentially a product of twentieth-century research.

Jöns Jacob Berzelius, wrote in his yearbook in 1835: “…The catalytic force appears actually to consist thought herein that through their mere presence, and not through their affinity, bodies are able to arouse affinities which at this temperature are slumbering…”  Enzymes are the catalyzers of the biological world, and Berzelius’ description of catalytic force is surprisingly far-sighted…  if one could once understand the mechanism it would doubtless prove that the forces of ordinary chemistry would suffice to explain also these as yet mysterious reactions.

The year 1926 was a memorable one. The German chemist Richard Willstitter gave a lecture then in Deutsche Chemische Gesellschaft, in which he summarized the experiences gained in his attempts over many years to produce pure enzymes. Willstätter drew the conclusion that the enzymes did not belong to any known class of chemical substances, and that the effects of the enzymes derived from a new natural force, thus taking the view that 90 years earlier Berzelius thought to be improbable. That same year, through an irony of fate, the American researcher J. B. Sumner published a work in which he claimed to have crystallized in pure form an enzyme, urease. In the ensuing years J. H. Northrop and his collaborators crystallized out a further three enzyme preparations, pepsin, trypsin, and chymotrypsin, like urease, hydrolytic enzymes that split linkages by introducing water. If these discoveries had been undisputed from the outset it would probably not have been 20 years before Sumner, together with Northrop and Stanley, received a Nobel Prize.

When in 1933 I went on a Rockefeller fellowship to Otto Warburg’s institute in Berlin, Warburg and Christian had in the previous year produced a yellow-coloured preparation of an oxidation enzyme from yeast. The yellow colour was of particular interest: it faded away on reduction and returned on oxidation with e.g. oxygen, so that it was evident that the yellow pigment had to do with the actual enzymatic process of oxido-reduction. It was possible to free the yellow pigment from the high-molecular carrier substance, whose nature was still unknown, for example by treatment with acid methyl alcohol, whereupon the enzyme effect disappeared. Through simultaneous works by Warburg in Berlin, Kuhn in Heidelberg and Karrer in Zurich the constitution of the yellow pigment (lactoflavin, later riboflavin or vitamin B,) was determined. It was here for the first time possible to localize the enzymatic effect to a definite atomic constellation: hydrogen freed from the substrate (hexose monophosphate) is, with the aid of a special enzyme system (TPN-Zwischenferment) whose nature was elucidated somewhat later, placed on the nitrogen atoms of the flavin (1) and (10), giving rise to the colourless leucoflavin. This is reoxidized by oxygen, hydrogen peroxide being formed, and may afterwards be reduced again, and so forth. This cyclic process then continues until the entire amount of substrate has been deprived of two hydrogen atoms and been transformed into phosphogluconic acid; and a corresponding amount of hydrogen peroxide has been formed. At the end of the process the yellow enzyme is still there in unchanged form, and has thus apparently, as Berzelius expressed himself, aroused a chemical affinity through its mere presence.

The polysaccharides, which constituted 80-90% of the entire weight, were completely removed, together with some inactive colourless proteins. After fractionated precipitations with ammonium sulphate I produced a crystalline preparation which on ultracentrifuging and electrophoresis appeared homogeneous. The enzyme was a protein with the molecular weight 75,000 and strongly yellow-colored by the flavin part. The result of the Flavin analysis was 1 mol flavin per 1 mol protein. With dialysis against diluted hydrochloric acid at low temperature the yellow pigment was separated from the protein, which then became colorless. In the enzyme test the flavin part and the protein separately were inactive, but if the flavin part and the protein were mixed at approximately neutral reaction the enzyme effect returned, and the original effect came back when one mixed them in the molecular proportions 1 : 1. That in this connection a combination between the pigment and the protein came about was obvious, moreover, for other reasons: the green-yellow colour of the flavin part changed to pure yellow,and its strong. yellow fluorescence disappeared with linking to the protein.

In my electrophoretic experiments lactoflavin behaved as a neutral body, while the pigment part separated from the yellow enzyme moved rapidly towards the anode and was thus an acid. An analysis for phosphorus showed 1 P per mol flavin, and when after a time (1934) I succeeded in isolating the natural pigment component this proved to be a lactoflavin phosphoric acid ester, thus a kind of nucleotide, and it was obvious that the phosphoric acid served to link the pigment part to the protein. I will now show some simple experiments with the yellow enzyme, its colored part, which we now generally refer to as FMN (flavin mononucleotide), and the colorless enzyme protein.

  • The ferment-solution is pure yellow, the FMN-solution green-yellow,owing to the 1st that the light-absorption band in the blue of the free FMN is displaced somewhat in the long-wave direction on being linked with the protein component. A reducing agent (Na2S2O4) is now added to the one cuvette, it is indifferent which. The colour disappears in consequence of the formation of leucoflavin. Oxygen-gas is bubbled through the solution: the colour comes back as soon as the excess of reducing agent has been consumed. The experiment demonstrates the reaction cycle of the yellow enzyme: reduction through hydrogen from the substrate side, reoxidation with oxygen-gas.
  • A flask containing FMN-solution so diluted that its yellow color is not descernible to the eye is placed on a lamp giving long-wave ultraviolet light. The solution gives a strong, yellow fluorescence which disappears on reduction and returns on bubbling with oxygen-gas.
  • Two flasks are placed on the fluorescence lamp. The one contains a diluted solution of the free protein in phosphate buffer (pH 7), the other phosphate buffer alone. An equal amount of FMN-solution is dripped into each flask. In the flask with protein the fluorescence is at once extinguished,

but in the flask with buffer-solution alone it remains. The experiment demonstrates the resynthesis of  yellow enzyme, and since the fluorescence is extinguished by the protein, one may draw the conclusion that some group in the protein is in this connection linked to the imino-group NH(3) of the flavin, which according to Kuhn must be free for the fluorescence to appear.

The significance of these investigations on the yellow enzyme may be summarized

as follows.

  1. The reversible splitting of the yellow enzyme to apo-enzyme + coenzyme in the simple molecular relation 1 : 1 proved that we had here to do with a pure enzyme; the experiments would have been incomprehensible if the enzyme itself had been only an impurity.
  2. This enzyme was thus demonstrably a protein. In the sequel all the enzymes which have been isolated have proved to be proteins.
  3. The first coenzyme, FMN, was isolated and found to be a vitamin phosphoric acid ester. This has since proved to be something occurring widely in nature: the vitamins nicotinic acid amide, thiamine and pyridoxine form in an analogous way nucleotide-like coenzymes, which like the nucleic acids

themselves combine reversibly with proteins.

During the past 20 years a large number of flavoproteins with various enzyme effects have been produced. Instead of FMN many of them contain a dinucleotide, FAD, which consists of FMN + adenylic acid.

We constructed a very sensitive apparatus to record changes in the intensity of the fluorescence, and were thus able to follow the rapidity with which the fluorescence diminishes when FMN and protein are combined, or increases when they are split. Under suitable conditions the speed of combination is very high. Thanks to the great sensitivity of the fluorescent method my Norwegian collaborator Agnar Nygaard and I were able to make accurate determinations of the speed-constant simply by working in extremely diluted solutions, where the speed of combination is low because an FMN molecule so seldom happens to collide with a protein-molecule. We then varied the degree of acidity, ionic milieu and temperature, and we treated the protein with a large number of different reagents which affect in a known way different groups in proteins. In this way we succeeded with a rather high degree of certainty in ascertaining that phosphoric acid in FMN is linked to primary amino-groups in the protein, and the imino-group (3) in FMN to the phenolic hydroxyl group in a tyrosine residue, whereby the fluorescence is extinguished.

We still do not quite understand how through its linkage to the coenzyme the enzyme-protein “activates” the latter to a rapid absorption and giving off of hydrogen. But something we do know. The so-called oxido-reduction potential of the enzyme is in any case of great importance, and it is determined by a simple relation to the dissociation constants for the oxidized and for the reduced coenzyme-enzyme complex. The dissociation constants are in their turn functions of the velocity constants for the combination between coenzyme and enzyme and for the reverse process, and these velocity constants we have been able to determine both in the yellow ferment and in a number of enzyme systems. Without going into any details I may mention that the linkage of coenzyme to enzyme was found to have surprisingly big effects upon the potential of the former.

Alcohol dehydrogenase

 

Alcohol dehydrogenases occur in both the animal and the vegetable kingdoms, e.g. in liver, in yeast, and in peas. They are colourless proteins which together with DPN may either oxidize alcohol to aldehyde, as occurs chiefly in the liver, or conversely reduce aldehyde to alcohol, as occurs in yeast.

The yeast enzyme was crystallized by Negelein & Wulf (1936) in Warburg’s institute, the liver enzyme (from horse liver) by Bonnichsen & Wassén at our institute in Stockholm in 1948. These two enzymes have come to play a certain general rôle in biochemistry on account of the fact that it has been possible to investigate their kinetics more accurately than is the case with other enzyme systems. The liver enzyme especially, we have on repeated occasions studied with particular thoroughness, since especially favourable experimental conditions here presented themselves. For all reactions with DPN-system it is possible to follow the reaction DPN+ + 2H =+ DPNH + H+ spectrophotometrically, since DPNH has an absorption-band in the more long-wave ultraviolet region, at 340 rnp, and thousands of such experiments have been performed all over the world. A couple of years ago, moreover, we began to apply our fluorescence method, which is based on the fact that DPNH but not DPN fluoresces, even if considerably more weakly than the flavins. Asregards the liver enzyme there is a further effect, which proved extremely useful for certain spectrophotometrical determinations of reaction speeds; together with Bonnichsen I found in 1950 that the 340 rnp band of the reduced coenzyme was displaced, on combination with liver alcohol dehydrogenase, to 325 rnp, and together with Britton Chance we were thus able with the help of his extremely refined rapid spectrophotometric methods to determine the velocity constant for this very rapid reaction. This reaction belongs to the 3 bost problem involving the enzyme, the coenzyme, and the substrate, and both the coenzyme and the substrate occur in both oxidized and reduced forms.

It is a curious whim of nature that the same coenzyme which in the yeast makes alcohol by attaching hydrogen to aldehyde also occurs in the liver to remove from alcohol the same hydrogen, so that the alcohol becomes aldehyde again, which is then oxidized further
————————————————————————————————————————————–
Heme proteins

In 1936 we had obtained cytochrome approximately 80% pure, and in 1939 close to 100%.It is a beautiful red, iron-porphyrin-containing protein which functions as a link in the chain of the cell-respiration enzymes, the iron atom now taking up and now giving off an electron, and the iron thus alternating valency between the 3-valent ferri and the 2-valent ferro stages. It is a very pleasant substance to work with, not merely because it is lovely to look at, but also because it is uncommonly stable and durable. From 100 kg horse heart one can produce 3-4 grams of pure cytochrome c. The molecule weighs about 12,000 and contains one mol iron porphyrin per-mol.

Exp. 4. Two cuvettes each contain a solution of ferricytochrome c. The colour is blood-red. To the one are added some grains of sodium hydrosulphite: the color is changed to violet-red (ferrocytochrome). Oxygen is now bubbled through the ferrocytochrome-solution: no visible change occurs. The ferrocyto-chrome can thus not be oxidized by oxygen. A small amount of cytochrome oxidase is now added: the ferricytochrome color returns.

From this experiment we can draw the conclusion that reduced cytochrome c cannot react with molecular oxygen. In a chain of oxidation enzymes it will thus not be able to be next to the oxygen. The incapacity of cytochrome to react with oxygen was a striking fact that required an explanation. Another peculiarity was the extremely firm linkage between the red heme pigment and the protein part; in contradistinction to the majority of other heme protides, the pigment cannot be split off by the addition of acetone acidified with hydrochloric acid. Further, there was a displacement of the light-absorption bands which indicated that the two unsaturated vinyl groups occurring in ordinary protohemin were saturated in the hematin of

the cytochrome. In 1938 we succeeded in showing that the porphyrin part of the cytochrome was linked to the protein by means of two sulphur bridges from cysteine residues in the protein of the porphyrin in such a way that the vinyl groups were saturated and were converted to α-thioether groups. The firmness of the linkage and the displacement of the spectral bands were herewith explained. This was the first time that it had been possible to show the nature of chemical linkages between a “prosthetic” group (in this case iron porphyrin) and the protein part in an enzyme.

The light-absorption bands of the cytochrome showed that it is a so-called hemochromogen, which means that two as a rule nitrogen-containing groups are linked to the iron, in addition to the four pyrrol-nitrogen atoms in the porphyrin. From magnetic measurements that I made at Linus Pauling’s institute in Pasadena and from amino-acid analyses, titration curves and spectrophotometry together with Å. Åkeson it emerged (1941) that the nitrogen-containing, hemochromogen-forming groups in cytochrome c were histidine residues, or to be more specific, their imidazole groups.   Recently we have got a bit farther. Tuppy & Bodo in Vienna began last year with Sanger’s method to elucidate the amino-acid sequence in the hemin-containing peptide fragment that one obtains with the proteolytic breaking down of cytochrome c, and succeeded in determining the sequence of the amino acids nearest the heme. The experiments were continued and supplemented by Tuppy, Paléus & Ehrenberg at our institute in Stockholm with the following result:

The peptide chain 1-12 (“Val”) = the amino acid valine, “Glu” = glutamine,”Lys” = lysine, and so forth) is by means of two cysteine-S-bridges and a linkage histidine-Fe linked to the heme. When in 1954 Linus Pauling delivered his Nobel Lecture in Stockholm he showed a new kind of models for the study of the steric configuration of peptide chains, which as we know may form helices or “pleated sheets” of various kinds. It struck me then that it would be extremely interesting to study the question as to which of these possibilities might be compatible with the sulphur bridges to the hemin part and with the linkage of nitrogen containing groups to the iron. Pauling was kind enough to make me a present of his peptide-model pieces, which I shall show presently. This is thus the second time they figure in a Lecture.

Anders Ehrenberg and I now made a hemin model on the same scale as the peptide pieces and constructed models of hemin peptides with every conceivable variant of hydrogen bonding. It proved that many variants could be definitely excluded on steric grounds, and others were improbable for other reasons. Of the original, at least 20 alternatives, finally only one remained – a left-twisting a-helix with the cysteine residue no. 4 linked to the porphyrin side-chain in 4-position, and cysteine no. 7 to the side-chain in 2-position. The imidazole residue fitted exactly to linkage with the iron atom. The peptide spiral becomes parallel with the plane of the heme disc.

Through calculations on the basis of the known partial specific volume of the cytochrome we now consider it extremely probable that the heme plate in cytochrome c is surrounded by peptide spirals on all sides in such a way that the heme iron is entirely screened off from contact with oxygen; here is the explanation of our experiment in which we were unable to oxidize reduced cytochrome c with oxygen-gas. The oxygen simply cannot get at the iron atom. There is, on the other hand, a possibility for electrons to pass in and out in the iron atom via the imidazole groups.  It strikes us as interesting that even at this stage the special mode of reacting of the cytochrome is beginning to be understood from what we know of its chemical constitution.

F r i t z  L i p m a n n           Nobel Lecture, December 11, 1953

Development of the acetylation problem: a personal account

 

In my development, the recognition of facts and the rationalization of these facts into a unified picture, have interplayed continuously. After my apprenticeship with Otto Meyerhof, a first interest on my own became the phenomenon we call the Pasteur effect, this peculiar depression of the wasteful fermentation in the respiring cell. By looking for a chemical explanation of this economy measure on the cellular level, I was prompted into a study of the mechanism of pyruvic acid oxidation, since it is at the pyruvic stage where respiration branches off from fermentation. For this study I chose as a promising system a relatively simple looking pyruvic acid oxidation enzyme in a certain strain of Lactobacillus delbrueckii1. The decision to explore this particular reaction started me on a rather continuous journey into partly virgin territory to meet with some unexpected discoveries, but also to encounter quite a few nagging disappointments

The most important event during this whole period, I now feel, was the accidental observation that in the L. delbrueckii system, pyruvic acid oxidation was completely dependent on the presence of inorganic phosphate. This observation was made in the course of attempts to replace oxygen by methylene blue. To measure the methylene blue reduction manometrically, I had to switch to a bicarbonate buffer instead of the otherwise routinely used phosphate. In bicarbonate, to my surprise, as shown in Fig. 1, pyruvate oxidation was very slow, but the addition of a little phosphate caused a  remarkable increase in rate. The next figure, Fig. 2, shows the phosphate effect more drastically, using a preparation from which all phosphate was removed by washing with acetate buffer. Then it appeared that the reaction was really fully dependent on phosphate. In spite of such a phosphate dependence, the phosphate balance measured by the ordinary Fiske-Subbarow procedure did not at first indicate any phosphorylative step. Nevertheless, the suspicion remained that phosphate in some manner was entering into the reaction and that a phosphorylated intermediary was formed. As a first approximation, a coupling of this pyruvate

oxidation with adenylic acid phosphorylation was attempted. And, indeed, addition of adenylic acid to the pyruvic oxidation system brought out a net disappearance of inorganic phosphate, accounted for as adenosine triphosphate (Table 11). In parallel with the then just developing fermentation now concluded that the missing link in the reaction chain was acetyl phosphate. In partial confirmation it was shown that a crude preparation of acetyl phosphate, synthesized by the old method of Kämmerer and Carius2

would transfer phosphate to adenylic acid (Table 2). However, it still took quite some time from then on to identify acetyl phosphate definitely as the initial product of the pyruvic oxidation in this system3,4.

At the time when these observations were made, about a dozen years ago, there was, to say the least, a tendency to believe that phosphorylation was rather specifically coupled with the glycolytic reaction. Here, however, we had found a coupling of phosphorylation with a respiratory system. This observation immediately suggested a rather sweeping biochemical significance, of transformations of electron transfer potential, respiratory or fermentative, to phosphate bond energy and therefrom to a wide range of biosynthetic reactions7.

There was a further unusual feature in this pyruvate oxidation system in that the product emerging from the process not only carried an energy-rich phosphoryl radical such as already known, but the acetyl phosphate was even more impressive through its energy-rich acetyl. It rather naturally became a contender for the role of “active” acetate, for the widespread existence of which the isotope experience had already furnished extensive evidence. I became, therefore, quite attracted by the possibility that acetyl phosphate could serve two rather different purposes, either to transfer its phosphoryl group into the phosphate pool, or to supply its active acetyl for biosynthesis of carbon structures. Thus acetyl phosphate should be able to serve as acetyl donor as well as phosphoryl donor, transferring, as shown in Fig. 3, on either side of the oxygen center, such as indicated by Bentley’s early experiments on cleavage7a of acetyl phosphate in H2 18O.

These two novel aspects of the energy problem, namely

(1) the emergence of an energy-rich phosphate bond from a purely respiratory reaction; and

(2) the presumed derivation of a metabolic building-block through this same there towards a general concept of transfer of activated groupings by carrier as the fundamental reaction in biosynthesis8,9.

Although in the related manner the appearance of acetyl phosphate as a metabolic intermediary first

focussed attention to possible mechanisms for the metabolic elaboration of group activation, it soon turned out that the relationship between acetyl phosphate and acetyl transfer was much more complicated than anticipated. reaction, prompted me to propose

  • not only the generalization of the phosphate bond as a versatile energy distributing system,
  • but also to aim there towards a general concept of transfer of activated groupings by carrier as the fundamental reaction in biosynthesis8,9.

Although in the related manner the appearance of acetyl phosphate as a metabolic intermediary first focussed attention to possible mechanisms for the metabolic elaboration of group activation, it soon turned out that the relationship between acetyl phosphate and acetyl transfer was much more complicated than anticipated.

It appeared that as an energy source the particle bound oxidative phosphorylation of the kind observed first by Herman Kalckar14 could be replaced by ATP, as had first been observed with the acetylation of choline in brain preparations by Nachmansohn and his group15,16. Using ATP and acetate as precursors, it was possible to set up a homogeneous particle-free acetylation system obtained by extraction of acetone pigeon liver. In this extract acetyl phosphate was unable to replace the ATP acetate as acetyl precursor.

In spite of this disappointment with acetyl phosphate, our decision to turn to a study of acetylation started then to be rewarding in another way. During these studies we became aware of the participation of a heat-stable factor which disappeared from our enzyme extracts on aging or dialysis. This cofactor was present in boiled extracts of all organs, as well as in microorganisms and yeast. It could not be replaced by any other known cofactor. Therefore, it was suspected that we were dealing with a new coenzyme. From then on, for a number of years, the isolation and identification of this coenzyme became the prominent task of our laboratory. The problem now increased in volume and I had the very good fortune that a group of exceedingly able people were attracted to the laboratory; first Constance Tuttle, then Nathan O. Kaplan and shortly afterwards, G. David Novelli, and then others.

Early data on the replacement of this heat-stable factor by boiled extracts are shown in the next table (Table 3). The pigeon liver acetylation system proved to be a very convenient assay system for the new coenzyme17 since on aging for 4 hours at room temperature, the cofactor was completely autolyzed.

Fortunately, on the other hand, the enzyme responsible for the decomposition of this factor was quite unstable and faded out during the aging, while the acetylation apoenzymes were unaffected.

The next figure, Fig. 4, shows coenzyme A (CoA) assay curves obtained with acetone pigeon liver extract. Finding pig liver a good source for the coenzyme, we set out to collect a reasonably large quantity of a highly purified preparation and then to concentrate on the chemistry with this material. In this analysis we paid particular attention to the possibility of finding in this obviously novel cofactor one of the vitamins.

The subsequence finding of a B-vitamin in the preparation gave us further confidence that we were dealing here with a key substance. We still felt, however, slightly dissatisfied with the proof for pantothenic acid. Therefore, to liberate the chemically rather unstable pantothenic acid from CoA, we made use of observations on enzymatic cleavage of the coenzyme. Two enzyme preparations, intestinal phosphatase and an enzyme in pigeon liver extract, had caused independent inactivation. It then was found that through combined action of these two enzymes, pantothenic acid was liberated18,19.

The two independent enzymatic cleavages indicated early that in CoA existed two independent sites of attachment to the pantothenic acid molecule. One of these obviously was a phosphate link, linking presumably to one of a hydroxyl group in pantothenic acid. The other moiety attached to pantothenic acid, which, cleaved off by liver enzyme, remained unidentified for a long time. In addition to pantothenic acid, our sample of 40 per cent purity had been found to contain about 2 per cent sulfur by elementary analysis and identified by cyanide-nitroprusside test as a potential SH grouping 20,21. Furthermore, the coenzyme preparation contained large amounts of adenylic acid21.

Units Coenzyme

Fig. 4. Concentration-activity curves for coenzyme A preparations of different purity. The arrow indicates the point of 1 unit on the curve. (o) crude coenzyme, 0.25 unit per mg; (x) purified coenzyme, 130 units per mg.

In the subsequent elaboration of the structure, the indications by enzyme analysis for the two sites of attachment to pantothenic acid have been most helpful. The phosphate link was soon identified as a pyrophosphate bridge22; 5-adenylic acid was identified by Novelli23 as enzymatic split product and by Baddiley 24, through chemical cleavage. At the same time, Novelli made observations which indicated the presence of a third phosphate in addition to the pyrophosphate bridge. These indications were confirmed by analysis of a nearly pure preparation which was obtained by Gregoryas from Streptomyces fradiae in collaboration with the research group at the Upjohn Company26.

It was at this period that we started to pay more and more attention to the sulfur in the coenzyme. As shown in Table 5, our purest preparation contained 4.13 per cent sulfur corresponding to one mole per mole of pantothenate. We also found26 that dephosphorylation of CoA yielded a compound containing pantothenic acid and the sulfur carrying moiety, which we suspected as bound through the carboxyl. Through the work of Snell and his group27, the sulfur-containing moiety proved to be attached to pantothenic acid through a link broken by our liver enzyme. It was identified as thioethanolamine by Snell and his group, linked peptidically to pantothenic acid.

Through analysis and synthesis, Baddiley now identified the point of attachment of the phosphate bridge to pantothenic acid in 4-position24 and Novelli et al.28 completed the structure analysis by enzymatic synthesis of “dephospho-CoA” from pantetheine-4’-phosphates and ATP. Furthermore, the attachment of the third phosphate was identified by Kaplan29 to attach in s-position on the ribose of the 5-adenylic acid (while in triphosphopyridine nucleotide it happens to be in 2-position). Therefore, the structure was now

established, as shown in Fig. 5.

Fig. 5. Structure of coenzyme A

 

The metabolic function of CoA


Parallel with this slow but steady elaboration of the structure, all the time we explored intensively metabolic mechanisms in the acetylation field. By use of the enzymatic assay, as shown in Tables 6, 7, 8, and 9, CoA was found present in all living cells, animals, plants and microorganisms17. Furthermore,

the finding that all cellular pantothenic acid could be accounted for by CoA17 made it clear that CoA represented the only functional form of this vitamin. The finding of the vitamin furnished great impetus; nevertheless, a temptation to connect the pantothenic acid with the acetyl transfer function has

blinded us for a long time to other possibilities.

The first attempts to further explore the function of CoA were made with pantothenic acid-deficient cells and tissues. A deficiency of pyruvate oxidation in pantothenic acid-deficient Proteus morganii, an early isolated observation by Dorfman30 and Hills31, now fitted rather well into the picture. We soon became quite interested in this effect, taking it as an indication for participation of CoA in citric acid synthesis. A parallel between CoA levels and pyruvate oxidation in Proteus morganii was demonstrated32. Using panto thenic aciddeficient yeast, Novelli et al.33 demonstrated a CoA-dependence of acetate oxidation (Fig. 5a) and Olson and Kaplan34 found with duck liver a striking parallel between CoA content and pyruvic utilization, which is shown in Fig. 6.

But more important information was being gathered on -the enzymatic level. The first example of a generality of function was obtained by comparing the activation of apoenzymes for choline- and sulfonamide-acetylation respectively, using our highly purified preparations9 of CoA. As shown in Fig. 7, similar activation curves obtained for the two respective enzymes. Through these experiments, the heat-stable factor for choline acetylation that had been found by Nachmansohn and Berman35 and by Feldberg and Mann36 was identified with CoA. The next most significant step toward a generalization of CoA function for acetyl transfer was made by demonstrating its functioning in the enzymatic synthesis of acetoacetate. The CoA effect in acetoacetate synthesis was studied by Morris Soodak37, who obtained for this reaction a reactivation curve quite similar to those for enzymatic acetylation, as shown in Fig. 8.

Soon afterwards Stern and Ochoa38 showed a CoA-dependent citrate synthesis with a pigeon liver fraction similar to the one used by Soodak for acetoacetate synthesis. In our laboratory, Novelli et al. confirmed and extended this observation with extracts of Escherichia coli39.

In the course of this work, which more and more clearly defined the acetyl transfer function of CoA, Novelli once more tried acetyl phosphate. To our surprise and satisfaction, it then appeared, as shown in Table 9, that in Escherichia coli extracts in contrast to the animal tissue, acetyl phosphate was more than twice as active as acetyl donor for citrate synthesis than ATP acetate 39. Acetyl phosphate, therefore, functioned as a patent microbial acetyl donor. Acetyl transfer from acetyl phosphate, like that from ATP-acetate, was CoA-dependent, as shown in Table 9. Furthermore, a small amount of “microbial conversion factor”, as we called it first, primed acetyl phosphate for activity with pigeon liver acetylation systems40, as shown in Table 10.

Eventually the microbial conversion factor was identified by Stadtman et al.40 with the transacetylase first encountered by Stadtman and Barker in extracts of Clostridium kluyveri41 and likewise, although not clearly defined as such, in extracts of Escherichia coli and Clostridium butylicum by Lipmann and Tuttle42. The definition of such a function was based on the work of Doudoroff et al.43 on transglucosidation with sucrose phosphorylase. Their imaginative use of isotope exchange for closer definition of enzyme mechanisms has been most influential. Like glucose-I-phosphate with sucrose phosphorylase, acetyl phosphate with these various microbial preparations equilibrates its phosphate rapidly with the inorganic phosphate of the solution. As in Doudoroff et al. experiments, first a covalent substrate enzyme derivative had been proposed 43. However, then Stadtman et al.40, with the new experience of CoA dependent acetyl transfer, could implicate CoA in this equilibration between acetyl- and inorganic phosphate and thus could define the transacetylase as an enzyme equilibrating acetyl between phosphate and CoA:

In the course of these various observations, it became quite clear that there existed in cellular metabolism an acetyl distribution system centering around CoA as the acetyl carrier which was rather similar to the ATP-centered phosphoryl distribution system. The general pattern of group transfer became recognizable, with donor and acceptor enzymes being connected through the CoA —- acetyl CoA shuttle. A clearer definition of the donor-acceptor enzyme scheme was obtained through acetone fractionation of our standard system for acetylation of sulfonamide into two separate enzyme fractions, which were inactive separately but showed the acetylation effect when combined. A fraction, A-40, separating out with 40 per cent acetone, was shown by Chou44 to contain the donor enzyme responsible for the ATP-CoA-acetate reaction, while with more acetone precipitated, the acceptor function, A-60, the acetoarylamine kinase as we propose to call this type of enzyme. The need for a combination of the two for overall acetyl transfer is shown in Fig. 9. This showed that a separate system was responsible for acetyl CoA formation through interaction of ATP, CoA and acetate (cf. below) and that the overall acetylation was a two-step reaction:

These observations crystallized into the definition of a metabolic acetyl transfer territory as pictured in Fig. 10. This picture had developed from the growing understanding of enzymatic interplay involving metabolic generation of acyl CoA and transfer of the active acyl to various acceptor systems. A most important, then still missing link in the picture was supplied through the brilliant work of Feodor Lynen45 who chemically identified acetyl CoA as the thioester of CoA. Therewith the thioester link was introduced as a new energy-rich bond and this discovery added a very novel facet to our understanding of the mechanisms of metabolic energy transformation.

Enzyme Localization In The  Anaerobic Mitochondria Of Ascaris L Umbricoides

 

Robert S. Rew And Howard J. Saz

From the Department of Biology, University of Notre Dame, Notre Dame, Indiana 46556

 

Mitochondria from the muscle of the parasitic nematode Ascaris lumbricoides   var. suum function anaerobically in electron transport-associated  phosphorylations under physiological conditions. These helminth organelles have been fractionated into inner and outer membrane, matrix, and intermembrane space fractions. The distributions of enzyme systems were determined and compared with corresponding distributions reported in mammalian mitochondria.  Succinate and pyruvate dehydrogenases as well as NADH  oxidase, Mg++-dependent ATPase, adenylate kinase, citrate synthase, and cytochrome c  reductases  were  determined to be distributed  as  in mammalian mitochondria.  In contrast  with  the  mammalian systems, fumarase and NAD-linked “malic” enzyme were isolated primarily from the intermembrane  space fraction of the worm mitochondria. These enzymes required for the anaerobic  energy-generating system in Ascaris and would be expected to give rise to NADH in the intermembrane space.  The need for and possible mechanism of a proton translocation system to obtain energy generation is suggested.                                Downloaded from jcb.rupress.org

                                                                                                                                                      

                          

                               

                               

                               

                               

David Keilin’s Respiratory Chain Concept and its Chemiosmotic Consequences

Peter Mitchell              Nobel Lecture, 8 December, 1978

Glynn Research Institute, Bodmin, Cornwall, U. K.
“for his contribution to the understanding of biological energy transfer through the formulation of the chemiosmotic theory”

Peter D. Mitchell (1920-1992) received the Nobel Prize in 1978 for developing the Chemiosmotic Theory to explain ATP synthesis resulting from membrane-associated electron transport [Ubiquinone and the Proton Pump].

Mitchell is the last of the gentleman scientists. He first proposed the chemiosmotic principle in a 1961 Nature article while he was at the University of Edinburgh. Shortly after that, ill health forced him to move to Cornwall where he renovated an old manor house and converted it into a research laboratory. From then on, he and his research colleague, Jennifer Moyle, continued to work on the chemiosmotic theory while being funded by his private research foundation. [Peter Mitchell: Wikipedia]

The Chemiosmotic Theory was controversial in 1978 and it still has not been fully integrated into some biochemistry textbooks in spite of the fact that it is now proven. The main reason for the resistance is that it overthrows much of traditional biochemistry and introduces a new way of thinking. It is a good example of a “paradigm shift” in biology.

Because he was such a private, and eccentric, scientist there are very few photos of Peter Mitchell or his research laboratory at Glynn House . The best description of him is in his biography Wandering in the Gardens of the Mind: Peter Mitchell and the Making of Glynn by John Prebble, and Bruce Weber. A Nature review by E.C. Slater [Metabolic Gardening] gives some of the flavor and mentions some of the controversy.

Wandering_in_the_Gardens_of_the_Mind_Peter_Mitchell

Wandering_in_the_Gardens_of_the_Mind_Peter_Mitchell

Peter_Mitchell

Peter_Mitchell

http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/44abe-peter_mitchell.jpg

http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/77938-wandering_in_the_gardens_of_the_mind_peter_mitchell.jpg

Many scientists believe that the Chemiosmotic Theory was the second greatest contribution to biology in the 2oth century (after the discovery of the structure of DNA). Mitchell had to overcome many critics including Hans Krebs. The case is strong.

In the 1960s, ATP was known to be the energy currency of life, but the mechanism by which ATP was created in the mitochondria was assumed to be by substrate-level phosphorylation. Mitchell’s chemiosmotic hypothesis was the basis for understanding the actual process of oxidative phosphorylation. At the time, the biochemical mechanism of ATP synthesis by oxidative phosphorylation was unknown.

Mitchell realised that the movement of ions across an electrochemical potential difference could provide the energy needed to produce ATP. His hypothesis was derived from information that was well known in the 1960s. He knew that living cells had a membrane potential; interior negative to the environment. The movement of charged ions across a membrane is thus affected by the electrical forces (the attraction of positive to negative charges). Their movement is also affected by thermodynamic forces, the tendency of substances to diffuse from regions of higher concentration. He went on to show that ATP synthesis was coupled to this electrochemical gradient.[11]

His hypothesis was confirmed by the discovery of ATP synthase, a membrane-bound protein that uses the potential energy of the electrochemical gradient to make ATP.

Growth, development and metabolism are some of the central phenomena in the study of biological organisms. The role of energy is fundamental to such biological processes. The ability to harness energy from a variety of metabolic pathways is a property of all living organisms. Life is dependent on energy transformations; living organisms survive because of exchange of energy within and without.

In a living organism, chemical bonds are broken and made as part of the exchange and transformation of energy. Energy is available for work (such as mechanical work) or for other processes (such as chemical synthesis and anabolic processes in growth), when weak bonds are broken and stronger bonds are made. The production of stronger bonds allows release of usable energy.

One of the major triumphs of bioenergetics is Peter D. Mitchell‘s chemiosmotic theory of how protons in aqueous solution function in the production of ATP in cell organelles such as mitochondria.[5] This work earned Mitchell the 1978 Nobel Prize for Chemistry. Other cellular sources of ATP such as glycolysis were understood first, but such processes for direct coupling of enzyme activity to ATP production are not the major source of useful chemical energy in most cells. Chemiosmotic coupling is the major energy producing process in most cells, being utilized in chloroplasts and several single celled organisms in addition to mitochondria.

Cotransport

In August 1960, Robert K. Crane presented for the first time his discovery of the sodium-glucose cotransport as the mechanism for intestinal glucose absorption.[2] Crane’s discovery of cotransport was the first ever proposal of flux coupling in biology and was the most important event concerning carbohydrate absorption in the 20th century.[3][4]

The free energy (ΔG) gained or lost in a reaction can be calculated: ΔG = ΔH – TΔS
where G = Gibbs free energy, H = enthalpy, T = temperature, and S = entropy.

How inositol pyrophosphates control cellular phosphate homeostasis?

Adolfo Saiardi*

Cell Biology Unit, Medical Research Council Laboratory for Molecular Cell Biology, Department of Cell and Developmental Biology,

University College London, Gower Street, London WC1E 6BT, United Kingdom

Advances in Biological Regulation 52 (2012) 351–359

Phosphorus in his phosphate PO43_ configuration is an essential constituent of all life forms. Phosphate diesters are at the core of nucleic acid structure, while phosphate monoester transmits information under the control of protein kinases and phosphatases. Due to these fundamental roles in biology it is not a surprise that phosphate cellular homeostasis is under tight control.

Inositol pyrophosphates are organic molecules with the highest proportion of phosphate groups, and they are capable of regulating many biological processes, possibly by controlling energetic metabolism and adenosine triphosphate (ATP) production.

Furthermore, inositol pyrophosphates influence inorganic polyphosphates (polyP) synthesis. The polymer polyP is solely constituted by phosphate groups and beside other known functions, it also plays a role in buffering cellular free phosphate [Pi] levels, an event that is ultimately necessary to generate ATP and inositol pyrophosphate.

Two distinct classes of proteins the inositol hexakisphosphates kinases (IP6Ks) and the diphosphoinositol pentakisphosphate kinases (PP-IP5Ks or IP7Ks) are capable of synthesizing inositol pyrophosphates.

IP6Ks utilize ATP as a phosphate donor to phosphorylate IP6 to IP7, generation the isomer 5PP-IP5 (Fig. 1A), and inositol pentakisphosphate I(1,3,4,5,6)P5 to PP-IP4 (Saiardi et al., 1999, 2000; Losito et al., 2009). Furthermore, at least in vitro, IP6Ks generate more complex molecules containing two or more pyrophosphate moieties, or even three-phosphate species (Draskovic et al., 2008; Saiardi et al., 2001). Three IP6K isoforms referred to as IP6K1, 2, 3 exist in mammal; however, there is a single IP6K in the yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae called Kcs1.

The PP-IP5Ks enzymes, synthesize inositol pyrophosphate from IP6, but not from IP5, (Losito et al., 2009) generating the isomer 1PP-IP5. Kinetic studies performed in vitro suggested that IP7, the 5PP-IP5 isomer generated by IP6Ks, is the primary substrate of this new enzyme, and this finding was confirmed in vivo by analysing PP-IP5K null yeast (vip1D) that accumulate the un-metabolized substrate IP7 (Azevedo et al., 2009; Onnebo and Saiardi, 2009). Thus PP-IP5K is responsible for IP8,

isomer 1,5PP2-IP4 synthesis (Fig. 1A). Two PP-IP5K isoforms referred to as PP-IP5Ka and b exist in mammal while a single PP-IP5K called Vip1 is present in S. cerevisiae.

Inositol pyrophosphates are hydrolysed by the diphosphoinositol-polyphosphate phosphohydrolases (DIPPs) (Safrany et al., 1998). Four mammalian enzymes DIPP1,2,3,4 have been identified, while only one DIPP protein exists in S. cerevisiae called Ddp1. These phosphatases are promiscuous enzymes able to hydrolyse inositol pyrophosphate as well as nucleotide analogues, such as diadenosine hexaphosphate (Ap6A) (Caffrey et al., 2000; Fisher et al., 2002). More recently, it has been shown that DIPPs also degrade polyP (Lonetti et al., 2011). Inositol pyrophosphates control the most disparate biological processes, from telomere length to vesicular trafficking. It is conceivable that all these function can be focused on the fact that inositol pyrophosphates are controlling cellular energy metabolism and consequently, ATP production. We have recently, demonstrated that inositol pyrophosphates control glycolysis and mitochondrial oxidative phosphorylation by both inhibiting the glycolytic flux and increasing mitochondrial activity (Szijgyarto et al., 2011).

Another important molecule to briefly introduce is polyP (Fig. 1B). The interested reader is encouraged to read the following comprehensive reviews (Kornberg et al., 1999; Rao et al., 2009). The polyP polymer likely represents a phosphate buffer that is synthesized and degraded in function of the phosphate needs of the cells. Furthermore, it also functions as a chelator of metal ions, thereby regulating cellular cation homeostasis. However, polyP also possesses more classical signalling roles.

In bacteria for example, it influences pathogenicity (Brown and Kornberg, 2008) and in mammalian cells it has been proposed to regulate fibrinolysis and platelet aggregation (Caen and Wu, 2010). In prokaryotes, polyP synthesis is carried out by a family of conserved polyP kinases (PPKs), whereas degradation is mediated by several polyP phosphatases (Rao et al., 2009). In higher eukaryotes polyP synthesis remains poorly characterized.

In humans alteration of phosphate metabolism is implicated in several pathological states. Higher serum phosphate leads to vascular calcification and cardiovascular complications. Although only very small amount of phosphate circulates in the serum, its concentration is tightly regulated and it is independent from dietary phosphorus intake (de Boer et al., 2009). Therefore, it is not surprising that intense research efforts are aimed to elucidate phosphate uptake and metabolism. IP6K2 was initially cloned while searching for a novel mammalian intestinal phosphate transporter that the group of Murer identified as PiUS (Phosphate inorganic Uptake Stimulator) (Norbis et al., 1997). Once transfected into Xenopus oocytes, PiUS stimulated the cellular uptake of radioactive phosphate.

Subsequently, two groups discovered that PiUS was capable of converting IP6 to IP7 and rename it to IP6K2 (Saiardi et al., 1999; Schell et al., 1999). The ability of inositol pyrophosphate to control the uptake of phosphate is an evolutionary conserved feature; in fact, kcs1D yeast with undetectable level of IP7 exhibits a reduced uptake of phosphate from the culture medium (Saiardi et al., 2004).

In mammals, regulation of phosphate homeostasis is not restricted to IP6K2, all three mammalian IP6Ks are likely to play a role. A genome-wide study aimed at identifying genetic variations associated with changes of serum phosphorus concentration identified IP6K3 (Kestenbaum et al., 2010). This human genetic study identified two independent single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNP) at locus 6p21.31, which are localised within the first intron of the IP6K3 gene. Interestingly, this study that analysed more than 16,000 humans identified SNP variant in only seven genes. Three of which, the sodium phosphate cotransporter type IIa, the calcium sensing receptor and the fibroblast growth factor 23, are well known regulators of phosphate homeostasis. These evidences support a role for IP6K3 in controlling serum phosphate levels in humans (Kestenbaum et al., 2010).

 

The hypothesis

 

Although, inositol pyrophosphate may have acquired unique organism-specific functions, the conserved ability of this class of molecules to regulate phosphate metabolism suggests an evolutionary ancient role. In this last paragraph, I will formulate few hypotheses that I hope will stimulate further research aimed at elucidating the biological link between phosphate, inositol pyrophosphates and polyP.

Inositol pyrophosphates regulate the entry of phosphate into the cells (Norbis et al., 1997), suggesting that they could affect phosphate uptake either directly (by stimulating a transporter, for example) or a indirectly by helping ‘fixing’ free phosphates in organic molecules. The cytosolic concentration of free phosphate [Pi] cannot fluctuate widely. Therefore, cellular entry of phosphates and its utilization may well be coupled. For example, the synthesis of polyP may be linked to phosphate entry in the cell. Inositol pyrophosphate control of energy metabolism (Szijgyarto et al., 2011) affects not only ATP levels but it can also alter the entire cellular balance of adenine nucleotides. Given that phosphate transfer reactions mainly use ATP as a vehicle for the phosphate groups, inositol pyrophosphate could affect phosphate metabolism by regulating the adenylate cellular pool. Moreover, it is tempting to speculate the existence of a feedback mechanism that coordinates the metabolic balance between ATP, phosphate and inositol pyrophosphates.

Inositol pyrophosphates could either contribute to the regulation of polyP synthesis, play a role in polyP degradation, or both. The yeast polyP polymerase has been identified with the subunit four (Vtc4) of the vacuolar membrane transporter chaperone (VTC) complex (Hothorn et al., 2009). Interestingly, pyrophosphates (Pi–Pi) dramatically accelerate the polyP polymerase reaction. It would therefore be interesting to determine whether the pyrophosphate moiety of IP7 can stimulate polyP vacuolar synthesis in a similar fashion. Similarly, it would be interesting to analyse the effect of inositol pyrophosphates on controlling the activity of the actin-like DdIPK2 enzyme. It should be noted however, that the existence even in yeast or Dictyostelium of other enzymes able to synthesize different polyP pools cannot be excluded. Thus, we will be able to validate and fully appreciate the role played by inositol pyrophosphates on polyP synthesis only after the identification of higher eukaryotes polyp synthesizing peptide/s.

The most abundant form of organic phosphate on earth is IP6, or phytic acid, a molecule that is highly abundant in plant seeds from which was originally characterised. In plant seeds, IP6 represents a phosphate storage molecule that it is hydrolysed during germination, releasing phosphates and cations. It will be an astonishing twist of event if inositol pyrophosphates were controlling the levels of their own precursor IP6 (Raboy, 2003), although due to the evolutionary conserved ability of inositol pyrophosphate to control phosphate homeostasis we should not be entirely surprised.

Although it is not yet clear how inositol pyrophosphates regulate cellular metabolism, understanding how inositol pyrophosphates influence phosphates homeostasis will help to clarify this important link.

Auesukaree C, Tochio H, Shirakawa M, Kaneko Y, Harashima S. Plc1p, Arg82p, and Kcs1p, enzymes involved in inositol pyrophosphate synthesis, are essential for phosphate regulation and polyphosphate accumulation in Saccharomyces cerevisiae. J Biol Chem 2005;280:25127–33.

Azevedo C, Burton A, Ruiz-Mateos E, Marsh M, Saiardi A. Inositol pyrophosphate mediated pyrophosphorylation of AP3B1 regulates HIV-1 Gag release. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 2009;106:21161–6.

Bennett M, Onnebo SM, Azevedo C, Saiardi A. Inositol pyrophosphates: metabolism and signaling. Cell Mol Life Sci 2006;63:552–64.

Boer VM, Crutchfield CA, Bradley PH, Botstein D, Rabinowitz JD. Growth-limiting intracellular metabolites in yeast growing under diverse nutrient limitations. Mol Biol Cell 2010;21:198–211.

Brown MR, Kornberg A. The long and short of it – polyphosphate, PPK and bacterial survival. Trends Biochem Sci 2008;33:284–90.

Burton A, Hu X, Saiardi A. Are inositol pyrophosphates signalling molecules? J Cell Physiol 2009;220:8–15.

Caen J, Wu Q. Hageman factor, platelets and polyphosphates: early history and recent connection. J Thromb Haemost 2010;8:1670–4.

Caffrey JJ, Safrany ST, Yang X, Shears SB. Discovery of molecular and catalytic diversity among human diphosphoinositol polyphosphate phosphohydrolases. An expanding Nudt family. J Biol Chem 2000;275:12730–6.

A Mitochondrial RNAi Screen Defines Cellular Bioenergetic Determinants and Identifies an Adenylate Kinase as a Key Regulator of ATP Levels

Nathan J. Lanning,1 Brendan D. Looyenga,1,2 Audra L. Kauffman,1 Natalie M. Niemi,1 Jessica Sudderth,3

Ralph J. DeBerardinis,3 and Jeffrey P. MacKeigan1,*

Cell Reports   http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.celrep.2014.03.065

Altered cellular bioenergetics and mitochondrial function are major features of several diseases, including cancer, diabetes, and neurodegenerative disorders. Given this important link to human health, we sought to define proteins within mitochondria that are critical for maintaining homeostatic ATP levels.

We screened an RNAi library targeting >1,000 nuclear-encoded genes whose protein products localize to the mitochondria in multiple metabolic conditions in order to examine their effects on cellular ATP levels. We identified a mechanism by which electron transport chain (ETC) perturbation under glycolytic conditions increased ATP production through enhanced glycolytic flux, thereby highlighting the cellular potential for metabolic plasticity.

Additionally, we identified a mitochondrial adenylate kinase (AK4) that regulates cellular ATP levels and AMPK signaling and whose expression significantly correlates with glioma patient survival. This study maps the bioenergetic landscape of >1,000 mitochondrial proteins in the context of varied metabolic substrates and begins to link key metabolic genes with clinical outcome.

Comments to be further addressed by JES Roselino

I will add some observations or at least one single observation.
Just at the beginning, when phosphorylation of proteins is presented, I assume you must mention that some proteins are activated by phosphorylation. This is fundamental in order to present self –organization reflex upon fast regulatory mechanisms. Even from an historical point of view. The first observation arrived from a sample due to be studied on the following day of glycogen synthetase. It was unintended left overnight out of the refrigerator. The result was it has changed from active form of the previous day to a non-active form. The story could have being finished here, if the researcher did not decide to spent this day increasing substrate levels (it could be a simple case of denaturation of proteins that changes its conformation despite the same order of amino acids). He kept on trying and found restoration of maximal activity. This assay was repeated with glycogen phosphorylase and the result was the opposite it increases its activity. This lead to the discovery of cAMP activated protein kinase and the assembly of a very complex system in the glycogen granule that is not a simple carbohydrate polymer. Instead it has several proteins assembled and preserves the capacity to receive from a single event (rise in cAMP) two opposing signals with maximal efficiency, stops glycogen synthesis, as long as levels of glucose 6 phosphate are low and increases glycogen phosphorylation as long as AMP levels are high).
I did everything I was able to do by the end of 1970 in order to repeat this assays with PK I, PKII and PKIII of M. Rouxii and Sutherland route to cAMP failed in this case. I ask Leloir to suggest to my chief (SP) the idea of AA, AB, BB subunits as was observed in lactic dehydrogenase (tetramer) indicating this as his idea. The reason was my “chief”(SP) more than once, have said it to me: “Leave these great ideas for the Houssay, Leloir etc…We must do our career with small things.” However, as she also have a faulty ability for recollection she also uses to arrive some time later, with the very same idea but in that case, as her idea.
Leloir, said to me: I will not offer your interpretation to her as mine. I think it is not phosphorylation, however I think it is glycosylation that explains the changes in the isoenzymes with the same molecular weight preserved. This dialogue explains why during “What is life” reading with him he asked me if from biochemist in exile, to biochemist I talked everything to him. Since I have considered that Schrödinger did not have confronted Darlington & Haldane for being in exile. Also, may explain why Leloir could have answered a bad telephone call from P. Boyer, Editor of The Enzymes in a way that suggest the the pattern could be of covalent changes over a protein. Our FEBS and Eur J. Biochemistry papers on pyruvate kinase of M. Rouxii is wrongly quoted in this way on his review about pyruvate kinase of that year(1971).

Another aspect I think you must call attention, in my opinion, is the following, show in detail with different colors what carbons belongs to CoA a huge molecule, in comparison with the single two carbons of acetate that will produce the enormous jump in energy yield in comparison with anaerobic glycolysis. The idea is how much must have being spent in DNA sequences to build that molecule in order to use only two atoms of carbon. Very limited aspects of biology could be explained in this way. In case we follow an alternative way of thinking, it becomes clearer that proteins were made more stable by interaction with other molecules (great and small). Afterwards, it rather easy to understand how the stability of protein-RNA complexes where transmitted to RNA (vibrational +solvational reactivity stability pair of conformational energy). Latter, millions of years, or as soon as, the information of interaction leading to activity and regulation could be found in RNA, proteins like reverse transcriptase move this information to a more stable form (DNA). In this way it is easier to understand the use of CoA to make two carbon molecules more reactive.

Yours,

JES Roselino

Read Full Post »

Lipid Metabolism

Lipid Metabolism

Reporter and Curator: Larry H. Bernstein, MD, FCAP 

 

This is fourth of a series of articles, lipid metabolism, that began with signaling and signaling pathways. These discussion lay the groundwork to proceed in later discussions that will take on a somewhat different approach. These are critical to develop a more complete point of view of life processes.  I have indicated that many of the protein-protein interactions or protein-membrane interactions and associated regulatory features have been referred to previously, but the focus of the discussion or points made were different.  The role of lipids in circulating plasma proteins as biomarkers for coronary vascular disease can be traced to the early work of Frederickson and the classification of lipid disorders.  The very critical role of lipids in membrane structure in health and disease has had much less attention, despite the enormous importance, especially in the nervous system.

  1. Signaling and signaling pathways
  2. Signaling transduction tutorial.
  3. Carbohydrate metabolism

3.1  Selected References to Signaling and Metabolic Pathways in Leaders in Pharmaceutical Intelligence

  1. Lipid metabolism
  2. Protein synthesis and degradation
  3. Subcellular structure
  4. Impairments in pathological states: endocrine disorders; stress hypermetabolism; cancer.

 

Lipid Metabolism

http://www.elmhurst.edu/~chm/vchembook/622overview.html

Overview of Lipid Catabolism:

The major aspects of lipid metabolism are involved with

  • Fatty Acid Oxidationto produce energy or
  • the synthesis of lipids which is called Lipogenesis.

The metabolism of lipids and carbohydrates are related by the conversion of lipids from carbohydrates. This can be seen in the diagram. Notice the link through actyl-CoA, the seminal discovery of Fritz Lipmann. The metabolism of both is upset by diabetes mellitus, which results in the release of ketones (2/3 betahydroxybutyric acid) into the circulation.

 

metabolism of fats

metabolism of fats

 

http://www.elmhurst.edu/~chm/vchembook/images/590metabolism.gif

The first step in lipid metabolism is the hydrolysis of the lipid in the cytoplasm to produce glycerol and fatty acids.

Since glycerol is a three carbon alcohol, it is metabolized quite readily into an intermediate in glycolysis, dihydroxyacetone phosphate. The last reaction is readily reversible if glycerol is needed for the synthesis of a lipid.

The hydroxyacetone, obtained from glycerol is metabolized into one of two possible compounds. Dihydroxyacetone may be converted into pyruvic acid, a 3-C intermediate at the last step of glycolysis to make energy.

In addition, the dihydroxyacetone may also be used in gluconeogenesis (usually dependent on conversion of gluconeogenic amino acids) to make glucose-6-phosphate for glucose to the blood or glycogen depending upon what is required at that time.

Fatty acids are oxidized to acetyl CoA in the mitochondria using the fatty acid spiral. The acetyl CoA is then ultimately converted into ATP, CO2, and H2O using the citric acid cycle and the electron transport chain.

There are two major types of fatty acids – ω-3 and ω-6.  There are also saturated and unsaturated with respect to the existence of double bonds, and monounsaturated and polyunsatured.  Polyunsaturated fatty acids (PUFAs) are important in long term health, and it will be seen that high cardiovascular risk is most associated with a low ratio of ω-3/ω-6, the denominator being from animal fat. Ω-3 fatty acids are readily available from fish, seaweed, and flax seed. More can be said of this later.

Fatty acids are synthesized from carbohydrates and occasionally from proteins. Actually, the carbohydrates and proteins have first been catabolized into acetyl CoA. Depending upon the energy requirements, the acetyl CoA enters the citric acid cycle or is used to synthesize fatty acids in a process known as LIPOGENESIS.

The relationships between lipid and carbohydrate metabolism are
summarized in Figure 2.

 

fattyacidspiral

fattyacidspiral

http://www.elmhurst.edu/~chm/vchembook/images/620fattyacidspiral.gif

 

 Energy Production Fatty Acid Oxidation:

Visible” ATP:

In the fatty acid spiral, there is only one reaction which directly uses ATP and that is in the initiating step. So this is a loss of ATP and must be subtracted later.

A large amount of energy is released and restored as ATP during the oxidation of fatty acids. The ATP is formed from both the fatty acid spiral and the citric acid cycle.

 

Connections to Electron Transport and ATP:

One turn of the fatty acid spiral produces ATP from the interaction of the coenzymes FAD (step 1) and NAD+ (step 3) with the electron transport chain. Total ATP per turn of the fatty acid spiral is:

Electron Transport Diagram – (e.t.c.)

Step 1 – FAD into e.t.c. = 2 ATP
Step 3 – NAD+ into e.t.c. = 3 ATP
Total ATP per turn of spiral = 5 ATP

In order to calculate total ATP from the fatty acid spiral, you must calculate the number of turns that the spiral makes. Remember that the number of turns is found by subtracting one from the number of acetyl CoA produced. See the graphic on the left bottom.

Example with Palmitic Acid = 16 carbons = 8 acetyl groups

Number of turns of fatty acid spiral = 8-1 = 7 turns

ATP from fatty acid spiral = 7 turns and 5 per turn = 35 ATP.

This would be a good time to remember that single ATP that was needed to get the fatty acid spiral started. Therefore subtract it now.

NET ATP from Fatty Acid Spiral = 35 – 1 = 34 ATP

Review ATP Summary for Citric Acid Cycle:The acetyl CoA produced from the fatty acid spiral enters the citric acid cycle. When calculating ATP production, you have to show how many acetyl CoA are produced from a given fatty acid as this controls how many “turns” the citric acid cycle makes.Starting with acetyl CoA, how many ATP are made using the citric acid cycle? E.T.C = electron transport chain

 Step  ATP produced
7  1
Step 4 (NAD+ to E.T.C.) 3
Step 6 (NAD+ to E.T.C.)  3
Step10 (NAD+ to E.T.C.)  3
Step 8 (FAD to E.T.C.) 2
 NET 12 ATP

 

 

 ATP Summary for Palmitic Acid – Complete Metabolism:The phrase “complete metabolism” means do reactions until you end up with carbon dioxide and water. This also means to use fatty acid spiral, citric acid cycle, and electron transport as needed.Starting with palmitic acid (16 carbons) how many ATP are made using fatty acid spiral? This is a review of the above panel E.T.C = electron transport chain

 Step  ATP (used -) (produced +)
Step 1 (FAD to E.T.C.) +2
Step 4 (NAD+ to E.T.C.) +3
Total ATP  +5
 7 turns  7 x 5 = 35
initial step  -1
 NET  34 ATP

The fatty acid spiral ends with the production of 8 acetyl CoA from the 16 carbon palmitic acid.

Starting with one acetyl CoA, how many ATP are made using the citric acid cycle? Above panel gave the answer of 12 ATP per acetyl CoA.

E.T.C = electron transport chain

 Step  ATP produced
One acetyl CoA per turn C.A.C. +12 ATP
8 Acetyl CoA = 8 turns C.A.C. 8 x 12 = 96 ATP
Fatty Acid Spiral 34 ATP
GRAND TOTAL  130 ATP

 

Fyodor Lynen

Feodor Lynen was born in Munich on 6 April 1911, the son of Wilhelm Lynen, Professor of Mechanical Engineering at the Munich Technische Hochschule. He received his Doctorate in Chemistry from Munich University under Heinrich Wieland, who had won the Nobel Prize for Chemistry in 1927, in March 1937 with the work: «On the Toxic Substances in Amanita». in 1954 he became head of the Max-Planck-Institut für Zellchemie, newly created for him as a result of the initiative of Otto Warburg and Otto Hahn, then President of the Max-Planck-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der Wissenschaften.

Lynen’s work was devoted to the elucidation of the chemical details of metabolic processes in living cells, and of the mechanisms of metabolic regulation. The problems tackled by him, in conjunction with German and other workers, include the Pasteur effect, acetic acid degradation in yeast, the chemical structure of «activated acetic acid» of «activated isoprene», of «activated carboxylic acid», and of cytohaemin, degradation of fatty acids and formation of acetoacetic acid, degradation of tararic acid, biosynthesis of cysteine, of terpenes, of rubber, and of fatty acids.

In 1954 Lynen received the Neuberg Medal of the American Society of European Chemists and Pharmacists, in 1955 the Liebig Commemorative Medal of the Gesellschaft Deutscher Chemiker, in 1961 the Carus Medal of the Deutsche Akademie der Naturforscher «Leopoldina», and in 1963 the Otto Warburg Medal of the Gesellschaft für Physiologische Chemie. He was also a member of the U>S> National Academy of Sciences, and shared the Nobel Prize in Physiology and Medicine with Konrad Bloch in 1964, and was made President of the Gesellschaft Deutscher Chemiker (GDCh) in 1972.

This biography was written at the time of the award and first published in the book series Les Prix Nobel. It was later edited and republished in Nobel Lectures, and shortened by myself.

The Pathway from “Activated Acetic Acid” to the Terpenes and Fatty Acids

My first contact with dynamic biochemistry in 1937 occurred at an exceedingly propitious time. The remarkable investigations on the enzyme chain of respiration, on the oxygen-transferring haemin enzyme of respiration, the cytochromes, the yellow enzymes, and the pyridine proteins had thrown the first rays of light on the chemical processes underlying the mystery of biological catalysis, which had been recognised by your famous countryman Jöns Jakob Berzelius. Vitamin B2 , which is essential to the nourishment of man and of animals, had been recognised by Hugo Theorell in the form of the phosphate ester as the active group of an important class of enzymes, and the fermentation processes that are necessary for Pasteur’s “life without oxygen”

had been elucidated as the result of a sequence of reactions centered around “hydrogen shift” and “phosphate shift” with adenosine triphosphate as the phosphate-transferring coenzyme. However, 1,3-diphosphoglyceric acid, the key substance to an understanding of the chemical relation between oxidation and phosphorylation, still lay in the depths of the unknown. Never-

theless, Otto Warburg was on its trail in the course of his investigations on the fermentation enzymes, and he was able to present it to the world in 1939.

 

This was the period in which I carried out my first independent investigation, which was concerned with the metabolism of yeast cells after freezing in liquid air, and which brought me directly into contact with the mechanism of alcoholic fermentation. This work taught me a great deal, and yielded two important pieces of information.

 

  • The first was that in experiments with living cells, special attention must be given to the permeability properties of the cell membranes, and
  • the second was that the adenosine polyphosphate system plays a vital part in the cell,
    • not only in energy transfer, but
    • also in the regulation of the metabolic processes.

 

.

This investigation aroused by interest in problems of metabolic regulation, which led me to the investigation of the Pasteur effects, and has remained with me to the present day.

 

My subsequent concern with the problem of the acetic acid metabolism arose from my stay at Heinrich Wieland’s laboratory. Workers here had studied the oxidation of acetic acid by yeast cells, and had found that though most of the acetic acid undergoes complete oxidation, some remains in the form of succinic and citric acids.

 

The explanation of these observations was provided-by the Thunberg-Wieland process, according to which two molecules of acetic acid are dehydrogenated to succinic acid, which is converted back into acetic acid via oxaloacetic acid, pyruvic acid, and acetaldehyde, or combines at the oxaloacetic acid stage with a further molecule of acetic acid to form citric acid (Fig. 1). However, an experimental check on this view by a Wieland’s student Robert Sonderhoffs brought a surprise. The citric acid formed when trideuteroacetic acid was supplied to yeast cells contained the expected quantity of deuterium, but the succinic acid contained only half of the four deuterium atoms required by Wieland’s scheme.

 

This investigation aroused by interest in problems of metabolic regulation, which led me to the investigation of the Pasteur effects, and has remained with me to the present day. My subsequent concern with the problem of the acetic acid metabolism arose from my stay at Heinrich Wieland’s laboratory. Workers here had studied the oxidation of acetic acid by yeast cells, and had found that though most of the acetic acid undergoes complete oxidation, some remains in the form of succinic and citric acid

The answer provided by Martius was that citric acid  is in equilibrium with isocitric acid and is oxidised to cr-ketoglutaric acid, the conversion of which into succinic acid had already been discovered by Carl Neuberg (Fig. 1).

It was possible to assume with fair certainty from these results that the succinic acid produced by yeast from acetate is formed via citric acid. Sonderhoff’s experiments with deuterated acetic acid led to another important discovery.

In the analysis of the yeast cells themselves, it was found that while the carbohydrate fraction contained only insignificant quantities of deuterium, large quantities of heavy hydrogen were present in the fatty acids formed and in the sterol fraction. This showed that

  • fatty acids and sterols were formed directly from acetic acid, and not indirectly via the carbohydrates.

As a result of Sonderhoff’s early death, these important findings were not pursued further in the Munich laboratory.

  • This situation was elucidated only by Konrad Bloch’s isotope experiments, on which he reports.

My interest first turned entirely to the conversion of acetic acid into citric acid, which had been made the focus of the aerobic degradation of carbohydrates by the formulation of the citric acid cycle by Hans Adolf Krebs. Unlike Krebs, who regarded pyruvic acid as the condensation partner of acetic acid,

  • we were firmly convinced, on the basis of the experiments on yeast, that pyruvic acid is first oxidised to acetic acid, and only then does the condensation take place.

Further progress resulted from Wieland’s observation that yeast cells that had been “impoverished” in endogenous fuels by shaking under oxygen were able to oxidise added acetic acid only after a certain “induction period” (Fig. 2). This “induction period” could be shortened by addition of small quantities of a readily oxidisable substrate such as ethyl alcohol, though propyl and butyl alcohol were also effective. I explained this by assuming that acetic acid is converted, at the expense of the oxidation of the alcohol, into an “activated acetic acid”, and can only then condense with oxalacetic acid.

In retrospect, we find that I had come independently on the same group of problems as Fritz Lipmann, who had discovered that inorganic phosphate is indispensable to the oxidation of pyruvic acid by lactobacilli, and had detected acetylphosphate as an oxidation product. Since this anhydride of acetic acid and phosphoric acid could be assumed to be the “activated acetic acid”.

I learned of the advances that had been made in the meantime in the investigation of the problem of “activated acetic acid”. Fritz Lipmann has described the development at length in his Nobel Lecture’s, and I need not repeat it. The main advance was the recognition that the formation of “activated acetic acid” from acetate involved not only ATP as an energy source, but also the newly discovered coenzyme A, which contains the vitamin pantothenic acid, and that “activated acetic acid” was probably an acetylated coenzyme  A.

http://www.nobelprize.org/nobel_prizes/medicine/laureates/1964/lynen-bio.html

http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/store/10.1002/anie.201106003/asset/image_m/mcontent.gif?v=1&s=1e6dc789dfa585fe48947e92cc5dfdcabd8e2677

Fyodor Lynen

Lynen’s most important research at the University of Munich focused on intermediary metabolism, cholesterol synthesis, and fatty acid biosynthesis. Metabolism involves all the chemical processes by which an organism converts matter and energy into forms that it can use. Metabolism supplies the matter—the molecular building blocks an organism needs for the growth of new tissues. These building blocks must either come from the breakdown of molecules of food, such as glucose (sugar) and fat, or be built up from simpler molecules within the organism.

Cholesterol is one of the fatty substances found in animal tissues. The human body produces cholesterol, but this substance also enters the body in food. Meats, egg yolks, and milk products, such as butter and cheese, contain cholesterol. Such organs as the brain and liver contain much cholesterol. Cholesterol is a type of lipid, one of the classes of chemical compounds essential to human health. It makes up an important part of the membranes of each cell in the body. The body also uses cholesterol to produce vitamin D and certain hormones.

All fats are composed of an alcohol called glycerol and substances called fatty acids. A fatty acid consists of a long chain of carbon atoms, to which hydrogen atoms are attached. There are three types of fatty acids: saturated, monounsaturated, and polyunsaturated.

Living cells manufacture complicated chemical compounds from simpler substances through a process called biosynthesis. For example, simple molecules called amino acids are put together to make proteins. The biosynthesis of both fatty acids and cholesterol begins with a chemically active form of acetate, a two-carbon molecule. Lynen discovered that the active form of acetate is a coenzyme, a heat-stabilized, water-soluble portion of an enzyme, called acetyl coenzyme A. Lynen and his colleagues demonstrated that the formation of cholesterol begins with the condensation of two molecules of acetyl coenzyme A to form acetoacetyl coenzyme A, a four-carbon molecule.

http://science.howstuffworks.com/dictionary/famous-scientists/biologists/feodor-lynen-info.htm

Fyodor Lynen

Fyodor Lynen

 

SREBPs: activators of the complete program of cholesterol and fatty acid synthesis in the liver

Jay D. Horton1,2, Joseph L. Goldstein1 and Michael S. Brown1

1Department of Molecular Genetics, and
2Department of Internal Medicine, University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center, Dallas, Texas, USA

J Clin Invest. 2002;109(9):1125–1131.
http://dx.doi.org:/10.1172/JCI15593
Lipid homeostasis in vertebrate cells is regulated by a family of membrane-bound transcription factors designated sterol regulatory element–binding proteins (SREBPs). SREBPs directly activate the expression of more than 30 genes dedicated to the synthesis and uptake of cholesterol, fatty acids, triglycerides, and phospholipids, as well as the NADPH cofactor required to synthesize these molecules (14). In the liver, three SREBPs regulate the production of lipids for export into the plasma as lipoproteins and into the bile as micelles. The complex, interdigitated roles of these three SREBPs have been dissected through the study of ten different lines of gene-manipulated mice. These studies form the subject of this review.

SREBPs: activation through proteolytic processing

SREBPs belong to the basic helix-loop-helix–leucine zipper (bHLH-Zip) family of transcription factors, but they differ from other bHLH-Zip proteins in that they are synthesized as inactive precursors bound to the endoplasmic reticulum (ER) (1, 5). Each SREBP precursor of about 1150 amino acids is organized into three domains: (a) an NH2-terminal domain of about 480 amino acids that contains the bHLH-Zip region for binding DNA; (b) two hydrophobic transmembrane–spanning segments interrupted by a short loop of about 30 amino acids that projects into the lumen of the ER; and (c) a COOH-terminal domain of about 590 amino acids that performs the essential regulatory function described below.

In order to reach the nucleus and act as a transcription factor, the NH2-terminal domain of each SREBP must be released from the membrane proteolytically (Figure 1). Three proteins required for SREBP processing have been delineated in cultured cells, using the tools of somatic cell genetics (see ref. 5for review). One is an escort protein designated SREBP cleavage–activating protein (SCAP). The other two are proteases, designated Site-1 protease (S1P) and Site-2 protease (S2P). Newly synthesized SREBP is inserted into the membranes of the ER, where its COOH-terminal regulatory domain binds to the COOH-terminal domain of SCAP (Figure 1).

 

Figure 1

Model for the sterol-mediated proteolytic release of SREBPs from membranes JCI0215593.f1

Model for the sterol-mediated proteolytic release of SREBPs from membranes JCI0215593.f1

 

Model for the sterol-mediated proteolytic release of SREBPs from membranes. SCAP is a sensor of sterols and an escort of SREBPs. When cells are depleted of sterols, SCAP transports SREBPs from the ER to the Golgi apparatus, where two proteases, Site-1 protease (S1P) and Site-2 protease (S2P), act sequentially to release the NH2-terminal bHLH-Zip domain from the membrane. The bHLH-Zip domain enters the nucleus and binds to a sterol response element (SRE) in the enhancer/promoter region of target genes, activating their transcription. When cellular cholesterol rises, the SCAP/SREBP complex is no longer incorporated into ER transport vesicles, SREBPs no longer reach the Golgi apparatus, and the bHLH-Zip domain cannot be released from the membrane. As a result, transcription of all target genes declines. Reprinted from ref. 5 with permission.

http://dm5migu4zj3pb.cloudfront.net/manuscripts/15000/15593/large/JCI0215593.f1.jpg

SCAP is both an escort for SREBPs and a sensor of sterols. When cells become depleted in cholesterol, SCAP escorts the SREBP from the ER to the Golgi apparatus, where the two proteases reside. In the Golgi apparatus, S1P, a membrane-bound serine protease, cleaves the SREBP in the luminal loop between its two membrane-spanning segments, dividing the SREBP molecule in half (Figure 1). The NH2-terminal bHLH-Zip domain is then released from the membrane via a second cleavage mediated by S2P, a membrane-bound zinc metalloproteinase. The NH2-terminal domain, designated nuclear SREBP (nSREBP), translocates to the nucleus, where it activates transcription by binding to nonpalindromic sterol response elements (SREs) in the promoter/enhancer regions of multiple target genes.

 

Figure 1

 

When the cholesterol content of cells rises, SCAP senses the excess cholesterol through its membranous sterol-sensing domain, changing its conformation in such a way that the SCAP/SREBP complex is no longer incorporated into ER transport vesicles. The net result is that SREBPs lose their access to S1P and S2P in the Golgi apparatus, so their bHLH-Zip domains cannot be released from the ER membrane, and the transcription of target genes ceases (1, 5). The biophysical mechanism by which SCAP senses sterol levels in the ER membrane and regulates its movement to the Golgi apparatus is not yet understood. Elucidating this mechanism will be fundamental to understanding the molecular basis of cholesterol feedback inhibition of gene expression.

SREBPs: two genes, three proteins

The mammalian genome encodes three SREBP isoforms, designated SREBP-1a, SREBP-1c, and SREBP-2. SREBP-2 is encoded by a gene on human chromosome 22q13. Both SREBP-1a and -1c are derived from a single gene on human chromosome 17p11.2 through the use of alternative transcription start sites that produce alternate forms of exon 1, designated 1a and 1c (1). SREBP-1a is a potent activator of all SREBP-responsive genes, including those that mediate the synthesis of cholesterol, fatty acids, and triglycerides. High-level transcriptional activation is dependent on exon 1a, which encodes a longer acidic transactivation segment than does the first exon of SREBP-1c. The roles of SREBP-1c and SREBP-2 are more restricted than that of SREBP-1a. SREBP-1c preferentially enhances transcription of genes required for fatty acid synthesis but not cholesterol synthesis. Like SREBP-1a, SREBP-2 has a long transcriptional activation domain, but it preferentially activates cholesterol synthesis (1). SREBP-1a and SREBP-2 are the predominant isoforms of SREBP in most cultured cell lines, whereas SREBP-1c and SREBP-2 predominate in the liver and most other intact tissues (6).

When expressed at higher than physiologic levels, each of the three SREBP isoforms can activate all enzymes indicated in Figure 2, which shows the biosynthetic pathways used to generate cholesterol and fatty acids. However, at normal levels of expression, SREBP-1c favors the fatty acid biosynthetic pathway and SREBP-2 favors cholesterologenesis. SREBP-2–responsive genes in the cholesterol biosynthetic pathway include those for the enzymes HMG-CoA synthase, HMG-CoA reductase, farnesyl diphosphate synthase, and squalene synthase. SREBP-1c–responsive genes include those for ATP citrate lyase (which produces acetyl-CoA) and acetyl-CoA carboxylase and fatty acid synthase (which together produce palmitate [C16:0]). Other SREBP-1c target genes encode a rate-limiting enzyme of the fatty acid elongase complex, which converts palmitate to stearate (C18:0) (ref.7); stearoyl-CoA desaturase, which converts stearate to oleate (C18:1); and glycerol-3-phosphate acyltransferase, the first committed enzyme in triglyceride and phospholipid synthesis (3). Finally, SREBP-1c and SREBP-2 activate three genes required to generate NADPH, which is consumed at multiple stages in these lipid biosynthetic pathways (8) (Figure 2).

 

Figure 2

 

major metabolic intermediates in the pathways for synthesis of cholesterol, fatty acids, and triglycerides JCI0215593.f2

major metabolic intermediates in the pathways for synthesis of cholesterol, fatty acids, and triglycerides JCI0215593.f2

 

 

 

http://dm5migu4zj3pb.cloudfront.net/manuscripts/15000/15593/large/JCI0215593.f2.jpg

 

Genes regulated by SREBPs. The diagram shows the major metabolic intermediates in the pathways for synthesis of cholesterol, fatty acids, and triglycerides. In vivo, SREBP-2 preferentially activates genes of cholesterol metabolism, whereas SREBP-1c preferentially activates genes of fatty acid and triglyceride metabolism. DHCR, 7-dehydrocholesterol reductase; FPP, farnesyl diphosphate; GPP, geranylgeranyl pyrophosphate synthase; CYP51, lanosterol 14α-demethylase; G6PD, glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase; PGDH, 6-phosphogluconate dehydrogenase; GPAT, glycerol-3-phosphate acyltransferase.

Genes regulated by SREBPs. The diagram shows the major metabolic intermediates in the pathways for synthesis of cholesterol, fatty acids, and triglycerides. In vivo, SREBP-2 preferentially activates genes of cholesterol metabolism, whereas SREBP-1c preferentially activates genes of fatty acid and triglyceride metabolism. DHCR, 7-dehydrocholesterol reductase; FPP, farnesyl diphosphate; GPP, geranylgeranyl pyrophosphate synthase; CYP51, lanosterol 14α-demethylase; G6PD, glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase; PGDH, 6-phosphogluconate dehydrogenase; GPAT, glycerol-3-phosphate acyltransferase.

Knockout and transgenic mice

Ten different genetically manipulated mouse models that either lack or overexpress a single component of the SREBP pathway have been generated in the last 6 years (916). The key molecular and metabolic alterations observed in these mice are summarized in Table 1.

 

Table 1
Alterations in hepatic lipid metabolism in gene-manipulated mice overexpressing or lacking SREBPs

http://dm5migu4zj3pb.cloudfront.net/manuscripts/15000/15593/small/JCI0215593.t1.gif

Knockout mice that lack all nSREBPs die early in embryonic development. For instance, a germline deletion of S1p, which prevents the processing of all SREBP isoforms, results in death before day 4 of development (15, 17). Germline deletion of Srebp2 leads to 100% lethality at a later stage of embryonic development than does deletion of S1p (embryonic day 7–8). In contrast, germline deletion of Srebp1, which eliminates both the 1a and the 1c transcripts, leads to partial lethality, in that about 15–45% of Srebp1–/– mice survive (13). The surviving homozygotes manifest elevated levels of SREBP-2 mRNA and protein (Table 1), which presumably compensates for the loss of SREBP-1a and -1c. When the SREBP-1c transcript is selectively eliminated, no embryonic lethality is observed, suggesting that the partial embryonic lethality in the Srebp1–/– mice is due to the loss of the SREBP-1a transcript (16).

To bypass embryonic lethality, we have produced mice in which all SREBP function can be disrupted in adulthood through induction of Cre recombinase. For this purpose, loxP recombination sites were inserted into genomic regions that flank crucial exons in the Scap or S1p genes (so-called floxed alleles) (14, 15). Mice homozygous for the floxed gene and heterozygous for a Cre recombinase transgene, which is under control of an IFN-inducible promoter (MX1-Cre), can be induced to delete Scap or S1p by stimulating IFN expression. Thus, following injection with polyinosinic acid–polycytidylic acid, a double-stranded RNA that provokes antiviral responses, the Cre recombinase is produced in liver and disrupts the floxed gene by recombination between the loxP sites.

Cre-mediated disruption of Scap or S1p dramatically reduces nSREBP-1 and nSREBP-2 levels in liver and diminishes expression of all SREBP target genes in both the cholesterol and the fatty acid synthetic pathways (Table 1). As a result, the rates of synthesis of cholesterol and fatty acids fall by 70–80% in Scap- and S1p-deficient livers.

In cultured cells, the processing of SREBP is inhibited by sterols, and the sensor for this inhibition is SCAP (5). To learn whether SCAP performs the same function in liver, we have produced transgenic mice that express a mutant SCAP with a single amino acid substitution in the sterol-sensing domain (D443N) (12). Studies in tissue culture show that SCAP(D443N) is resistant to inhibition by sterols. Cells that express a single copy of this mutant gene overproduce cholesterol (18). Transgenic mice that express this mutant version of SCAP in the liver exhibit a similar phenotype (12). These livers manifest elevated levels of nSREBP-1 and nSREBP-2, owing to constitutive SREBP processing, which is not suppressed when the animals are fed a cholesterol-rich diet. nSREBP-1 and -2 increase the expression of all SREBP target genes shown in Figure 2, thus stimulating cholesterol and fatty acid synthesis and causing a marked accumulation of hepatic cholesterol and triglycerides (Table 1). This transgenic model provides strong in vivo evidence that SCAP activity is normally under partial inhibition by endogenous sterols, which keeps the synthesis of cholesterol and fatty acids in a partially repressed state in the liver.

http://dm5migu4zj3pb.cloudfront.net/manuscripts/15000/15593/small/JCI0215593.t1.gif

Function of individual SREBP isoforms in vivo

To study the functions of individual SREBPs in the liver, we have produced transgenic mice that overexpress truncated versions of SREBPs (nSREBPs) that terminate prior to the membrane attachment domain. These nSREBPs enter the nucleus directly, bypassing the sterol-regulated cleavage step. By studying each nSREBP isoform separately, we could determine their distinct activating properties, albeit when overexpressed at nonphysiologic levels.

Overexpression of nSREBP-1c in the liver of transgenic mice produces a triglyceride-enriched fatty liver with no increase in cholesterol (10). mRNAs for fatty acid synthetic enzymes and rates of fatty acid synthesis are elevated fourfold in this tissue, whereas the mRNAs for cholesterol synthetic enzymes and the rate of cholesterol synthesis are not increased (8). Conversely, overexpression of nSREBP-2 in the liver increases the mRNAs only fourfold. This increase in cholesterol synthesis is even more remarkable when encoding all cholesterol biosynthetic enzymes; the most dramatic is a 75-fold increase in HMG-CoA reductase mRNA (11). mRNAs for fatty acid synthesis enzymes are increased to a lesser extent, consistent with the in vivo observation that the rate of cholesterol synthesis increases 28-fold in these transgenic nSREBP-2 livers, while fatty acid synthesis increases one considers the extent of cholesterol overload in this tissue, which would ordinarily reduce SREBP processing and essentially abolish cholesterol synthesis (Table 1).

http://dm5migu4zj3pb.cloudfront.net/manuscripts/15000/15593/small/JCI0215593.t1.gif

We have also studied the consequences of overexpressing SREBP-1a, which is expressed only at low levels in the livers of adult mice, rats, hamsters, and humans (6). nSREBP-1a transgenic mice develop a massive fatty liver engorged with both cholesterol and triglycerides (9), with heightened expression of genes controlling cholesterol biosynthesis and, still more dramatically, fatty acid synthesis (Table 1). The preferential activation of fatty acid synthesis (26-fold increase) relative to cholesterol synthesis (fivefold increase) explains the greater accumulation of triglycerides in their livers. The relative representation of the various fatty acids accumulating in this tissue is also unusual. Transgenic nSREBP-1a livers contain about 65% oleate (C18:1), markedly higher levels than the 15–20% found in typical wild-type livers (8) — a result of the induction of fatty acid elongase and stearoyl-CoA desaturase-1 (7). Considered together, the overexpression studies indicate that both SREBP-1 isoforms show a relative preference for activating fatty acid synthesis, whereas SREBP-2 favors cholesterol.

The phenotype of animals lacking the Srebp1 gene, which encodes both the SREBP-1a and -1c transcripts, also supports the notion of distinct hepatic functions for SREBP-1 and SREBP-2 (13). Most homozygous SREBP-1 knockout mice die in utero. The surviving Srebp1–/– mice show reduced synthesis of fatty acids, owing to reduced expression of mRNAs for fatty acid synthetic enzymes (Table 1). Hepatic nSREBP-2 levels increase in these mice, presumably in compensation for the loss of nSREBP-1. As a result, transcription of cholesterol biosynthetic genes increases, producing a threefold increase in hepatic cholesterol synthesis (Table 1).

http://dm5migu4zj3pb.cloudfront.net/manuscripts/15000/15593/small/JCI0215593.t1.gif

The studies in genetically manipulated mice clearly show that, as in cultured cells, SCAP and S1P are required for normal SREBP processing in the liver. SCAP, acting through its sterol-sensing domain, mediates feedback regulation of cholesterol synthesis. The SREBPs play related but distinct roles: SREBP-1c, the predominant SREBP-1 isoform in adult liver, preferentially activates genes required for fatty acid synthesis, while SREBP-2 preferentially activates the LDL receptor gene and various genes required for cholesterol synthesis. SREBP-1a and SREBP-2, but not SREBP-1c, are required for normal embryogenesis.

Transcriptional regulation of SREBP genes

Regulation of SREBPs occurs at two levels — transcriptional and posttranscriptional. The posttranscriptional regulation discussed above involves the sterol-mediated suppression of SREBP cleavage, which results from sterol-mediated suppression of the movement of the SCAP/SREBP complex from the ER to the Golgi apparatus (Figure 1). This form of regulation is manifest not only in cultured cells (1), but also in the livers of rodents fed cholesterol-enriched diets (19).

http://dm5migu4zj3pb.cloudfront.net/manuscripts/15000/15593/small/JCI0215593.f1.gif

The transcriptional regulation of the SREBPs is more complex. SREBP-1c and SREBP-2 are subject to distinct forms of transcriptional regulation, whereas SREBP-1a appears to be constitutively expressed at low levels in liver and most other tissues of adult animals (6). One mechanism of regulation shared by SREBP-1c and SREBP-2 involves a feed-forward regulation mediated by SREs present in the enhancer/promoters of each gene (20, 21). Through this feed-forward loop, nSREBPs activate the transcription of their own genes. In contrast, when nSREBPs decline, as in Scap or S1p knockout mice, there is a secondary decline in the mRNAs encoding SREBP-1c and SREBP-2 (14, 15).

Three factors selectively regulate the transcription of SREBP-1c: liver X-activated receptors (LXRs), insulin, and glucagon. LXRα and LXRβ, nuclear receptors that form heterodimers with retinoid X receptors, are activated by a variety of sterols, including oxysterol intermediates that form during cholesterol biosynthesis (2224). An LXR-binding site in the SREBP-1c promoter activates SREBP-1c transcription in the presence of LXR agonists (23). The functional significance of LXR-mediated SREBP-1c regulation has been confirmed in two animal models. Mice that lack both LXRα and LXRβ express reduced levels of SREBP-1c and its lipogenic target enzymes in liver and respond relatively weakly to treatment with a synthetic LXR agonist (23). Because a similar blunted response is found in mice that lack SREBP-1c, it appears that LXR increases fatty acid synthesis largely by inducing SREBP-1c (16). LXR-mediated activation of SREBP-1c transcription provides a mechanism for the cell to induce the synthesis of oleate when sterols are in excess (23). Oleate is the preferred fatty acid for the synthesis of cholesteryl esters, which are necessary for both the transport and the storage of cholesterol.

LXR-mediated regulation of SREBP-1c appears also to be one mechanism by which unsaturated fatty acids suppress SREBP-1c transcription and thus fatty acid synthesis. Rodents fed diets enriched in polyunsaturated fatty acids manifest reduced SREBP-1c mRNA expression and low rates of lipogenesis in liver (25). In vitro, unsaturated fatty acids competitively block LXR activation of SREBP-1c expression by antagonizing the activation of LXR by its endogenous ligands (26). In addition to LXR-mediated transcriptional inhibition, polyunsaturated fatty acids lower SREBP-1c levels by accelerating degradation of its mRNA (27). These combined effects may contribute to the long-recognized ability of polyunsaturated fatty acids to lower plasma triglyceride levels.

SREBP-1c and the insulin/glucagon ratio

The liver is the organ responsible for the conversion of excess carbohydrates to fatty acids to be stored as triglycerides or burned in muscle. A classic action of insulin is to stimulate fatty acid synthesis in liver during times of carbohydrate excess. The action of insulin is opposed by glucagon, which acts by raising cAMP. Multiple lines of evidence suggest that insulin’s stimulatory effect on fatty acid synthesis is mediated by an increase in SREBP-1c. In isolated rat hepatocytes, insulin treatment increases the amount of mRNA for SREBP-1c in parallel with the mRNAs of its target genes (28, 29). The induction of the target genes can be blocked if a dominant negative form of SREBP-1c is expressed (30). Conversely, incubating primary hepatocytes with glucagon or dibutyryl cAMP decreases the mRNAs for SREBP-1c and its associated lipogenic target genes (30, 31).

In vivo, the total amount of SREBP-1c in liver and adipose tissue is reduced by fasting, which suppresses insulin and increases glucagon levels, and is elevated by refeeding (32, 33). The levels of mRNA for SREBP-1c target genes parallel the changes in SREBP-1c expression. Similarly, SREBP-1c mRNA levels fall when rats are treated with streptozotocin, which abolishes insulin secretion, and rise after insulin injection (29). Overexpression of nSREBP-1c in livers of transgenic mice prevents the reduction in lipogenic mRNAs that normally follows a fall in plasma insulin levels (32). Conversely, in livers of Scap knockout mice that lack all nSREBPs in the liver (14) or knockout mice lacking either nSREBP-1c (16) or both SREBP-1 isoforms (34), there is a marked decrease in the insulin-induced stimulation of lipogenic gene expression that normally occurs after fasting/refeeding. It should be noted that insulin and glucagon also exert a posttranslational control of fatty acid synthesis though changes in the phosphorylation and activation of acetyl-CoA carboxylase. The posttranslational regulation of fatty acid synthesis persists in transgenic mice that overexpress nSREBP-1c (10). In these mice, the rates of fatty acid synthesis, as measured by [3H]water incorporation, decline after fasting even though the levels of the lipogenic mRNAs remain high (our unpublished observations).

Taken together, the above evidence suggests that SREBP-1c mediates insulin’s lipogenic actions in liver. Recent in vitro and in vivo studies involving adenoviral gene transfer suggest that SREBP-1c may also contribute to the regulation of glucose uptake and glucose synthesis. When overexpressed in hepatocytes, nSREBP-1c induces expression of glucokinase, a key enzyme in glucose utilization. It also suppresses phosphoenolpyruvate carboxykinase, a key gluconeogenic enzyme (35, 36).

SREBPs in disease

Many individuals with obesity and insulin resistance also have fatty livers, one of the most commonly encountered liver abnormalities in the US (37). A subset of individuals with fatty liver go on to develop fibrosis, cirrhosis, and liver failure. Evidence indicates that the fatty liver of insulin resistance is caused by SREBP-1c, which is elevated in response to the high insulin levels. Thus, SREBP-1c levels are elevated in the fatty livers of obese (ob/ob) mice with insulin resistance and hyperinsulinemia caused by leptin deficiency (38, 39). Despite the presence of insulin resistance in peripheral tissues, insulin continues to activate SREBP-1c transcription and cleavage in the livers of these insulin-resistant mice. The elevated nSREBP-1c increases lipogenic gene expression, enhances fatty acid synthesis, and accelerates triglyceride accumulation (31, 39). These metabolic abnormalities are reversed with the administration of leptin, which corrects the insulin resistance and lowers the insulin levels (38).

Metformin, a biguanide drug used to treat insulin-resistant diabetes, reduces hepatic nSREBP-1 levels and dramatically lowers the lipid accumulation in livers of insulin-resistant ob/ob mice (40). Metformin stimulates AMP-activated protein kinase (AMPK), an enzyme that inhibits lipid synthesis through phosphorylation and inactivation of key lipogenic enzymes (41). In rat hepatocytes, metformin-induced activation of AMPK also leads to decreased mRNA expression of SREBP-1c and its lipogenic target genes (41), but the basis of this effect is not understood.

The incidence of coronary artery disease increases with increasing plasma LDL-cholesterol levels, which in turn are inversely proportional to the levels of hepatic LDL receptors. SREBPs stimulate LDL receptor expression, but they also enhance lipid synthesis (1), so their net effect on plasma lipoprotein levels depends on a balance between opposing effects. In mice, the plasma levels of lipoproteins tend to fall when SREBPs are either overexpressed or underexpressed. In transgenic mice that overexpress nSREBPs in liver, plasma cholesterol and triglycerides are generally lower than in control mice (Table 1), even though these mice massively overproduce fatty acids, cholesterol, or both. Hepatocytes of nSREBP-1a transgenic mice overproduce VLDL, but these particles are rapidly removed through the action of LDL receptors, and they do not accumulate in the plasma. Indeed, some nascent VLDL particles are degraded even before secretion by a process that is mediated by LDL receptors (42). The high levels of nSREBP-1a in these animals support continued expression of the LDL receptor, even in cells whose cholesterol concentration is elevated. In LDL receptor–deficient mice carrying the nSREBP-1a transgene, plasma cholesterol and triglyceride levels rise tenfold (43).

Mice that lack all SREBPs in liver as a result of disruption of Scap or S1p also manifest lower plasma cholesterol and triglyceride levels (Table 1).

http://dm5migu4zj3pb.cloudfront.net/manuscripts/15000/15593/small/JCI0215593.t1.gif

In these mice, hepatic cholesterol and triglyceride synthesis is markedly reduced, and this likely causes a decrease in VLDL production and secretion. LDL receptor mRNA and LDL clearance from plasma is also significantly reduced in these mice, but the reduction in LDL clearance is less than the overall reduction in VLDL secretion, the net result being a decrease in plasma lipid levels (15). However, because

humans and mice differ substantially with regard to LDL receptor expression, LDL levels, and other aspects of lipoprotein metabolism,

it is difficult to predict whether human plasma lipids will rise or fall when the SREBP pathway is blocked or activated.

SREBPs in liver: unanswered questions

The studies of SREBPs in liver have exposed a complex regulatory system whose individual parts are coming into focus. Major unanswered questions relate to the ways in which the transcriptional and posttranscriptional controls on SREBP activity are integrated so as to permit independent regulation of cholesterol and fatty acid synthesis in specific nutritional states. A few clues regarding these integration mechanisms are discussed below.

Whereas cholesterol synthesis depends almost entirely on SREBPs, fatty acid synthesis is only partially dependent on these proteins. This has been shown most clearly in cultured nonhepatic cells such as Chinese hamster ovary cells. In the absence of SREBP processing, as when the Site-2 protease is defective, the levels of mRNAs encoding cholesterol biosynthetic enzymes and the rates of cholesterol synthesis decline nearly to undetectable levels, whereas the rate of fatty acid synthesis is reduced by only 30% (44). Under these conditions, transcription of the fatty acid biosynthetic genes must be maintained by factors other than SREBPs. In liver, the gene encoding fatty acid synthase (FASN) can be activated transcriptionally by upstream stimulatory factor, which acts in concert with SREBPs (45). The FASN promoter also contains an LXR element that permits a low-level response to LXR ligands even when SREBPs are suppressed (46). These two transcription factors may help to maintain fatty acid synthesis in liver when nSREBP-1c is low.

Another mechanism of differential regulation is seen in the ability of cholesterol to block the processing of SREBP-2, but not SREBP-1, under certain metabolic conditions. This differential regulation has been studied most thoroughly in cultured cells such as human embryonic kidney (HEK-293) cells. When these cells are incubated in the absence of fatty acids and cholesterol, the addition of sterols blocks processing of SREBP-2, but not SREBP-1, which is largely produced as SREBP-1a in these cells (47). Inhibition of SREBP-1 processing requires an unsaturated fatty acid, such as oleate or arachidonate, in addition to sterols (47). In the absence of fatty acids and in the presence of sterols, SCAP may be able to carry SREBP-1 proteins, but not SREBP-2, to the Golgi apparatus. Further studies are necessary to document this apparent independent regulation of SREBP-1 and SREBP-2 processing and to determine its mechanism.

 

Acknowledgments

Support for the research cited from the authors’ laboratories was provided by grants from the NIH (HL-20948), the Moss Heart Foundation, the Keck Foundation, and the Perot Family Foundation. J.D. Horton is a Pew Scholar in the Biomedical Sciences and is the recipient of an Established Investigator Grant from the American Heart Association and a Research Scholar Award from the American Digestive Health Industry.

References

  1. Brown, MS, Goldstein, JL. The SREBP pathway: regulation of cholesterol metabolism by proteolysis of a membrane-bound transcription factor. Cell 1997. 89:331-340.

View this article via: PubMed

  1. Horton, JD, Shimomura, I. Sterol regulatory element-binding proteins: activators of cholesterol and fatty acid biosynthesis. Curr Opin Lipidol 1999. 10:143-150.

View this article via: PubMed

  1. Edwards, PA, Tabor, D, Kast, HR, Venkateswaran, A. Regulation of gene expression by SREBP and SCAP. Biochim Biophys Acta 2000. 1529:103-113.

View this article via: PubMed

  1. Sakakura, Y, et al. Sterol regulatory element-binding proteins induce an entire pathway of cholesterol synthesis. Biochem Biophys Res Commun 2001. 286:176-183.

View this article via: PubMed

  1. Goldstein, JL, Rawson, RB, Brown, MS. Mutant mammalian cells as tools to delineate the sterol regulatory element-binding protein pathway for feedback regulation of lipid synthesis. Arch Biochem Biophys 2002. 397:139-148.

View this article via: PubMed

  1. Shimomura, I, Shimano, H, Horton, JD, Goldstein, JL, Brown, MS. Differential expression of exons 1a and 1c in mRNAs for sterol regulatory element binding protein-1 in human and mouse organs and cultured cells. J Clin Invest 1997. 99:838-845.

View this article via: JCI.org PubMed

  1. Moon, Y-A, Shah, NA, Mohapatra, S, Warrington, JA, Horton, JD. Identification of a mammalian long chain fatty acyl elongase regulated by sterol regulatory element-binding proteins. J Biol Chem 2001. 276:45358-45366.

View this article via: PubMed

  1. Shimomura, I, Shimano, H, Korn, BS, Bashmakov, Y, Horton, JD. Nuclear sterol regulatory element binding proteins activate genes responsible for entire program of unsaturated fatty acid biosynthesis in transgenic mouse liver. J Biol Chem 1998. 273:35299-35306.

View this article via: PubMed

  1. Shimano, H, et al. Overproduction of cholesterol and fatty acids causes massive liver enlargement in transgenic mice expressing truncated SREBP-1a. J Clin Invest 1996. 98:1575-1584.

View this article via: JCI.org PubMed

  1. Shimano, H, et al. Isoform 1c of sterol regulatory element binding protein is less active than isoform 1a in livers of transgenic mice and in cultured cells. J Clin Invest 1997. 99:846-854.

View this article via: JCI.org PubMed

  1. Horton, JD, et al. Activation of cholesterol synthesis in preference to fatty acid synthesis in liver and adipose tissue of transgenic mice overproducing sterol regulatory element-binding protein-2. J Clin Invest 1998. 101:2331-2339.

View this article via: JCI.org PubMed

  1. Korn, BS, et al. Blunted feedback suppression of SREBP processing by dietary cholesterol in transgenic mice expressing sterol-resistant SCAP(D443N). J Clin Invest 1998. 102:2050-2060.

View this article via: JCI.org PubMed

  1. Shimano, H, et al. Elevated levels of SREBP-2 and cholesterol synthesis in livers of mice homozygous for a targeted disruption of the SREBP-1 gene. J Clin Invest 1997. 100:2115-2124.

View this article via: JCI.org PubMed

  1. Matsuda, M, et al. SREBP cleavage-activating protein (SCAP) is required for increased lipid synthesis in liver induced by cholesterol deprivation and insulin elevation. Genes Dev 2001. 15:1206-1216.

View this article via: PubMed

  1. Yang, J, et al. Decreased lipid synthesis in livers of mice with disrupted Site-1 protease gene. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 2001. 98:13607-13612.

View this article via: PubMed

Liang, G, et al. Diminished hepatic response to fasting/refeeding and liver X receptor agonists in mice with selective deficiency of sterol regulatory element-binding protein-1c. J Biol Chem 2002. 277:9520-9528.

http://www.jci.org/articles/view/15593

 

Structural Biochemistry/Lipids/Membrane Lipids

< Structural Biochemistry‎ | Lipids

Membrane proteins rely on their interaction with membrane lipids to uphold its structure and maintain its functions as a protein. For membrane proteins to purify and crystallize, it is essential for the membrane protein to be in the appropriate lipid environment. Lipids assist in crystallization and stabilize the protein and provide lattice contacts. Lipids can also help obtain membrane protein structures in a native conformation. Membrane protein structures contain bound lipid molecules. Biological membranes are important in life, providing permeable barriers for cells and their organelles. The interaction between membrane proteins and lipids facilitates basic processes such as respiration, photosynthesis, transport, signal transduction and motility. These basic processes require a diverse group of proteins, which are encoded by 20-30% of an organism’s annotated genes.

There exist a great number of membrane lipids. Specifically, eukaryotic cells have a very complex collection of lipids that rely on many of the cell’s resources for its synthesis. Interactions between proteins and lipids can be very specific. Specific types of lipids can make a structure stable, provide control in insertion and folding processes, and help to assemble multisubunit complexes or supercomplexes, and most importantly, can significantly affect a membrane protein’s functions. Protein and lipid interactions are not sufficiently tight, meaning that lipids are retained during membrane protein purification. Since cellular membranes are fluid arrangements of lipids, some lipids affect interesting changes to membrane due to their characteristics. Glycosphigolipids and cholesterol tend to form small islands within the membranes, called lipid rafts, due to their physical properties. Some proteins also tend to cluster in lipid raft, while others avoid being in lipid rafts. However, the existence of lipid rafts in cells seems to be transitory.

Recent progress in determining membrane protein structure has brought attention to the importance of maintaining a favorable lipid environment so proteins to crystallize and purify successfully. Lipids assist in crystallization by stabilizing the protein fold and the relationships between subunits or monomers. The lipid content in protein-lipid detergent complexes can be altered by adjusting solubilisation and purification protocols, also by adding native or non-native lipids.

There are three type of membrane lipids: 1. Phospholipids: major class of membrane lipids. 2. glycolipids. 3. Cholesterols. Membrane lipids were started with eukaryotes and bacteria.

http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/Structural_Biochemistry/Lipids/Membrane_Lipids

Types of Membrane Lipids

Lipids are often used as membrane constituents. The three major classes that membrane lipids are divided into are phospholipids, glycolipids, and cholesterol. Lipids are found in eukaryotes and bacteria. Although the lipids in archaea have many features that are related to the membrane formation that is similar with lipids of other organisms, they are still distinct from one another. The membranes of archaea differ in composition in three major ways. Firstly, the nonpolar chains are joined to a glycerol backbone by ether instead of esters, allowing for more resistance to hydrolysis. Second, the alkyl chains are not linear, but branched and make them more resistant to oxidation. The ability of archaeal lipids to resist hydrolysis and oxidation help these types of organisms to withstand the extreme conditions of high temperature, low pH, or high salt concentration. Lastly, the stereochemistry of the central glycerol is inverted. Membrane lipids have an extensive repertoire, but they possess a critical common structural theme in which they are amphipathic molecules, meaning they contain both a hydrophilic and hydrophobic moiety.

Membrane lipids are all closed bodies or boundaries separating substituent parts of the cell. The thickness of membranes is usually between 60 and 100 angstroms. These bodies are constructed from non-covalent assemblies. Their polar heads align with each other and their non-polar hydrocarbon tails align as well. The resulting stability is credited to hydrophobic interaction which proves to be quite stable due to the length of their hydrocarbon tails.

 

Membrane Lipids

Lipid Vesicles

Lipid vesicles, also known as liposomes, are vesicles that are essentially aqueous vesicles that are surrounded by a circular phospholipid bilayer. Like the other phospholipid structures, they have the hydrocarbon/hydrophobic tails facing inward, away from the aqueous solution, and the hydrophilic heads facing towards the aqueous solution. These vesicles are structures that form enclosed compartments of ions and solutes, and can be utilized to study the permeability of certain membranes, or to transfer these ions or solutes to certain cells found elsewhere.

Liposomes as vesicles can serve various clinical uses. Injecting liposomes containing medicine or DNA (for gene therapy) into patients is a possible method of drug delivery. The liposomes fuse with other cells’ membranes and therefore combine their contents with that of the patient’s cell. This method of drug delivery is less toxic than direct exposure because the liposomes carry the drug directly to cells without any unnecessary intermediate steps.

Because of the hydrophobic interactions among several phospholipids and glycolipids, a certain structure called the lipid bilayer or bimolecular sheet is favored. As mentioned earlier, phospholipids and glycolipids have both hydrophilic and hydrophobic moieties; thus, when several phospholipids or glycolipids come together in an aqueous solution, the hydrophobic tails interact with each other to form a hydrophobic center, while the hydrophilic heads interact with each other forming a hydrophilic coating on each side of the bilayer.

http://upload.wikimedia.org/wikibooks/en/b/ba/Liposome_final%2A.png

http://upload.wikimedia.org/wikibooks/en/f/fa/Membrane_bilayer.jpg

 

Liposome_

Liposome_

 

 

Membrane_bilayer

Membrane_bilayer

 

 

 

Evidence Report/Technology Assessment   Number 89

 

Effects of Omega-3 Fatty Acids on Lipids and Glycemic Control in Type II Diabetes and the Metabolic Syndrome and on Inflammatory Bowel Disease, Rheumatoid Arthritis, Renal Disease, Systemic Lupus Erythematosus, and Osteoporosis

 

Prepared for:

Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality

U.S. Department of Health and Human Services

540 Gaither Road

Rockville, MD 20850

http://www.ahrq.gov

Contract No. 290-02-0003

 

Chapter 1. Introduction

This report is one of a group of evidence reports prepared by three Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality (AHRQ)-funded Evidence-Based Practice Centers (EPCs) on the role of omega-3 fatty acids (both from food sources and from dietary supplements) in the prevention or treatment of a variety of diseases. These reports were requested and funded by the Office of Dietary Supplements, National Institutes of Health. The three EPCs – the Southern California EPC (SCEPC, based at RAND), the Tufts-New England Medical Center (NEMC) EPC, and the University of Ottawa EPC – have each produced evidence reports. To ensure consistency of approach, the three EPCs collaborated on selected methodological elements, including literature search strategies, rating of evidence, and data table design.

The aim of these reports is to summarize the current evidence on the effects of omega-3 fatty acids on prevention and treatment of cardiovascular diseases, cancer, child and maternal health, eye health, gastrointestinal/renal diseases, asthma, immune- mediated diseases, tissue/organ transplantation, mental health, and neurological diseases and conditions. In addition to informing the research community and the public on the effects of omega-3 fatty acids on various health conditions, it is anticipated that the findings of the reports will also be used to help define the agenda for future research.

This report focuses on the effects of omega-3 fatty acids on immune- mediated diseases, bone metabolism, and gastrointestinal/renal diseases. Subsequent reports from the SCEPC will focus on cancer and neurological diseases and conditions.

This chapter provides a brief review of the current state of knowledge about the metabolism, physiological functions, and sources of omega-3 fatty acids.

 

The Recognition of Essential Fatty Acids

Dietary fat has long been recognized as an important source of energy for mammals, but in the late 1920s, researchers demonstrated the dietary requirement for particular fatty acids, which came to be called essential fatty acids. It was not until the advent of intravenous feeding, however, that the importance of essential fatty acids was widely accepted: Clinical signs of essential fatty acid deficiency are generally observed only in patients on total parenteral nutrition who received mixtures devoid of essential fatty acids or in those with malabsorption syndromes.

These signs include dermatitis and changes in visual and neural function. Over the past 40 years, an increasing number of physiological functions, such as immunomodulation, have been attributed to the essential fatty acids and their metabolites, and this area of research remains quite active.1, 2

Fatty Acid Nomenclature

The fat found in foods consists largely of a heterogeneous mixture of triacylglycerols (triglycerides)–glycerol molecules that are each combined with three fatty acids. The fatty acids can be divided into two categories, based on chemical properties: saturated fatty acids, which are usually solid at room temperature, and unsaturated fatty acids, which are liquid at room temperature. The term “saturation” refers to a chemical structure in which each carbon atom in the fatty acyl chain is bound to (saturated with) four other atoms, these carbons are linked by single bonds, and no other atoms or molecules can attach; unsaturated fatty acids contain at least one pair of carbon atoms linked by a double bond, which allows the attachment of additional atoms to those carbons (resulting in saturation). Despite their differences in structure, all fats contain approximately the same amount of energy (37 kilojoules/gram, or 9 kilocalories/gram).

The class of unsaturated fatty acids can be further divided into monounsaturated and polyunsaturated fatty acids. Monounsaturated fatty acids (the primary constituents of olive and canola oils) contain only one double bond. Polyunsaturated fatty acids (PUFAs) (the primary constituents of corn, sunflower, flax seed and many other vegetable oils) contain more than one double bond. Fatty acids are often referred to using the number of carbon atoms in the acyl chain, followed by a colon, followed by the number of double bonds in the chain (e.g., 18:1 refers to the 18-carbon monounsaturated fatty acid, oleic acid; 18:3 refers to any 18-carbon PUFA with three double bonds).

PUFAs are further categorized on the basis of the location of their double bonds. An omega or n notation indicates the number of carbon atoms from the methyl end of the acyl chain to the first double bond. Thus, for example, in the omega-3 (n-3) family of PUFAs, the first double bond is 3 carbons from the methyl end of the molecule. The trivial names, chemical names and abbreviations for the omega-3 fatty acids are detailed in Table 1.1.  Finally, PUFAs can be categorized according to their chain length. The 18-carbon n-3 and n-6 short-chain PUFAs are precursors to the longer 20- and 22-carbon PUFAs, called long-chain PUFAs (LCPUFAs).

Fatty Acid Metabolism

Mammalian cells can introduce double bonds into all positions on the fatty acid chain except the n-3 and n-6 position. Thus, the short-chain alpha- linolenic acid (ALA, chemical abbreviation: 18:3n-3) and linoleic acid (LA, chemical abbreviation: 18:2n-6) are essential fatty acids.

No other fatty acids found in food are considered ‘essential’ for humans, because they can all be synthesized from the short chain fatty acids.

Following ingestion, ALA and LA can be converted in the liver to the long chain, more unsaturated n-3 and n-6 LCPUFAs by a complex set of synthetic pathways that share several enzymes (Figure 1). LC PUFAs retain the original sites of desaturation (including n-3 or n-6). The omega-6 fatty acid LA is converted to gamma-linolenic acid (GLA, 18:3n-6), an omega- 6 fatty acid that is a positional isomer of ALA. GLA, in turn, can be converted to the longerchain omega-6 fatty acid, arachidonic acid (AA, 20:4n-6). AA is the precursor for certain classes of an important family of hormone- like substances called the eicosanoids (see below).

The omega-3 fatty acid ALA (18:3n-3) can be converted to the long-chain omega-3 fatty acid, eicosapentaenoic acid (EPA; 20:5n-3). EPA can be elongated to docosapentaenoic acid (DPA 22:5n-3), which is further desaturated to docosahexaenoic acid (DHA; 22:6n-3). EPA and DHA are also precursors of several classes of eicosanoids and are known to play several other critical roles, some of which are discussed further below.

The conversion from parent fatty acids into the LC PUFAs – EPA, DHA, and AA – appears to occur slowly in humans. In addition, the regulation of conversion is not well understood, although it is known that ALA and LA compete for entry into the metabolic pathways.

Physiological Functions of EPA and AA

As stated earlier, fatty acids play a variety of physiological roles. The specific biological functions of a fatty acid are determined by the number and position of double bonds and the length of the acyl chain.

Both EPA (20:5n-3) and AA (20:4n-6) are precursors for the formation of a family of hormone- like agents called eicosanoids. Eicosanoids are rudimentary hormones or regulating – molecules that appear to occur in most forms of life. However, unlike endocrine hormones, which travel in the blood stream to exert their effects at distant sites, the eicosanoids are autocrine or paracrine factors, which exert their effects locally – in the cells that synthesize them or adjacent cells. Processes affected include the movement of calcium and other substances into and out of cells, relaxation and contraction of muscles, inhibition and promotion of clotting, regulation of secretions including digestive juices and hormones, and control of fertility, cell division, and growth.3

The eicosanoid family includes subgroups of substances known as prostaglandins, leukotrienes, and thromboxanes, among others. As shown in Figure 1.1, the long-chain omega-6 fatty acid, AA (20:4n-6), is the precursor of a group of eicosanoids that include series-2 prostaglandins and series-4 leukotrienes. The omega-3 fatty acid, EPA (20:5n-3), is the precursor to a group of eicosanoids that includes series-3 prostaglandins and series-5 leukotrienes. The AA-derived series-2 prostaglandins and series-4 leukotrienes are often synthesized in response to some emergency such as injury or stress, whereas the EPA-derived series-3 prostaglandins and series-5 leukotrienes appear to modulate the effects of the series-2 prostaglandins and series-4 leukotrienes (usually on the same target cells). More specifically, the series-3 prostaglandins are formed at a slower rate and work to attenuate the effects of excessive levels of series-2 prostaglandins. Thus, adequate production of the series-3 prostaglandins seems to protect against heart attack and stroke as well as certain inflammatory diseases like arthritis, lupus, and asthma.3.

EPA (22:6 n-3) also affects lipoprotein metabolism and decreases the production of substances – including cytokines, interleukin 1ß (IL-1ß), and tumor necrosis factor a (TNF-a) – that have pro-inflammatory effects (such as stimulation of collagenase synthesis and the expression of adhesion molecules necessary for leukocyte extravasation [movement from the circulatory system into tissues]).2 The mechanism responsible for the suppression of cytokine production by omega-3 LC PUFAs remains unknown, although suppression of omega-6-derived eicosanoid production by omega-3 fatty acids may be involved, because the omega-3 and omega-6 fatty acids compete for a common enzyme in the eicosanoid synthetic pathway, delta-6 desaturase.

DPA (22:5n-3) (the elongation product of EPA) and its metabolite DHA (22:6n-3) are frequently referred to as very long chain n-3 fatty acids (VLCFA). Along with AA, DHA is the major PUFA found in the brain and is thought to be important for brain development and function. Recent research has focused on this role and the effect of supplementing infant formula with DHA (since DHA is naturally present in breast milk but not in formula).

Dietary Sources and Requirements

Both ALA and LA are present in a variety of foods. LA is present in high concentrations in many commonly used oils, including safflower, sunflower, soy, and corn oil. ALA is present in some commonly used oils, including canola and soybean oil, and in some leafy green vegetables. Thus, the major dietary sources of ALA and LA are PUFA-rich vegetable oils. The proportion of LA to ALA as well as the proportion of those PUFAs to others varies considerably by the type of oil. With the exception of flaxseed, canola, and soybean oil, the ratio of LA to ALA in vegetable oils is at least 10 to 1. The ratios of LA to ALA for flaxseed, canola, and soy are approximately 1: 3.5, 2:1, and 8:1, respectively; however, flaxseed oil is not typically consumed in the North American diet. It is estimated that on average in the U.S., LA accounts for 89% of the total PUFAs consumed, and ALA accounts for 9%. Another estimate suggests that Americans consume 10 times more omega-6 than omega-3 fatty acids.4 Table 1.2 shows the proportion of omega 3 fatty acids for a number of foods.

Syntheis and Degradation

Source of Acetyl CoA for Fatty Acid Synthesis

Source of Acetyl CoA for Fatty Acid Synthesis

step 1

step 1

condensation reaction with malonyl ACP

ACP (acyl carrier protein)

ACP (acyl carrier protein)

synthesis requires acetyl CoA from citrate shuttle

synthesis requires acetyl CoA from citrate shuttle

conversion to fatty acyl co A in cytoplasm

conversion to fatty acyl co A in cytoplasm

ACP (acyl carrier protein)

ACP (acyl carrier protein)

FA synthesis not exactly reverse of catabolism

FA synthesis not exactly reverse of catabolism

 

Fatty Acid Synthase

Fatty Acid Synthase

complete FA synthesis

complete FA synthesis

Desaturation

Desaturation

Elongation and Desaturation of Fatty Acids

Elongation and Desaturation of Fatty Acids

release of FAs from adiposites

release of FAs from adiposites

Fatty acid beta oxidation and Krebs cycle produce NAD, NADH, FADH2

Fatty acid beta oxidation and Krebs cycle produce NAD, NADH, FADH2

ketone bodies

ketone bodies

metabolism of ketone bodies

metabolism of ketone bodies

Arachidonoyl-mimicking

Arachidonoyl-mimicking

Arachidonate pathways

Arachidonate pathways

arachidonic acid derivatives

arachidonic acid derivatives

major metabolic intermediates in the pathways for synthesis of cholesterol, fatty acids, and triglycerides

major metabolic intermediates in the pathways for synthesis of cholesterol, fatty acids, and triglycerides

Model for the sterol-mediated proteolytic release of SREBPs from membrane

Model for the sterol-mediated proteolytic release of SREBPs from membrane

hormone regulation

hormone regulation

 insulin receptor and and insulin receptor signaling pathway (IRS)

insulin receptor and and insulin receptor signaling pathway (IRS)

 islet brain glucose signaling

islet brain glucose signaling

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fish source

Fish source

omega FAs

omega FAs

 

Excessive omega 6s

Excessive omega 6s

omega 6s

omega 6s

diet and cancer

diet and cancer

Patients at risk of FA deficiency

Patients at risk of FA deficiency

PPAR role

PPAR role

PPAR role

PPAR role

Omega 6_3 pathways

Omega 6_3 pathways

n3 vs n6 PUFAs

n3 vs n6 PUFAs

triene-teraene ratio

triene-teraene ratio

arachidonic acid, leukotrienes, PG and thromboxanes

arachidonic acid, leukotrienes, PG and thromboxanes

Cox 2 and cancer

Cox 2 and cancer

Lipidomics of atherosclerotic plaques

Lipidomics of atherosclerotic plaques

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect of TPN on EFAD

Effect of TPN on EFAD

benefits of omega 3s

benefits of omega 3s

food consumption

food consumption

 

Read Full Post »

Selected References to Signaling and Metabolic Pathways in PharmaceuticalIntelligence.com

Curator: Larry H. Bernstein, MD, FCAP

 

This is an added selection of articles in Leaders in Pharmaceutical Intelligence after the third portion of the discussion in a series of articles that began with signaling and signaling pathways. There are fine features on the functioning of enzymes and proteins, on sequential changes in a chain reaction, and on conformational changes that we shall return to.  These are critical to developing a more complete understanding of life processes.  I have indicated that many of the protein-protein interactions or protein-membrane interactions and associated regulatory features have been referred to previously, but the focus of the discussion or points made were different.

  1. Signaling and signaling pathways
  2. Signaling transduction tutorial.
  3. Carbohydrate metabolism3.1  Selected References to Signaling and Metabolic Pathways in Leaders in Pharmaceutical Intelligence
  4. Lipid metabolism
  5. Protein synthesis and degradation
  6. Subcellular structure
  7. Impairments in pathological states: endocrine disorders; stress hypermetabolism; cancer.

Selected References to Signaling and Metabolic Pathwayspublished in this Open Access Online Scientific Journal, include the following:

Update on mitochondrial function, respiration, and associated disorders

Curator and writer: Larry H. Benstein, MD, FCAP

http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2014/07/08/update-on-mitochondrial-function-respiration-and-associated-disorders/

A Synthesis of the Beauty and Complexity of How We View Cancer


Cancer Volume One – Summary

A Synthesis of the Beauty and Complexity of How We View Cancer

Author: Larry H. Bernstein, MD, FCAP

http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2014/03/26/a-synthesis-of-the-beauty-and-complexity-of-how-we-view-cancer/

Introduction – The Evolution of Cancer Therapy and Cancer Research: How We Got Here?

Author and Curator: Larry H Bernstein, MD, FCAP

http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2014/04/04/introduction-the-evolution-of-cancer-therapy-and-cancer-research-how-we-got-here/

 The Centrality of Ca(2+) Signaling and Cytoskeleton Involving Calmodulin Kinases and Ryanodine Receptors in Cardiac Failure, Arterial Smooth Muscle, Post-ischemic Arrhythmia, Similarities and Differences, and Pharmaceutical Targets

Author and Curator: Larry H Bernstein, MD, FCAP, 
Author, and Content Consultant to e-SERIES A: Cardiovascular Diseases: Justin Pearlman, MD, PhD, FACC
And Curator: Aviva Lev-Ari, PhD, RN

http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2013/09/08/the-centrality-of-ca2-signaling-and-cytoskeleton-involving-calmodulin-kinases-and-ryanodine-receptors-in-cardiac-failure

Renal Distal Tubular Ca2+ Exchange Mechanism in Health and Disease

Author and Curator: Larry H. Bernstein, MD, FCAP
Curator:  Stephen J. Williams, PhD
and Curator: Aviva Lev-Ari, PhD, RN

http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2013/09/02/renal-distal-tubular-ca2-exchange-mechanism-in-health-and-disease/

Mitochondrial Metabolism and Cardiac Function

Curator: Larry H Bernstein, MD, FACP

http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2013/04/14/mitochondrial-metabolism-and-cardiac-function/

Mitochondrial Dysfunction and Cardiac Disorders

Curator: Larry H Bernstein, MD, FACP

http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2013/04/14/mitochondrial-metabolism-and-cardiac-function/

Reversal of Cardiac mitochondrial dysfunction

Curator: Larry H Bernstein, MD, FACP

http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2013/04/14/reversal-of-cardiac-mitochondrial-dysfunction/

Advanced Topics in Sepsis and the Cardiovascular System  at its End Stage

Author: Larry H Bernstein, MD, FCAP

http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2013/08/18/advanced-topics-in-Sepsis-and-the-Cardiovascular-System-at-its-End-Stage/

Ubiquinin-Proteosome pathway, autophagy, the mitochondrion, proteolysis and cell apoptosis

Curator: Larry H Bernstein, MD, FACP

http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2012/10/30/ubiquinin-proteosome-pathway-autophagy-the-mitochondrion-proteolysis-and-cell-apoptosis/

Ubiquitin-Proteosome pathway, Autophagy, the Mitochondrion, Proteolysis and Cell Apoptosis: Part III

Curator: Larry H Bernstein, MD, FCAP

http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2013/02/14/ubiquinin-proteosome-pathway-autophagy-the-mitochondrion-proteolysis-and-cell-apoptosis-reconsidered/

 

Nitric Oxide, Platelets, Endothelium and Hemostasis (Coagulation Part II)

Curator: Larry H. Bernstein, MD, FCAP 

http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2012/11/08/nitric-oxide-platelets-endothelium-and-hemostasis/


Mitochondrial Damage and Repair under Oxidative Stress

Curator: Larry H Bernstein, MD, FCAP

http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2012/10/28/mitochondrial-damage-and-repair-under-oxidative-stress/

Mitochondria: Origin from oxygen free environment, role in aerobic glycolysis, metabolic adaptation

Reporter and Curator: Larry H Bernstein, MD, FACP

http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2012/09/26/mitochondria-origin-from-oxygen-free-environment-role-in-aerobic-glycolysis-metabolic-adaptation/

 

Nitric Oxide has a Ubiquitous Role in the Regulation of Glycolysis – with a Concomitant Influence on Mitochondrial Function

Reporter, Editor, and Topic Co-Leader: Larry H. Bernstein, MD, FCAP

http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2012/09/16/nitric-oxide-has-a-ubiquitous-role-in-the-regulation-of-glycolysis-with-a-concomitant-influence-on-mitochondrial-function/


Mitochondria and Cancer: An overview of mechanisms

Author and Curator: Ritu Saxena, Ph.D.

http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2012/09/01/mitochondria-and-cancer-an-overview/

Mitochondria: More than just the “powerhouse of the cell”

Author and Curator: Ritu Saxena, Ph.D.

http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2012/07/09/mitochondria-more-than-just-the-powerhouse-of-the-cell/

Overview of Posttranslational Modification (PTM)

Curator: Larry H. Bernstein, MD, FCAP

http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2014/07/29/overview-of-posttranslational-modification-ptm/


Ubiquitin Pathway Involved in Neurodegenerative Diseases

Author and curator: Larry H Bernstein, MD,  FCAP

http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2013/02/15/ubiquitin-pathway-involved-in-neurodegenerative-diseases/

Is the Warburg Effect the Cause or the Effect of Cancer: A 21st Century View?

Author: Larry H. Bernstein, MD, FCAP 

http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2012/10/17/is-the-warburg-effect-the-cause-or-the-effect-of-cancer-a-21st-century-view/

New Insights on Nitric Oxide donors – Part IV

Curator and Author: Larry H. Bernstein, MD, FCAP

http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2012/11/26/new-insights-on-no-donors/

Perspectives on Nitric Oxide in Disease Mechanisms [Kindle Edition]

Margaret Baker PhD (Author), Tilda Barliya PhD (Author), Anamika Sarkar PhD (Author), Ritu Saxena PhD (Author), Stephen J. Williams PhD (Author), Larry Bernstein MD FCAP (Editor), Aviva Lev-Ari PhD RN (Editor), Aviral Vatsa PhD (Editor)

http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/biomed-e-books/series-a-e-books-on-cardiovascular-diseases/perspectives-on-nitric-oxide-in-disease-mechanisms-v2/

 

Summary

Nitric oxide and its role in vascular biology

Signal transmission by a gas that is produced by one cell, penetrates through membranes and regulates the function of another cell represents an entirely new principle for signaling in biological systems.   All compounds that inhibit endothelium-derived relaxation-factor (EDRF) have one property in common, redox activity, which accounts for their inhibitory action on EDRF. One exception is hemoglobin, which inactivates EDRF by binding to it. Furchgott, Ignarro and Murad received the Nobel Prize in Physiology and Medicine for discovery of EDRF in 1998 and demonstrating that it might be nitric oxide (NO) based on a study of the transient relaxations of endothelium-denuded rings of rabbit aorta.  These investigators working independently demonstrated that NO is indeed produced by mammalian cells and that NO has specific biological roles in the human body. These studies highlighted the role of NO in cardiovascular, nervous and immune systems. In cardiovascular system NO was shown to cause relaxation of vascular smooth muscle cells causing vasodilatation, in nervous system NO acts as a signaling molecule and in immune system it is used against pathogens by the phagocytosis cells. These pioneering studies opened the path of investigation of role of NO in biology.

NO modulates vascular tone, fibrinolysis, blood pressure and proliferation of vascular smooth muscles. In cardiovascular system disruption of NO pathways or alterations in NO production can result in preponderance to hypertension, hypercholesterolemia, diabetes mellitus, atherosclerosis and thrombosis. The three enzyme isoforms of NO synthase family are responsible for generating NO in different tissues under various circumstances.

Reduction in NO production is implicated as one of the initial factors in initiating endothelial dysfunction. This reduction could be due to

  • reduction in eNOS production
  • reduction in eNOS enzymatic activity
  • reduced bioavailability of NO

Nitric oxide is one of the smallest molecules involved in physiological functions in the body. It is seeks formation of chemical bonds with its targets.  Nitric oxide can exert its effects principally by two ways:

  • Direct
  • Indirect

Direct actions, as the name suggests, result from direct chemical interaction of NO with its targets e.g. with metal complexes, radical species. These actions occur at relatively low NO concentrations (<200 nM)

Indirect actions result from the effects of reactive nitrogen species (RNS) such as NO2 and N2O3. These reactive species are formed by the interaction of NO with superoxide or molecular oxygen. RNS are generally formed at relatively high NO concentrations (>400 nM)

Although it can be tempting for scientists to believe that RNS will always have deleterious effects and NO will have anabolic effects, this is not entirely true as certain RNS mediated actions mediate important signalling steps e.g. thiol oxidation and nitrosation of proteins mediate cell proliferation and survival, and apoptosis respectively.

  • Cells subjected to NO concentration between 10-30 nM were associated with cGMP dependent phosphorylation of ERK
  • Cells subjected to NO concentration between 30-60 nM were associated with Akt phosphorylation
  • Concentration nearing 100 nM resulted in stabilisation of hypoxia inducible factor-1
  • At nearly 400 nM NO, p53 can be modulated
  • >1μM NO, it nhibits mitochondrial respiration

 

Nitric oxide signaling, oxidative stress,  mitochondria, cell damage

Recent data suggests that other NO containing compounds such as S- or N-nitrosoproteins and iron-nitrosyl complexes can be reduced back to produce NO. These NO containing compounds can serve as storage and can reach distant tissues via blood circulation, remote from their place of origin. Hence NO can have both paracrine and ‘endocrine’ effects.

Intracellularly the oxidants present in the cytosol determine the amount of bioacitivity that NO performs. NO can travel roughly 100 microns from NOS enzymes where it is produced.

NO itself in low concentrations have protective action on mitochondrial signaling of cell death.

The aerobic cell was an advance in evolutionary development, but despite the energetic advantage of using oxygen, the associated toxicity of oxygen abundance required adaptive changes.

Oxidation-reduction reactions that are necessary for catabolic and synthetic reactions, can cumulatively damage the organism associated with cancer, cardiovascular disease, neurodegerative disease, and inflammatory overload.  The normal balance between production of pro-oxidant species and destruction by the antioxidant defenses is upset in favor of overproduction of the toxic species, which leads to oxidative stress and disease.

We reviewed the complex interactions and underlying regulatory balances/imbalances between the mechanism of vasorelaxation and vasoconstriction of vascular endothelium by way of nitric oxide (NO), prostacyclin, in response to oxidative stress and intimal injury.

Nitric oxide has a ubiquitous role in the regulation of glycolysis with a concomitant influence on mitochondrial function. The influence on mitochondrial function that is active in endothelium, platelets, vascular smooth muscle and neural cells and the resulting balance has a role in chronic inflammation, asthma, hypertension, sepsis and cancer.

Potential cytotoxic mediators of endothelial cell (EC) apoptosis include increased formation of reactive oxygen and nitrogen species (ROSRNS) during the atherosclerotic process. Nitric oxide (NO) has a biphasic action on oxidative cell killing with low concentrations protecting against cell death, whereas higher concentrations are cytotoxic.

ROS induces mitochondrial DNA damage in ECs, and this damage is accompanied by a decrease in mitochondrial RNA (mtRNA) transcripts, mitochondrial protein synthesis, and cellular ATP levels.

NO and circulatory diseases

Blood vessels arise from endothelial precursors that are thin, flat cells lining the inside of blood vessels forming a monolayer throughout the circulatory system. ECs are defined by specific cell surface markers that characterize their phenotype.

Scientists at the University of Helsinki, Finland, wanted to find out if there exists a rare vascular endothelial stem cell (VESC) population that is capable of producing very high numbers of endothelial daughter cells, and can lead to neovascular growth in adults.

VESCs discovered that reside at the blood vessel wall endothelium are a small population of CD117+ ECs capable of self-renewal.  These cells are capable of undergoing clonal expansion unlike the surrounding ECs that bear limited proliferating potential. A single VESC cell isolated from the endothelial population was able to generate functional blood vessels.

Among many important roles of Nitric oxide (NO), one of the key actions is to act as a vasodilator and maintain cardiovascular health. Induction of NO is regulated by signals in tissue as well as endothelium.

Chen et. al. (Med. Biol. Eng. Comp., 2011) developed a 3-D model consisting of two branched arterioles and nine capillaries surrounding the vessels. Their model not only takes into account of the 3-D volume, but also branching effects on blood flow.

The model indicates that wall shear stress changes depending upon the distribution of RBC in the microcirculations of blood vessels, lead to differential production of NO along the vascular network.

Endothelial dysfunction, the hallmark of which is reduced activity of endothelial cell derived nitric oxide (NO), is a key factor in developing atherosclerosis and cardiovascular disease. Vascular endothelial cells play a pivotal role in modulation of leukocyte and platelet adherence, thrombogenicity, anticoagulation, and vessel wall contraction and relaxation, so that endothelial dysfunction has become almost a synonym for vascular disease. A single layer of endothelial cells is the only constituent of capillaries, which differ from other vessels, which contain smooth muscle cells and adventitia. Capillaries directly mediate nutritional supply as well as gas exchange within all organs. The failure of the microcirculation leads to tissue apoptosis/necrosis.

Read Full Post »

Signaling transduction tutorial

Larry H. Bernstein, MD, FCAP, Reporter and Curator
Leaders in Pharmaceutical Intelligence

http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/8-10-2014/Signaling transduction tutorial

This portion of the discussion is a series of articles on signaling and signaling pathways. Many of the protein-protein interactions or protein-membrane interactions and associated regulatory features have been referred to previously, but the focus of the discussion or points made were different.  I considered placing this after the discussion of proteins and how they play out their essential role, but this is quite a suitable place for a progression to what follows.  This is introduced by material taken from Wikipedia, which will be followed by a series of mechanisms and examples from the current literature, which give insight into the developments in cell metabolism, with the later goal of separating views introduced by molecular biology and genomics from functional cellular dynamics that are not dependent on the classic view.  The work is vast, and this discussion does not attempt to cover it in great depth.  It is the first in a series.  This discussion, in particular is a tutorial on signaling transduction that was already available, and relevant.  One may note that all of the slides used herein were also used in the previous blog, but in a different construction.  I shall tweak the contents, as I find helpful.

  1. Signaling and signaling pathways
  2. Signaling transduction tutorial.
  3. Carbohydrate metabolism
  4. Lipid metabolism
  5. Protein synthesis and degradation
  6. Subcellular structure
  7. Impairments in pathological states: endocrine disorders; stress hypermetabolism; cancer.

 

Signal Transduction Tutorial

The goal of this tutorial is for you to gain an understanding of how cell signaling occurs in a cell.  Upon completion of the tutorial,

  • you will have a basic understanding signal transduction and
  • the role of phosphorylation in signal transduction.

You will also have detailed knowledge of

  • the role of Tyrosine kinases and
  • G protein-coupled receptors in cell signaling.
  1. Description of Signal Transduction

As living organisms

  • we are constantly receiving and interpreting signals from our environment.

These signals can come

  • in the form of light, heat, odors, touch or sound.

The cells of our bodies are also

  • constantly receiving signals from other cells.

These signals are important to

  • keep cells alive and functioning as well as
  • to stimulate important events such as
  • cell division and differentiation.

Signals are most often chemicals that can be found

  • in the extracellular fluid around cells.

These chemicals can come

  • from distant locations in the body (endocrine signaling by hormones), from
  • nearby cells (paracrine signaling) or can even
  • be secreted by the same cell (autocrine signaling).
intercellular signaling

intercellular signaling

http://www.hartnell.edu/tutorials/biology/images/intercellularsignaling.jpg

Signaling molecules may trigger any number of cellular responses, including

  • changing the metabolism of the cell receiving the signal or
  • result in a change in gene expression (transcription) within the nucleus of the cell or both.

Overview of Cell Signaling

Cell signaling can be divided into 3 stages.

  1. Reception: A cell detects a signaling molecule from the outside of the cell. A signal is detected when the chemical signal (also known as a ligand) binds to a receptor protein on the surface of the cell or inside the cell.
  2. Transduction: When the signaling molecule binds the receptor it changes the receptor protein in some way. This change initiates the process of transduction. Signal transduction is usually a pathway of several steps. Each relay molecule in the signal transduction pathway changes the next molecule in the pathway.
  3. Response: Finally, the signal triggers a specific cellular response.
signal transduction_simple

signal transduction_simple

http://www.hartnell.edu/tutorials/biology/images/signaltransduction_simple.jpg

Reception

Signal Transduction - ligand binds to surface receptor

Signal Transduction – ligand binds to surface receptor

 

 

Membrane receptors function by binding the signal molecule (ligand) and causing the production of a second signal (also known as a second messenger) that then causes a cellular response. These types of receptors transmit information from the extracellular environment to the inside of the cell

  • by changing shape or
conformational-rearrangements

conformational-rearrangements

Enzyme_Model  allosterism

Enzyme_Model allosterism

  • by joining with another protein
  • once a specific ligand binds to it.

Examples of membrane receptors include

  • G Protein-Coupled Receptors and
membrane_receptor_g protein

membrane_receptor_g protein

 

 

 

 

  • Receptor Tyrosine Kinases.
activation of receptor Tyrosine Kinase

activation of receptor Tyrosine Kinase

http://www.hartnell.edu/tutorials/biology/images/membrane_receptor_tk.jpg

Intracellular receptors are found inside the cell, either in the cytopolasm or in the nucleus of the target cell (the cell receiving the signal).

Chemical messengers that are hydrophobic or very small (steroid hormones for example) can

  • pass through the plasma membrane without assistance and
  • bind these intracellular receptors.

Once bound and activated by the signal molecule,

  • the activated receptor can initiate a cellular response, such as a
  • change in gene expression.

Note that this is the first time that change in gene expression is stated.  Is the change in gene expression implication of a change in the genetic information – such as – mutation?  That does not have to be the case in the normal homeostatic case.  This might only be

  • a change in the rate of a transcription or a suppression of expression through RNA.
intracellular_receptor_steroid

intracellular_receptor_steroid

http://www.hartnell.edu/tutorials/biology/images/intracellular_receptor_steroid.jpg

Transduction

Since signaling systems need to be

  • responsive to small concentrations of chemical signals and act quickly,
  • cells often use a multi-step pathway that transmits the signal quickly,
  • while amplifying the signal to numerous molecules at each step.
Signal transduction cascades amplify the signal output

Signal transduction cascades amplify the signal output

Steps in the signal transduction pathway often involve

  • the addition or removal of phosphate groups which results in the activation of proteins.
  • Enzymes that transfer phosphate groups from ATP to a protein are called protein kinases.

Many of the relay molecules in a signal transduction pathway are protein kinases and

  • often act on other protein kinases in the pathway. Often
  • this creates a phosphorylation cascade, where
  • one enzyme phosphorylates another, which then phosphorylates another protein, causing a chain reaction.
phosphorylation-cascade

phosphorylation-cascade

Also important to the phosphorylation cascade are

  • a group of proteins known as protein phosphatases.

Protein phosphatases are enzymes that can rapidly remove phosphate groups from proteins (dephosphorylation) and thus inactivate protein kinases. Protein phosphatases are

  • the “off switch” in the signal transduction pathway.

Phosphorylation Dephosphorylation

 

Turning the signal transduction pathway off when the signal is no longer present is important

  • to ensure that the cellular response is regulated appropriately.

Dephosphorylation also makes protein kinases

  • available for reuse and
  • enables the cell to respond again when another signal is received.

Kinases are not the only tools used by cells in signal transduction. Small, nonprotein, water-soluble molecules or ions called second messengers (the ligand that binds the receptor is the first messenger) can also

  • relay signals received by receptors on the cell surface
  • to target molecules in the cytoplasm or the nucleus.
membrane protein receptor binds with hormone

membrane protein receptor binds with hormone

 

insulin receptor and and insulin receptor signaling pathway (IRS)

insulin receptor and and insulin receptor signaling pathway (IRS)

 

 

binding-proteins-and-bioavailable-25-hydroxyvitamin-d

binding-proteins-and-bioavailable-25-hydroxyvitamin-d

 

 

Examples of second messengers include cyclic AMP (cAMP) and calcium ions.

membrane_receptor_g protein

membrane_receptor_g protein

http://www.hartnell.edu/tutorials/biology/images/membrane_receptor_gprotein.jpg

Response

Cell signaling ultimately leads to the regulation of one or more cellular activities. Regulation of gene expression (turning transcription of specific genes on or off) is a common outcome of cell signaling. A signaling pathway may also

  • regulate the activity of a protein, for example
ion-transporters-and-channels-in-mammalian-choroidal-epithelium

ion-transporters-and-channels-in-mammalian-choroidal-epithelium

Ca(2+) and contraction

Ca(2+) and contraction

 

transepithelial-electrogenic-ion-transport

transepithelial-electrogenic-ion-transport

 

calcium release flux

calcium release flux

 

coupled receptors

 

 

 

 

  1. opening or closing an ion channel in the plasma membrane or
  2. promoting a change in cell metabolism such as catalyzing the breakdown of glycogen.

Signaling pathways can also lead to important cellular events such as

  • cell division or apoptosis (programmed cell death).
ubiquitylation-is-a-multistep-reaction.

ubiquitylation-is-a-multistep-reaction.

 

Involvement of VSMCs apoptosis in fibrous plaque rupture.

Involvement of VSMCs apoptosis in fibrous plaque rupture.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

G- Protein-Coupled Receptor

 

membrane_receptor_g protein

membrane_receptor_g protein

Arrestin binding to active GPCR kinase (GRK)-phosphorylated GPCRs blocks G protein coupling

Arrestin binding to active GPCR kinase (GRK)-phosphorylated GPCRs blocks G protein coupling

Signal Transduction Tutorial bDr. Katherine Harris is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License.

Funded by the U.S. Department of Education, College Cost Reduction and Access (CCRAA) grant award # P031C080096.

http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/3.0/

  • NonCommercial — You may not use the material for commercial purposes.
  • ShareAlike — If you remix, transform, or build upon the material, you must distribute your contributions under the same license as the original.

Adapt — remix, transform, and build upon the material

hormone + receptor signaling

http://home.earthlink.net/~dayvdanls/SignalTrans.gif

Signal-Transduction-Pathway

http://pi-silico.hkbu.edu.hk/wp-content/uploads/2012/12/Signal-Transduction-Pathway.png

http://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/a/a4/1Signal_Transduction_Pathways_Model.jpg

Akt mTOR pathway

Akt mTOR pathway

http://cc.scu.edu.cn/G2S/eWebEditor/uploadfile/20120810155043970.jpg

Quia – 9AP Chapter 11 – Cell Commun

http://www.quia.com/files/quia/users/lmcgee/membranetransport/cell_communication/reception_transduction_resp.gif

http://cc.scu.edu.cn/G2S/eWebEditor/uploadfile/20120810155043970.jpg

HER2 in Breast Cancer–What Does it Mean?

http://img.medscape.com/fullsize/migrated/editorial/clinupdates/2000/681/tu02.fig2.jpg

Protease signalling: the cutting edge

http://emboj.embopress.org/content/embojnl/31/7/1630/F5.large.jpg

Quia – 9AP Chapter 11 – Cell Commun

http://www.quia.com/files/quia/users/lmcgee/membranetransport/cell_communication/phosphorylation-cascade.gif

 

Signal Transduction in Autism

http://www.mun.ca/biology/desmid/brian/BIOL2060/BIOL2060-14/1403.jpg

The multiple protein-dependent steps in signal transduction

http://www.nature.com/nrm/journal/v1/n2/images/nrm1100_145a_i2.gif

CONVERSING AT THE CELLULAR LEVEL: AN INTRODUCTION TO SIGNAL …

  1. scq.ubc.ca

 

http://www.scq.ubc.ca/wp-content/uploads/2006/07/transduction.gif

 

Biology 1710 > Davis > Flashcards > exam 1 | StudyBlue

  1. studyblue.com

 

http://classconnection.s3.amazonaws.com/602/flashcards/1005602/png/bio101332955375817.png

 

Read Full Post »

Signaling and Signaling Pathways

Curator: Larry H. Bernstein, MD, FCAP

 

http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/8-9-2014/Signaling and Signaling Pathways

This portion of the discussion is a series of articles on signaling and signaling pathways. Many of the protein-protein interactions or protein-membrane interactions and associated regulatory features have been referred to previously, but the focus of the discussion or points made were different.  I considered placing this after the discussion of proteins and how they play out their essential role, but this is quite a suitable place for a progression to what follows.  This is introduced by material taken from Wikipedia, which will be followed by a series of mechanisms and examples from the current literature, which give insight into the developments in cell metabolism, with the later goal of separating views introduced by molecular biology and genomics from functional cellular dynamics that are not dependent on the classic view.  The work is vast, and this discussion does not attempt to cover it in great depth.  It is the first in a series.

  1. Signaling and signaling pathways
  2. Signaling transduction tutorial.
  3. Carbohydrate metabolism
  4. Lipid metabolism
  5. Protein synthesis and degradation
  6. Subcellular structure
  7. Impairments in pathological states: endocrine disorders; stress hypermetabolism; cancer.

Signal transduction

(From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia)
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:Signal_transduction_publications_graph.jpeg

 

Signal_transduction_pathways.svg

Signal_transduction_pathways.svg

 

Signal transduction occurs when an extracellular signaling[1] molecule activates a specific receptor located on the cell surface or inside the cell. In turn, this receptor triggers a biochemical chain of events inside the cell, creating a response.[2] Depending on the cell, the response alters the cell’s metabolism, shape, gene expression, or ability to divide.[3] The signal can be amplified at any step. Thus, one signaling molecule can cause many responses.[4]

In 1970, Martin Rodbell examined the effects of glucagon on a rat’s liver cell membrane receptor. He noted that guanosine triphosphate disassociated glucagon from this receptor and stimulated the G-protein, which strongly influenced the cell’s metabolism. Thus, he deduced that the G-protein is a transducer that accepts glucagon molecules and affects the cell.[5] For this, he shared the 1994 Nobel Prize in Physiology or Medicine with Alfred G. Gilman.

Signal_transduction_publications_graph

Signal_transduction_publications_graph

The earliest MEDLINE entry for “signal transduction” dates from 1972.[6] Some early articles used the terms signal transmission and sensory transduction.[7][8] In 2007, a total of 48,377 scientific papers—including 11,211 e review papers—were published on the subject. The term first appeared in a paper’s title in 1979.[9][10] Widespread use of the term has been traced to a 1980 review article by Rodbell:[5][11] Research papers focusing on signal transduction first appeared in large numbers in the late 1980s and early 1990s.[12]

Notch-mediated juxtacrine signal between adjacent cells.

Notch-mediated juxtacrine signal between adjacent cells.

Signal transduction involves the binding of extracellular signaling molecules and ligands to cell-surface receptors that trigger events inside the cell. The combination of messenger with receptor causes a change in the conformation of the receptor, known as receptor activation. This activation is always the initial step (the cause) leading to the cell’s ultimate responses (effect) to the messenger. Despite the myriad of these ultimate responses, they are all directly due to changes in particular cell proteins. Intracellular signaling cascades can be started through cell-substratum interactions; examples are the integrin that binds ligands in the extracellular matrix and steroids.[13] Most steroid hormones have receptors within the cytoplasm and act by stimulating the binding of their receptors to the promoter region of steroid-responsive genes.[14] Examples of signaling molecules include the hormone melatonin,[15] the neurotransmitter acetylcholine[16] and the cytokine interferon γ.[17]

Signal transduction cascades amplify the signal output

Signal transduction cascades amplify the signal output

Various environmental stimuli exist that initiate signal transmission processes in multicellular organisms; examples include photons hitting cells in the retina of the eye,[20] and odorants binding to odorant receptors in the nasal epithelium.[21] Certain microbial molecules, such as viral nucleotides and protein antigens, can elicit an immune system response against invading pathogens mediated by signal transduction processes. This may occur independent of signal transduction stimulation by other molecules, as is the case for the toll-like receptor. It may occur with help from stimulatory molecules located at the cell surface of other cells, as with T-cell receptor signaling. Unicellular organisms may respond to environmental stimuli through the activation of signal transduction pathways. For example, slime molds secrete cyclic adenosine monophosphate upon starvation, stimulating individual cells in the immediate environment to aggregate,[22] and yeast cells use mating factors to determine the mating types of other cells and to participate in sexual reproduction.[23] Receptors can be roughly divided into two major classes: intracellular receptors and extracellular receptors.

Extracellular

Extracellular receptors are integral transmembrane proteins and make up most receptors. They span the plasma membrane of the cell, with one part of the receptor on the outside of the cell and the other on the inside. Signal transduction occurs as a result of a ligand binding to the outside; the molecule does not pass through the membrane. This binding stimulates a series of events inside the cell; different types of receptor stimulate different responses and receptors typically respond to only the binding of a specific ligand. Upon binding, the ligand induces a change in the conformation of the inside part of the receptor.[24] These result in either the activation of an enzyme in the receptor or the exposure of a binding site for other intracellular signaling proteins within the cell, eventually propagating the signal through the cytoplasm.

In eukaryotic cells, most intracellular proteins activated by a ligand/receptor interaction possess an enzymatic activity; examples include tyrosine kinase and phosphatases. Some of them create second messengers such as cyclic AMP and IP3, the latter controlling the release of intracellular calcium stores into the cytoplasm. Other activated proteins interact with adaptor proteins that facilitate signalling protein interactions and coordination of signalling complexes necessary to respond to a particular stimulus. Enzymes and adaptor proteins are both responsive to various second messenger molecules.

Many adaptor proteins and enzymes activated as part of signal transduction possess specialized protein domains that bind to specific secondary messenger molecules. For example, calcium ions bind to the EF hand domains of calmodulin, allowing it to bind and activate calmodulin-dependent kinase. PIP3 and other phosphoinositides do the same thing to the Pleckstrin homology domains of proteins such as the kinase protein AKT.

G protein-coupled

G protein-coupled receptors (GPCRs) are a family of integral transmembrane proteins that possess seven transmembrane domains and are linked to a heterotrimeric G protein. Many receptors are in this family, including adrenergic receptors and chemokine receptors.

Arrestin binding to active GPCR kinase (GRK)-phosphorylated GPCRs blocks G protein coupling

Arrestin binding to active GPCR kinase (GRK)-phosphorylated GPCRs blocks G protein coupling

Signal transduction by a GPCR begins with an inactive G protein coupled to the receptor; it exists as a heterotrimer consisting of Gα, Gβ, and Gγ.[25] Once the GPCR recognizes a ligand, the conformation of the receptor changes to activate the G protein, causing Gα to bind a molecule of GTP and dissociate from the other two G-protein subunits. The dissociation exposes sites on the subunits that can interact with other molecules.[26] The activated G protein subunits detach from the receptor and initiate signaling from many downstream effector proteins such as phospholipases and ion channels, the latter permitting the release of second messenger molecules.[27] The total strength of signal amplification by a GPCR is determined by the lifetimes of the ligand-receptor complex and receptor-effector protein complex and the deactivation time of the activated receptor and effectors through intrinsic enzymatic activity.

A study was conducted where a point mutation was inserted into the gene encoding the chemokine receptor CXCR2; mutated cells underwent a malignant transformation due to the expression of CXCR2 in an active conformation despite the absence of chemokine-binding. This meant that chemokine receptors can contribute to cancer development.[28]

Tyrosine and histidine kinase

Receptor tyrosine kinases (RTKs) are transmembrane proteins with an intracellular kinase domain and an extracellular domain that binds ligands; examples include growth factor receptors such as the insulin receptor.[29] To perform signal transduction, RTKs need to form dimers in the plasma membrane;[30] the dimer is stabilized by ligands binding to the receptor. The interaction between the cytoplasmic domains stimulates the autophosphorylation of tyrosines within the domains of the RTKs, causing conformational changes. Subsequent to this, the receptors’ kinase domains are activated, initiating phosphorylation signaling cascades of downstream cytoplasmic molecules that facilitate various cellular processes such as cell differentiation and metabolism.[29]

As is the case with GPCRs, proteins that bind GTP play a major role in signal transduction from the activated RTK into the cell. In this case, the G proteins are members of the Ras, Rho, and Raf families, referred to collectively as small G proteins. They act as molecular switches usually tethered to membranes by isoprenyl groups linked to their carboxyl ends. Upon activation, they assign proteins to specific membrane subdomains where they participate in signaling. Activated RTKs in turn activate small G proteins that activate guanine nucleotide exchange factors such as SOS1. Once activated, these exchange factors can activate more small G proteins, thus amplifying the receptor’s initial signal. The mutation of certain RTK genes, as with that of GPCRs, can result in the expression of receptors that exist in a constitutively activate state; such mutated genes may act as oncogenes.[31]

Histidine-specific protein kinases are structurally distinct from other protein kinases and are found in prokaryotes, fungi, and plants as part of a two-component signal transduction mechanism: a phosphate group from ATP is first added to a histidine residue within the kinase, then transferred to an aspartate residue on a receiver domain on a different protein or the kinase itself, thus activating the aspartate residue.[32]

Integrin

integrin-mediated signal transduction

integrin-mediated signal transduction

An overview of integrin-mediated signal transduction, adapted from Hehlgens et al. (2007).[33]

Integrins are produced by a wide variety of cells; they play a role in cell attachment to other cells and the extracellular matrix and in the transduction of signals from extracellular matrix components such as fibronectin and collagen. Ligand binding to the extracellular domain of integrins changes the protein’s conformation, clustering it at the cell membrane to initiate signal transduction. Integrins lack kinase activity; hence, integrin-mediated signal transduction is achieved through a variety of intracellular protein kinases and adaptor molecules, the main coordinator being integrin-linked kinase.[33] As shown in the picture to the right, cooperative integrin-RTK signalling determines the timing of cellular survival, apoptosis, proliferation, and differentiation.

Important differences exist between integrin-signalling in circulating blood cells and non-circulating cells such as epithelial cells; integrins of circulating cells are normally inactive. For example, cell membrane integrins on circulating leukocytes are maintained in an inactive state to avoid epithelial cell attachment; they are activated only in response to stimuli such as those received at the site of an inflammatory response. In a similar manner, integrins at the cell membrane of circulating platelets are normally kept inactive to avoid thrombosis. Epithelial cells (which are non-circulating) normally have active integrins at their cell membrane, helping maintain their stable adhesion to underlying stromal cells that provide signals to maintain normal functioning.[34]

Toll gate

When activated, toll-like receptors (TLRs) take adapter molecules within the cytoplasm of cells in order to propagate a signal. Four adaptor molecules are known to be involved in signaling, which are Myd88, TIRAP, TRIF, and TRAM.[35][36][37] These adapters activate other intracellular molecules such as IRAK1, IRAK4, TBK1[disambiguation needed], and IKKi that amplify the signal, eventually leading to the induction or suppression of genes that cause certain responses. Thousands of genes are activated by TLR signaling, implying that this method constitutes an important gateway for gene modulation.

Ligand-gated ion channel

A ligand-gated ion channel, upon binding with a ligand, changes conformation to open a channel in the cell membrane through which ions relaying signals can pass. An example of this mechanism is found in the receiving cell of a neural synapse. The influx of ions that occurs in response to the opening of these channels induces action potentials, such as those that travel along nerves, by depolarizing the membrane of post-synaptic cells, resulting in the opening of voltage-gated ion channels.

An example of an ion allowed into the cell during a ligand-gated ion channel opening is Ca2+; it acts as a second messenger initiating signal transduction cascades and altering the physiology of the responding cell. This results in amplification of the synapse response between synaptic cells by remodelling the dendritic spines involved in the synapse.

Ion transporters and channels in mammalian choroidal epithelium

Ion transporters and channels in mammalian choroidal epithelium

 

 

Intracellular

Extracellular receptors are integral transmembrane proteins and make up most receptors. They span the plasma membrane of the cell, with one part of the receptor on the outside of the cell and the other on the inside. Signal transduction occurs as a result of a ligand binding to the outside; the molecule does not pass through the membrane. This binding stimulates a series of events inside the cell; different types of receptor stimulate different responses and receptors typically respond to only the binding of a specific ligand. Upon binding, the ligand induces a change in the conformation of the inside part of the receptor.[24] These result in either the activation of an enzyme in the receptor or the exposure of a binding site for other intracellular signaling proteins within the cell, eventually propagating the signal through the cytoplasm.

Understanding these receptors and identifying their ligands and the resulting signal transduction pathways represent a major conceptual advance

Understanding these receptors and identifying their ligands and the resulting signal transduction pathways represent a major conceptual advance

 

intercellular signaling

intercellular signaling

 

conformational-rearrangements

conformational-rearrangements

 

 

membrane protein receptor binds with hormone

membrane protein receptor binds with hormone

 

 

 

The multiple protein-dependent steps in signal transduction

The multiple protein-dependent steps in signal transduction

In eukaryotic cells, most intracellular proteins activated by a ligand/receptor interaction possess an enzymatic activity; examples include tyrosine kinase and phosphatases. Some of them create second messengers such as cyclic AMP and IP3, the latter controlling the release of intracellular calcium stores into the cytoplasm. Other activated proteins interact with adaptor proteins that facilitate signalling protein interactions and coordination of signalling complexes necessary to respond to a particular stimulus. Enzymes and adaptor proteins are both responsive to various second messenger molecules.

Ca++ exchange

Ca++ exchange

Many adaptor proteins and enzymes activated as part of signal transduction possess specialized protein domains that bind to specific secondary messenger molecules. For example, calcium ions bind to the EF hand domains of calmodulin, allowing it to bind and activate calmodulin-dependent kinase. PIP3 and other phosphoinositides do the same thing to the Pleckstrin homology domains of proteins such as the kinase protein AKT.

G protein-coupled

G protein-coupled receptors (GPCRs) are a family of integral transmembrane proteins that possess seven transmembrane domains and are linked to a heterotrimeric G protein. Many receptors are in this family, including adrenergic receptors and chemokine receptors.

membrane_receptor_g protein

membrane_receptor_g protein

 

intracellular_receptor_steroid

intracellular_receptor_steroid

Signal transduction by a GPCR begins with an inactive G protein coupled to the receptor; it exists as a heterotrimer consisting of Gα, Gβ, and Gγ.[25] Once the GPCR recognizes a ligand, the conformation of the receptor changes to activate the G protein, causing Gα to bind a molecule of GTP and dissociate from the other two G-protein subunits. The dissociation exposes sites on the subunits that can interact with other molecules.[26] The activated G protein subunits detach from the receptor and initiate signaling from many downstream effector proteins such as phospholipases and ion channels, the latter permitting the release of second messenger molecules.[27] The total strength of signal amplification by a GPCR is determined by the lifetimes of the ligand-receptor complex and receptor-effector protein complex and the deactivation time of the activated receptor and effectors through intrinsic enzymatic activity.

A study was conducted where a point mutation was inserted into the gene encoding the chemokine receptor CXCR2; mutated cells underwent a malignant transformation due to the expression of CXCR2 in an active conformation despite the absence of chemokine-binding. This meant that chemokine receptors can contribute to cancer development.[28]

Tyrosine and histidine kinase

Receptor tyrosine kinases (RTKs) are transmembrane proteins with an intracellular kinase domain and an extracellular domain that binds ligands; examples include growth factor receptors such as the insulin receptor.[29] To perform signal transduction, RTKs need to form dimers in the plasma membrane;[30] the dimer is stabilized by ligands binding to the receptor. The interaction between the cytoplasmic domains stimulates the autophosphorylation of tyrosines within the domains of the RTKs, causing conformational changes. Subsequent to this, the receptors’ kinase domains are activated, initiating phosphorylation signaling cascades of downstream cytoplasmic molecules that facilitate various cellular processes such as cell differentiation and metabolism.[29]

insulin-receptor-and-and-insulin-receptor-signaling-pathway-irs

insulin-receptor-and-and-insulin-receptor-signaling-pathway-irs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

receptors-regulators

receptors-regulators

phosphorylation-cascade

phosphorylation-cascade

 

 

 

As is the case with GPCRs, proteins that bind GTP play a major role in signal transduction from the activated RTK into the cell. In this case, the G proteins are members of the Ras, Rho, and Raf families, referred to collectively as small G proteins. They act as molecular switches usually tethered to membranes by isoprenyl groups linked to their carboxyl ends. Upon activation, they assign proteins to specific membrane subdomains where they participate in signaling. Activated RTKs in turn activate small G proteins that activate guanine nucleotide exchange factors such as SOS1. Once activated, these exchange factors can activate more small G proteins, thus amplifying the receptor’s initial signal. The mutation of certain RTK genes, as with that of GPCRs, can result in the expression of receptors that exist in a constitutively activate state; such mutated genes may act as oncogenes.[31]

Histidine-specific protein kinases are structurally distinct from other protein kinases and are found in prokaryotes, fungi, and plants as part of a two-component signal transduction mechanism: a phosphate group from ATP is first added to a histidine residue within the kinase, then transferred to an aspartate residue on a receiver domain on a different protein or the kinase itself, thus activating the aspartate residue.[32]

 

Integrin

integrin-mediated signal transduction

integrin-mediated signal transduction

An overview of integrin-mediated signal transduction, adapted from Hehlgens et al. (2007).[33]

Integrins are produced by a wide variety of cells; they play a role in cell attachment to other cells and the extracellular matrix and in the transduction of signals from extracellular matrix components such as fibronectin and collagen. Ligand binding to the extracellular domain of integrins changes the protein’s conformation, clustering it at the cell membrane to initiate signal transduction. Integrins lack kinase activity; hence, integrin-mediated signal transduction is achieved through a variety of intracellular protein kinases and adaptor molecules, the main coordinator being integrin-linked kinase.[33] As shown in the picture to the right, cooperative integrin-RTK signalling determines the timing of cellular survival, apoptosis, proliferation, and differentiation.

Platelet signaling pathways

Platelet signaling pathways

 

 

 

 

 

 

Protein ubiquitylation

Protein ubiquitylation

ubiquitylation-is-a-multistep-reaction.

ubiquitylation-is-a-multistep-reaction.

 

 

Important differences exist between integrin-signaling in circulating blood cells and non-circulating cells such as epithelial cells; integrins of circulating cells are normally inactive. For example, cell membrane integrins on circulating leukocytes are maintained in an inactive state to avoid epithelial cell attachment; they are activated only in response to stimuli such as those received at the site of an inflammatory response. In a similar manner, integrins at the cell membrane of circulating platelets are normally kept inactive to avoid thrombosis. Epithelial cells (which are non-circulating) normally have active integrins at their cell membrane, helping maintain their stable adhesion to underlying stromal cells that provide signals to maintain normal functioning.[34]

Toll gate

When activated, toll-like receptors (TLRs) take adapter molecules within the cytoplasm of cells in order to propagate a signal. Four adaptor molecules are known to be involved in signaling, which are Myd88, TIRAP, TRIF, and TRAM.[35][36][37] These adapters activate other intracellular molecules such as IRAK1, IRAK4, TBK1[disambiguation needed], and IKKi that amplify the signal, eventually leading to the induction or suppression of genes that cause certain responses. Thousands of genes are activated by TLR signaling, implying that this method constitutes an important gateway for gene modulation.

 

SignalTrans

SignalTrans

 

 

Signal-Transduction-Pathway

 

 

 

 

Ligand-gated ion channel

A ligand-gated ion channel, upon binding with a ligand, changes conformation to open a channel in the cell membrane through which ions relaying signals can pass. An example of this mechanism is found in the receiving cell of a neural synapse. The influx of ions that occurs in response to the opening of these channels induces action potentials, such as those that travel along nerves, by depolarizing the membrane of post-synaptic cells, resulting in the opening of voltage-gated ion channels.

An example of an ion allowed into the cell during a ligand-gated ion channel opening is Ca2+; it acts as a second messenger initiating signal transduction cascades and altering the physiology of the responding cell. This results in amplification of the synapse response between synaptic cells by remodelling the dendritic spines involved in the synapse.

Ion transporters and channels in mammalian choroidal epithelium

Ion transporters and channels in mammalian choroidal epithelium

Intracellular

Intracellular receptors, such as nuclear receptors and cytoplasmic receptors, are soluble proteins localized within their respective areas. The typical ligands for nuclear receptors are lipophilic hormones like the steroid hormones testosterone and progesterone and derivatives of vitamins A and D. To initiate signal transduction, the ligand must pass through the plasma membrane by passive diffusion. On binding with the receptor, the ligands pass through the nuclear membrane into the nucleus, enabling gene transcription and protein production.

 

 

Signal Transduction

Signal Transduction

 

Activated nuclear receptors attach to the DNA at receptor-specific hormone-responsive element (HRE) sequences, located in the promoter region of the genes activated by the hormone-receptor complex. Due to their enabling gene transcription, they are alternatively called inductors of gene expression. All hormones that act by regulation of gene expression have two consequences in their mechanism of action; their effects are produced after a characteristically long period of time and their effects persist for another long period of time, even after their concentration has been reduced to zero, due to a relatively slow turnover of most enzymes and proteins that would either deactivate or terminate ligand binding onto the receptor.

Signal transduction via these receptors involves little proteins, but the details of gene regulation by this method are not well-understood. Nucleic receptors have DNA-binding domains containing zinc fingers and a ligand-binding domain; the zinc fingers stabilize DNA binding by holding its phosphate backbone. DNA sequences that match the receptor are usually hexameric repeats of any kind; the sequences are similar but their orientation and distance differentiate them. The ligand-binding domain is additionally responsible for dimerization of nucleic receptors prior to binding and providing structures for transactivation used for communication with the translational apparatus.

 

signal-transduction-in-protease-signaling-

signal-transduction-in-protease-signaling-

 

protein changes in biological mechanisms

protein changes in biological mechanisms

 

Steroid receptors are a subclass of nuclear receptors located primarily within the cytosol; in the absence of steroids, they cling together in an aporeceptor complex containing chaperone or heatshock proteins (HSPs). The HSPs are necessary to activate the receptor by assisting the protein to fold in a way such that the signal sequence enabling its passage into the nucleus is accessible. Steroid receptors, on the other hand, may be repressive on gene expression when their transactivation domain is hidden; activity can be enhanced by phosphorylation of serine residues at their N-terminal as a result of another signal transduction pathway, a process called crosstalk.

Structure of the N-terminal domain of the yeast Hsp90 chaperone

Structure of the N-terminal domain of the yeast Hsp90 chaperone

Pincer movement of Hsp90 coupled to the ATPase cycle. NTD = N-terminal domain, MD = middle domain, CTD = C-terminal domain.

Pincer movement of Hsp90 coupled to the ATPase cycle. NTD = N-terminal domain, MD = middle domain, CTD = C-terminal domain.

Retinoic acid receptors are another subset of nuclear receptors. They can be activated by an endocrine-synthesized ligand that entered the cell by diffusion, a ligand synthesised from a precursor like retinol brought to the cell through the bloodstream or a completely intracellularly synthesised ligand like prostaglandin. These receptors are located in the nucleus and are not accompanied by HSPs; they repress their gene by binding to their specific DNA sequence when no ligand binds to them, and vice versa.

Certain intracellular receptors of the immune system are cytoplasmic receptors; recently identified NOD-like receptors (NLRs) reside in the cytoplasm of some eukaryotic cells and interact with ligands using a leucine-rich repeat (LRR) motif similar to TLRs. Some of these molecules like NOD2 interact with RIP2 kinase that activates NF-κB signaling, whereas others like NALP3 interact with inflammatory caspases and initiate processing of particular cytokines like interleukin-1β.[38][39]

 

Cell signaling

signaling pathjways map

signaling pathjways map

Cell signalling is part of a complex system of communication that governs basic cellular activities and coordinates cell actions. The ability of cells to perceive and correctly respond to their microenvironment is the basis of development, tissue repair, and immunity as well as normal tissue homeostasis. Errors in cellular information processing are responsible for diseases such as cancer, autoimmunity, and diabetes. By understanding cell signalling, diseases may be treated effectively and, theoretically, artificial tissues may be created.

Traditional work in biology has focused on studying individual parts of cell signaling pathways. Systems biology research helps us to understand the underlying structure of cell signaling networks and how changes in these networks may affect the transmission and flow of information. Such networks are complex systems in their organization and may exhibit a number of emergent properties. Long-range allostery is often a significant component of cell signaling events.[1]

Enzyme_Model allosterism

Enzyme_Model allosterism

Classification

Signaling within, between, and among cells is subdivided into the following classifications:

  • Intracrine signals are produced by the target cell that stay within the target cell.
  • Autocrine signals are produced by the target cell, are secreted, and effect the target cell itself via receptors. Sometimes autocrine cells can target cells close by if they are the same type of cell as the emitting cell. An example of this are immune cells.
  • Juxtacrine signals target adjacent (touching) cells. These signals are transmitted along cell membranes via protein or lipid components integral to the membrane and are capable of affecting either the emitting cell or cells immediately adjacent.
transepithelial-electrogenic-ion-transport

transepithelial-electrogenic-ion-transport

calcium release calmodulin + ER

calcium release calmodulin + ER

 

Ca++ exchange

Ca++ exchange

Paracrine bidirectional cardiac fibroblast-myocyte crosstalk

Paracrine bidirectional cardiac fibroblast-myocyte crosstalk

  • Paracrine signals target cells in the vicinity of the emitting cell. Neurotransmitters represent an example.
  • Endocrine signals target distant cells. Endocrine cells produce hormones that travel through the blood to reach all parts of the body.
Notch-mediated juxtacrine signal between adjacent cells.

Notch-mediated juxtacrine signal between adjacent cells.

 

Notch-mediated juxtacrine signal between adjacent cells.

Some cell–cell communication requires direct cell–cell contact. Some cells can form gap junctions that connect their cytoplasm to the cytoplasm of adjacent cells. In cardiac muscle, gap junctions between adjacent cells allows for action potential propagation from the cardiac pacemaker region of the heart to spread and coordinately cause contraction of the heart.

The notch signaling mechanism is an example of juxtacrine signaling (also known as contact-dependent signaling) in which two adjacent cells must make physical contact in order to communicate. This requirement for direct contact allows for very precise control of cell differentiation during embryonic development. In the worm Caenorhabditis elegans, two cells of the developing gonad each have an equal chance of terminally differentiating or becoming a uterine precursor cell that continues to divide. The choice of which cell continues to divide is controlled by competition of cell surface signals. One cell will happen to produce more of a cell surface protein that activates the Notch receptor on the adjacent cell. This activates a feedback loop or system that reduces Notch expression in the cell that will differentiate and that increases Notch on the surface of the cell that continues as a stem cell.[5]

Many cell signals are carried by molecules that are released by one cell and move to make contact with another cell. Endocrine signals are called hormones. Hormones are produced by endocrine cells and they travel through the blood to reach all parts of the body. Specificity of signaling can be controlled if only some cells can respond to a particular hormone. Paracrine signals such as retinoic acid target only cells in the vicinity of the emitting cell.[6] Neurotransmitters represent another example of a paracrine signal. Some signaling molecules can function as both a hormone and a neurotransmitter. For example, epinephrine and norepinephrine can function as hormones when released from the adrenal gland and are transported to the heart by way of the blood stream. Norepinephrine can also be produced by neurons to function as a neurotransmitter within the brain.[7] Estrogen can be released by the ovary and function as a hormone or act locally via paracrine or autocrine signaling.[8] Active species of oxygen and nitric oxide can also act as cellular messengers. This process is dubbed redox signaling.

Signaling Pathways

Cell Signaling Biology

Michael J. Berridge

Module 2

Cell Signaling Pathways
The nine membrane-bound adenylyl cyclases (AC1–AC9) have a similar domain structure. The single polypeptide has a tandem repeat of six transmembrane domains (TM) with TM1- -TM6 in one repeat and TM7- -TM12 in the other. Each TM cassette is followed by large cytoplasmic domains (C1 and C2), which contain the catalytic regions that convert ATP into cyclic AMP. As shown in the lower panel, the C1 and C2 domains come together to form a heterodimer. The ATP-binding site is located at the interface between these two domains. The soluble AC10 isoform lacks the transmembrane regions, but it retains the C1 and C2 domains that are responsible for catalysis
www.cellsignallingbiology.org  http://www.biochemj.org/csb/002/csb002.pdf

 

Resources:

Elucidate Target-Specific Pathways With a Suite of Cellular Assays

DiscoveRx® offers a comprehensive collection of cell-based pathway indicator assays designed to detect activation or inhibition of complex signal transduction pathways in response to compound treatment. Based on the proven PathHunter® technology, These biosensor cell lines allow you to measure distinct events within a variety of pathways involved in compound toxicity, cholesterol metabolism, antioxidant function, DNA damage and ER stress. In combination with our biosensor cell lines with fast and simple chemiluminescent detection, DiscoveRx Pathway Signaling assays will help you generate cellular pathway selectivity profiles of your compounds without relying on reporter gene assays or complex phenotypic screens. – See more at: http://www.discoverx.com/targets/signaling-pathways?gclid=CPPrxrrli8ACFSdp7AodO2IADQ#sthash.OhK3iKl4.dpuf

  GPCR Targets ,   Kinase Targets ,   Nuclear Receptors ,   Protease Targets ,   Epigenetic Targets ,   Signaling Pathways –  See more at: http://www.discoverx.com/targets#sthash.KjwWEjjx.dpuf

DiscoveRx® offers a comprehensive collection of cell-based pathway indicator assays designed to detect activation or inhibition of complex signal transduction pathways in response to compound treatment. Based on the proven PathHunter® technology, These biosensor cell lines allow you to measure distinct events within a variety of pathways involved in compound toxicity, cholesterol metabolism, antioxidant function, DNA damage and ER stress. – See more at: http://www.discoverx.com/targets/signaling-pathways#sthash.ZTb5UXVO.dpuf

 

 

inhibitors of signal transduction pathway

inhibitors of signal transduction pathway

Inhibitors of MAPK Signaling Pathway

Inhibitors of MAPK Signaling Pathway

 

jak-stat

jak-stat

 

Nrf2 signaling in ARE-mediated coordinated activation of defensive genes

Nrf2 signaling in ARE-mediated coordinated activation of defensive genes

 

Regulation of AMPK

Regulation of AMPK

 

 

metabolic pathways

metabolic pathways

 

On these resource pages you can find signaling pathway diagrams, research overviews, relevant antibody products, publications, and other research resources organized by topic. The pathway diagrams associated with these topics have been assembled by CST scientists and outside experts to provide succinct and current overviews of selected signaling pathways. Please send suggestions for developing new pathways to info@cellsignal.com. Protein nodes in each pathway diagram are linked to specific antibody product information or, optionally, to protein-specific listings in the PhosphoSitePlus® database of post-translational modifications.

http://www.cellsignal.com/common/content/content.jsp?id=science-pathways
http://www.cellsignal.com/common/content/content.jsp?id=pathways-akt-signaling
http://www.cellsignal.com/common/content/content.jsp?id=pathways-mtor-signaling

PI3K / Akt Signaling Overview

 The serine/threonine kinase Akt/PKB exists as three isoforms in mammals. Akt1 has a wide tissue distribution, whereas Akt2 is found predominantly in muscle and fat cells and Akt3 is expressed in testes and brain. Akt regulates multiple biological processes including cell survival, proliferation, growth, and glycogen metabolism. Various growth factors, hormones, and cytokines activate Akt by binding their cognate receptor tyrosine kinase (RTK), cytokine receptor, or GPCR and triggering activation of the lipid kinase PI3K, which generates PIP3 at the plasma membrane. Akt binds PIP3 through its pleckstrin homology (PH) domain, resulting in translocation of Akt to the membrane. Akt is activated through a dual phosphorylation mechanism. PDK1, which is also brought to the membrane through its PH domain, phosphorylates Akt within its activation loop at Thr308. A second phosphorylation at Ser473 within the carboxy terminus is also required for activity and is carried out by the mTOR-rictor complex, mTORC2.

PTEN, a lipid phosphatase that catalyzes the dephosphorylation of PIP3, is a major negative regulator of Akt signaling. Loss of PTEN function has been implicated in many human cancers. Akt activity is also negatively regulated by the phosphatases PP2A and PHLPP, as well as by the chemical modulators wortmannin and LY294002, both of which are inhibitors of PI3K.

Activated Akt phosphorylates a large number of downstream substrates containing the consensus sequence RXRXXS/T. One of its primary functions is to promote cell growth and protein synthesis through regulation of the mTOR signaling pathway. Akt directly phosphorylates and activates mTOR, as well as inhibits the mTOR inhibitor proteins PRAS40 and tuberin (TSC2). Combined, these actions promote cell growth and G1 cell cycle progression through signaling via p70 S6 Kinase and inhibition of 4E-BP1.

Phosphofructokinase mechanism

Phosphofructokinase mechanism

GSK-3 is a primary target of Akt and inhibitory phosphorylation of GSK-3α (Ser21) or GSK-3β (Ser9) has numerous cellular effects such as promoting glycogen metabolism, cell cycle progression, regulation of wnt signaling, and formation of neurofibrillary tangles in Alzheimers disease. Akt promotes cell survival directly by its ability to phosphorylate and inactivate several pro-apoptotic targets, including Bad, Bim, Bax, and the forkhead (FoxO1/3a) transcription factors. Akt also plays an important role in metabolism and insulin signaling. Insulin receptor signaling through Akt promotes Glut4 translocation through activation of AS160 and TBC1D1, resulting in increased glucose uptake. Akt regulates glycolysis through phosphorylation of PFK and hexokinase, and plays a significant role in aerobic glycolysis of cancer cells, also known as the Warburg Effect.

Aberrant Akt signaling is the underlying defect found in several pathologies. Akt is one of the most frequently activated kinases in human cancer as constitutively active Akt can promote unregulated cell proliferation. Abnormalities in Akt2 signaling can result in diabetes due to defects in glucose homeostasis. Akt is also a key player in cardiovascular disease through its role in cardiac growth, angiogenesis, and hypertrophy.

References

  1. Robey RB, Hay N (2009) Is Akt the “Warburg kinase”?-Akt-energy metabolism interactions and oncogenesis. Cancer Biol. 19(1), 25–31.
  2. Zhang S, Yu D (2010) PI(3)king apart PTEN’s role in cancer. Cancer Res. 16(17), 4325–30.
  3. Zoncu R, Efeyan A, Sabatini DM (2011) mTOR: from growth signal integration to cancer, diabetes and ageing. Rev. Mol. Cell Biol. 12(1), 21–35.
  4. Zhang X, Tang N, Hadden TJ, Rishi AK (2011) Akt, FoxO and regulation of apoptosis. Biophys. Acta 1813(11), 1978–86.
  5. Kloet DE, Burgering BM (2011) The PKB/FOXO switch in aging and cancer. Biophys. Acta 1813(11), 1926–37.
  6. Hers I, Vincent EE, Tavars JM (2011) Akt signalling in health and disease. Signal. 23(10), 1515–27.
  7. Wang H, Zhang Q, Wen Q, Zheng Y, Lazarovici P, Philip L, Jiang H, Lin J, Zheng W (2012) Proline-rich Akt substrate of 40kDa (PRAS40): a novel downstream target of PI3k/Akt signaling pathway. Signal. 24(1), 17–24.
  8. Dazert E, Hall MN (2011) mTOR signaling in disease. Opin. Cell Biol. 23(6), 744–55.
  9. Bayley JP, Devilee P (2012) The Warburg effect in 2012. Curr Opin Oncol 24(1), 62–7.

 

mTOR Signaling Pathway

Akt mTOR pathway

Akt mTOR pathway

The mammalian target of rapamycin (mTOR) is an atypical serine/threonine kinase that is present in two distinct complexes. mTOR complex 1 (mTORC1) is composed of mTOR, Raptor, GβL (mLST8), and Deptor and is partially inhibited by rapamycin. mTORC1 integrates multiple signals reflecting the availability of growth factors, nutrients, or energy to promote either cellular growth when conditions are favorable or catabolic processes during stress or when conditions are unfavorable. Growth factors and hormones (e.g. insulin) signal to mTORC1 via Akt, which inactivates TSC2 to prevent inhibition of mTORC1. Alternatively, low ATP levels lead to the AMPK-dependent activation of TSC2 and phosphorylation of raptor to reduce mTORC1 signaling. Amino acid availability is signaled to mTORC1 via a pathway involving the Rag and Ragulator (LAMTOR1-3) proteins. Active mTORC1 has a number of downstream biological effects including translation of mRNA via the phosphorylation of downstream targets (4E-BP1 and p70 S6 Kinase), suppression of autophagy (Atg13, ULK1), ribosome biogenesis, and activation of transcription leading to mitochondrial metabolism or adipogenesis. The mTOR complex 2 (mTORC2) is composed of mTOR, Rictor, GβL, Sin1, PRR5/Protor-1, and Deptor and promotes cellular survival by activating Akt. mTORC2 also regulates cytoskeletal dynamics by activating PKCα and regulates ion transport and growth via SGK1 phosphorylation. Aberrant mTOR signaling is involved in many disease states including cancer, cardiovascular disease, and metabolic disorders.

Selected Reviews:

We would like to thank Carson Thoreen and Prof. David Sabatini, Whitehead Institute for Biomedical Research, MIT, Cambridge, MA, for reviewing this diagram. revised November 2012

Protein Folding

 

conformational-rearrangements

conformational-rearrangements

Pincer movement of Hsp90 coupled to the ATPase cycle. NTD = N-terminal domain, MD = middle domain, CTD = C-terminal domain.

Pincer movement of Hsp90 coupled to the ATPase cycle. NTD = N-terminal domain, MD = middle domain, CTD = C-terminal domain.

 

Heat Shock Proteins (HSPs) form seven families (small HSPs (sHSPs), HSP10, 40, 60, 70, 90, and 100) of molecular chaperone proteins that play a central role in the cellular resistance to stress and actin organization. They are involved in the proper folding of proteins and the recognition and refolding of misfolded proteins. HSP expression is induced by a variety of environmental stresses, including heat, hypoxia, nutrient deficiency, free radicals, toxins, ischemia, and UV radiation. HSP27 is a member of the sHSP family. It is phosphorylated at Ser15, Ser78, and Ser82 by MAPKAPK-2 as a result of the activation of the p38 MAP kinase pathway. Phosphorylation and increased concentration of HSP27 has been implicated in actin polymerization and reorganization. HSP70 and HSP90 interact with unfolded proteins to prevent irreversible aggregation and catalyze the refolding of their substrates in an ATP- and co-chaperone-dependent manner. HSP70 has a broad range of substrates including newly synthesized and denatured proteins, while HSP90 tends to have a more limited subset of substrates, most of which are signaling molecules. HSP70 and HSP90 are also essential for the maturation and inactivation of nuclear hormones and other signaling molecules.

References

  1. Stenmark H (2009) Rab GTPases as coordinators of vesicle traffic. Rev. Mol. Cell Biol. 10(8), 513–25.
  2. Horgan CP, McCaffrey MW (2009) The dynamic Rab11-FIPs. Soc. Trans. 37(Pt 5), 1032–6.
  3. Evans CG, Chang L, Gestwicki JE (2010) Heat shock protein 70 (hsp70) as an emerging drug target. Med. Chem. 53(12), 4585–602.
  4. Lanneau D, Wettstein G, Bonniaud P, Garrido C (2010) Heat shock proteins: cell protection through protein triage. ScientificWorldJournal 10, 1543–52.
  5. Ghayour-Mobarhan M, Saber H, Ferns GA (2012) The potential role of heat shock protein 27 in cardiovascular disease. Chim. Acta 413(1-2), 15–24.
  6. Horgan CP, McCaffrey MW (2011) Rab GTPases and microtubule motors. Soc. Trans. 39(5), 1202–6.
  7. Stenmark H (2009) Rab GTPases as coordinators of vesicle traffic. Rev. Mol. Cell Biol. 10(8), 513–25.
  8. Horgan CP, McCaffrey MW (2009) The dynamic Rab11-FIPs. Soc. Trans. 37(Pt 5), 1032–6.
  9. Evans CG, Chang L, Gestwicki JE (2010) Heat shock protein 70 (hsp70) as an emerging drug target. Med. Chem. 53(12), 4585–602.
  10. Lanneau D, Wettstein G, Bonniaud P, Garrido C (2010) Heat shock proteins: cell protection through protein triage. ScientificWorldJournal 10, 1543–52.
  11. Ghayour-Mobarhan M, Saber H, Ferns GA (2012) The potential role of heat shock protein 27 in cardiovascular disease. Chim. Acta 413(1-2), 15–24.
  12. Horgan CP, McCaffrey MW (2011) Rab GTPases and microtubule motors. Soc. Trans. 39(5), 1202–6

– See more at: http://www.cellsignal.com/common/content/content.jsp?id=protein-folding#sthash.xAfeElH1.dpuf

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Read Full Post »

Summary – Volume 4, Part 2: Translational Medicine in Cardiovascular Diseases

Summary – Volume 4, Part 2:  Translational Medicine in Cardiovascular Diseases

Author and Curator: Larry H Bernstein, MD, FCAP

 

We have covered a large amount of material that involves

  • the development,
  • application, and
  • validation of outcomes of medical and surgical procedures

that are based on translation of science from the laboratory to the bedside, improving the standards of medical practice at an accelerated pace in the last quarter century, and in the last decade.  Encouraging enabling developments have been:

1. The establishment of national and international outcomes databases for procedures by specialist medical societies

Stent Design and Thrombosis: Bifurcation Intervention, Drug Eluting Stents (DES) and Biodegrable Stents
Curator: Aviva Lev-Ari, PhD, RN
http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2013/08/06/stent-design-and-thrombosis-bifurcation-intervention-drug-eluting-stents-des-and-biodegrable-stents/

On Devices and On Algorithms: Prediction of Arrhythmia after Cardiac Surgery and ECG Prediction of an Onset of Paroxysmal Atrial Fibrillation
Author, and Content Consultant to e-SERIES A: Cardiovascular Diseases: Justin Pearlman, MD, PhD, FACC
http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2013/05/07/on-devices-and-on-algorithms-arrhythmia-after-cardiac-surgery-prediction-and-ecg-prediction-of-paroxysmal-atrial-fibrillation-onset/

Mitral Valve Repair: Who is a Patient Candidate for a Non-Ablative Fully Non-Invasive Procedure?
Author, and Content Consultant to e-SERIES A: Cardiovascular Diseases: Justin Pearlman, MD, PhD, FACC and Article Curator: Aviva Lev-Ari, PhD, RN
http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2013/11/04/mitral-valve-repair-who-is-a-candidate-for-a-non-ablative-fully-non-invasive-procedure/

Cardiovascular Complications: Death from Reoperative Sternotomy after prior CABG, MVR, AVR, or Radiation; Complications of PCI; Sepsis from Cardiovascular Interventions
Author, Introduction and Summary: Justin D Pearlman, MD, PhD, FACC and Article Curator: Aviva Lev-Ari, PhD, RN
http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2013/07/23/cardiovascular-complications-of-multiple-etiologies-repeat-sternotomy-post-cabg-or-avr-post-pci-pad-endoscopy-andor-resultant-of-systemic-sepsis/

Survivals Comparison of Coronary Artery Bypass Graft (CABG) and Percutaneous Coronary Intervention (PCI) /Coronary Angioplasty
Larry H. Bernstein, MD, Writer And Aviva Lev-Ari, PhD, RN, Curator
http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2013/06/23/comparison-of-cardiothoracic-bypass-and-percutaneous-interventional-catheterization-survivals/

Revascularization: PCI, Prior History of PCI vs CABG
Curator: Aviva Lev-Ari, PhD, RN
http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2013/04/25/revascularization-pci-prior-history-of-pci-vs-cabg/

Outcomes in High Cardiovascular Risk Patients: Prasugrel (Effient) vs. Clopidogrel (Plavix); Aliskiren (Tekturna) added to ACE or added to ARB
Reporter and Curator: Aviva Lev-Ari, PhD, RN
http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2012/08/27/outcomes-in-high-cardiovascular-risk-patients-prasugrel-effient-vs-clopidogrel-plavix-aliskiren-tekturna-added-to-ace-or-added-to-arb/

Endovascular Lower-extremity Revascularization Effectiveness: Vascular Surgeons (VSs), Interventional Cardiologists (ICs) and Interventional Radiologists (IRs)
Curator: Aviva Lev-Ari, PhD, RN
http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2012/08/13/coronary-artery-disease-medical-devices-solutions-from-first-in-man-stent-implantation-via-medical-ethical-dilemmas-to-drug-eluting-stents/

and more

2. The identification of problem areas, particularly in activation of the prothrombotic pathways, infection control to an extent, and targeting of pathways leading to progression or to arrythmogenic complications.

Cardiovascular Complications: Death from Reoperative Sternotomy after prior CABG, MVR, AVR, or Radiation; Complications of PCI; Sepsis from Cardiovascular Interventions Author, Introduction and Summary: Justin D Pearlman, MD, PhD, FACC and Article Curator: Aviva Lev-Ari, PhD, RN
http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2013/07/23/cardiovascular-complications-of-multiple-etiologies-repeat-sternotomy-post-cabg-or-avr-post-pci-pad-endoscopy-andor-resultant-of-systemic-sepsis/

Anticoagulation genotype guided dosing
Larry H. Bernstein, MD, FCAP, Author and Curator
http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2013/12/08/anticoagulation-genotype-guided-dosing/

Stent Design and Thrombosis: Bifurcation Intervention, Drug Eluting Stents (DES) and Biodegrable Stents
Curator: Aviva Lev-Ari, PhD, RN
http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2013/08/06/stent-design-and-thrombosis-bifurcation-intervention-drug-eluting-stents-des-and-biodegrable-stents/

The Effects of Aprotinin on Endothelial Cell Coagulant Biology
Co-Author (Kamran Baig, MBBS, James Jaggers, MD, Jeffrey H. Lawson, MD, PhD) and Curator
http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2013/07/20/the-effects-of-aprotinin-on-endothelial-cell-coagulant-biology/

Outcomes in High Cardiovascular Risk Patients: Prasugrel (Effient) vs. Clopidogrel (Plavix); Aliskiren (Tekturna) added to ACE or added to ARB
Reporter and Curator: Aviva Lev-Ari, PhD, RN
http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2012/08/27/outcomes-in-high-cardiovascular-risk-patients-prasugrel-effient-vs-clopidogrel-plavix-aliskiren-tekturna-added-to-ace-or-added-to-arb/

Pharmacogenomics – A New Method for Druggability  Author and Curator: Demet Sag, PhD
http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2014/04/28/pharmacogenomics-a-new-method-for-druggability/

Advanced Topics in Sepsis and the Cardiovascular System at its End Stage    Author: Larry H Bernstein, MD, FCAP
http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2013/08/18/advanced-topics-in-Sepsis-and-the-Cardiovascular-System-at-its-End-Stage/

3. Development of procedures that use a safer materials in vascular management.

Stent Design and Thrombosis: Bifurcation Intervention, Drug Eluting Stents (DES) and Biodegrable Stents
Curator: Aviva Lev-Ari, PhD, RN
http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2013/08/06/stent-design-and-thrombosis-bifurcation-intervention-drug-eluting-stents-des-and-biodegrable-stents/

Biomaterials Technology: Models of Tissue Engineering for Reperfusion and Implantable Devices for Revascularization
Author and Curator: Larry H Bernstein, MD, FACP and Curator: Aviva Lev-Ari, PhD, RN
http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2013/05/05/bioengineering-of-vascular-and-tissue-models/

Vascular Repair: Stents and Biologically Active Implants
Author and Curator: Larry H Bernstein, MD, FACP and Curator: Aviva Lev-Ari, RN, PhD
http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2013/05/04/stents-biologically-active-implants-and-vascular-repair/

Drug Eluting Stents: On MIT’s Edelman Lab’s Contributions to Vascular Biology and its Pioneering Research on DES
Author: Larry H Bernstein, MD, FACP and Curator: Aviva Lev-Ari, PhD, RN
http://PharmaceuticalIntelligence.com/2013/04/25/Contributions-to-vascular-biology/

MedTech & Medical Devices for Cardiovascular Repair – Curations by Aviva Lev-Ari, PhD, RN
http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2014/04/17/medtech-medical-devices-for-cardiovascular-repair-curation-by-aviva-lev-ari-phd-rn/

4. Discrimination of cases presenting for treatment based on qualifications for medical versus surgical intervention.

Treatment Options for Left Ventricular Failure – Temporary Circulatory Support: Intra-aortic balloon pump (IABP) – Impella Recover LD/LP 5.0 and 2.5, Pump Catheters (Non-surgical) vs Bridge Therapy: Percutaneous Left Ventricular Assist Devices (pLVADs) and LVADs (Surgical)
Author: Larry H Bernstein, MD, FCAP And Curator: Justin D Pearlman, MD, PhD, FACC
http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2013/07/17/treatment-options-for-left-ventricular-failure-temporary-circulatory-support-intra-aortic-balloon-pump-iabp-impella-recover-ldlp-5-0-and-2-5-pump-catheters-non-surgical-vs-bridge-therapy/

Coronary Reperfusion Therapies: CABG vs PCI – Mayo Clinic preprocedure Risk Score (MCRS) for Prediction of in-Hospital Mortality after CABG or PCI
Writer and Curator: Larry H. Bernstein, MD, FCAP and Curator: Aviva Lev-Ari, PhD, RN
http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2013/06/30/mayo-risk-score-for-percutaneous-coronary-intervention/

ACC/AHA Guidelines for Coronary Artery Bypass Graft Surgery Reporter: Aviva Lev-Ari, PhD, RN
http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2013/11/05/accaha-guidelines-for-coronary-artery-bypass-graft-surgery/

Mitral Valve Repair: Who is a Patient Candidate for a Non-Ablative Fully Non-Invasive Procedure?
Author, and Content Consultant to e-SERIES A: Cardiovascular Diseases: Justin Pearlman, MD, PhD, FACC and Article Curator: Aviva Lev-Ari, PhD, RN
http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2013/11/04/mitral-valve-repair-who-is-a-candidate-for-a-non-ablative-fully-non-invasive-procedure/ 

5.  This has become possible because of the advances in our knowledge of key related pathogenetic mechanisms involving gene expression and cellular regulation of complex mechanisms.

What is the key method to harness Inflammation to close the doors for many complex diseases?
Author and Curator: Larry H Bernstein, MD, FCAP
http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2014/03/21/what-is-the-key-method-to-harness-inflammation-to-close-the-doors-for-many-complex-diseases/

CVD Prevention and Evaluation of Cardiovascular Imaging Modalities: Coronary Calcium Score by CT Scan Screening to justify or not the Use of Statin
Curator: Aviva Lev-Ari, PhD, RN
http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2014/03/03/cvd-prevention-and-evaluation-of-cardiovascular-imaging-modalities-coronary-calcium-score-by-ct-scan-screening-to-justify-or-not-the-use-of-statin/

Richard Lifton, MD, PhD of Yale University and Howard Hughes Medical Institute: Recipient of 2014 Breakthrough Prizes Awarded in Life Sciences for the Discovery of Genes and Biochemical Mechanisms that cause Hypertension
Curator: Aviva Lev-Ari, PhD, RN
http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2014/03/03/richard-lifton-md-phd-of-yale-university-and-howard-hughes-medical-institute-recipient-of-2014-breakthrough-prizes-awarded-in-life-sciences-for-the-discovery-of-genes-and-biochemical-mechanisms-tha/

Pathophysiological Effects of Diabetes on Ischemic-Cardiovascular Disease and on Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (COPD)
Curator:  Larry H. Bernstein, MD, FCAP
http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2014/01/15/pathophysiological-effects-of-diabetes-on-ischemic-cardiovascular-disease-and-on-chronic-obstructive-pulmonary-disease-copd/

Atherosclerosis Independence: Genetic Polymorphisms of Ion Channels Role in the Pathogenesis of Coronary Microvascular Dysfunction and Myocardial Ischemia (Coronary Artery Disease (CAD))
Reviewer and Co-Curator: Larry H Bernstein, MD, CAP and Curator: Aviva Lev-Ari, PhD, RN
http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2013/12/21/genetic-polymorphisms-of-ion-channels-have-a-role-in-the-pathogenesis-of-coronary-microvascular-dysfunction-and-ischemic-heart-disease/

Notable Contributions to Regenerative Cardiology  Author and Curator: Larry H Bernstein, MD, FCAP and Article Commissioner: Aviva Lev-Ari, PhD, RD
http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2013/10/20/notable-contributions-to-regenerative-cardiology/

As noted in the introduction, any of the material can be found and reviewed by content, and the eTOC is identified in attached:

http://wp.me/p2xfv8-1W

 

This completes what has been presented in Part 2, Vol 4 , and supporting references for the main points that are found in the Leaders in Pharmaceutical Intelligence Cardiovascular book.  Part 1 was concerned with Posttranslational Modification of Proteins, vital for understanding cellular regulation and dysregulation.  Part 2 was concerned with Translational Medical Therapeutics, the efficacy of medical and surgical decisions based on bringing the knowledge gained from the laboratory, and from clinical trials into the realm opf best practice.  The time for this to occur in practice in the past has been through roughly a generation of physicians.  That was in part related to the busy workload of physicians, and inability to easily access specialty literature as the volume and complexity increased.  This had an effect of making access of a family to a primary care provider through a lifetime less likely than the period post WWII into the 1980s.

However, the growth of knowledge has accelerated in the specialties since the 1980’s so that the use of physician referral in time became a concern about the cost of medical care.  This is not the place for or a matter for discussion here.  It is also true that the scientific advances and improvements in available technology have had a great impact on medical outcomes.  The only unrelated issue is that of healthcare delivery, which is not up to the standard set by serial advances in therapeutics, accompanied by high cost due to development costs, marketing costs, and development of drug resistance.

I shall identify continuing developments in cardiovascular diagnostics, therapeutics, and bioengineering that is and has been emerging.

1. Mechanisms of disease

REPORT: Mapping the Cellular Response to Small Molecules Using Chemogenomic Fitness Signatures 

Science 11 April 2014:
Vol. 344 no. 6180 pp. 208-211
http://dx.doi.org/10.1126/science.1250217

Abstract: Genome-wide characterization of the in vivo cellular response to perturbation is fundamental to understanding how cells survive stress. Identifying the proteins and pathways perturbed by small molecules affects biology and medicine by revealing the mechanisms of drug action. We used a yeast chemogenomics platform that quantifies the requirement for each gene for resistance to a compound in vivo to profile 3250 small molecules in a systematic and unbiased manner. We identified 317 compounds that specifically perturb the function of 121 genes and characterized the mechanism of specific compounds. Global analysis revealed that the cellular response to small molecules is limited and described by a network of 45 major chemogenomic signatures. Our results provide a resource for the discovery of functional interactions among genes, chemicals, and biological processes.

Yeasty HIPHOP

Laura Zahn
Sci. Signal. 15 April 2014; 7(321): ec103.   http://dx.doi.org/10.1126/scisignal.2005362

In order to identify how chemical compounds target genes and affect the physiology of the cell, tests of the perturbations that occur when treated with a range of pharmacological chemicals are required. By examining the haploinsufficiency profiling (HIP) and homozygous profiling (HOP) chemogenomic platforms, Lee et al.(p. 208) analyzed the response of yeast to thousands of different small molecules, with genetic, proteomic, and bioinformatic analyses. Over 300 compounds were identified that targeted 121 genes within 45 cellular response signature networks. These networks were used to extrapolate the likely effects of related chemicals, their impact upon genetic pathways, and to identify putative gene functions

Key Heart Failure Culprit Discovered

A team of cardiovascular researchers from the Cardiovascular Research Center at Icahn School of Medicine at Mount Sinai, Sanford-Burnham Medical Research Institute, and University of California, San Diego have identified a small, but powerful, new player in thIe onset and progression of heart failure. Their findings, published in the journal Nature  on March 12, also show how they successfully blocked the newly discovered culprit.
Investigators identified a tiny piece of RNA called miR-25 that blocks a gene known as SERCA2a, which regulates the flow of calcium within heart muscle cells. Decreased SERCA2a activity is one of the main causes of poor contraction of the heart and enlargement of heart muscle cells leading to heart failure.

Using a functional screening system developed by researchers at Sanford-Burnham, the research team discovered miR-25 acts pathologically in patients suffering from heart failure, delaying proper calcium uptake in heart muscle cells. According to co-lead study authors Christine Wahlquist and Dr. Agustin Rojas Muñoz, developers of the approach and researchers in Mercola’s lab at Sanford-Burnham, they used high-throughput robotics to sift through the entire genome for microRNAs involved in heart muscle dysfunction.

Subsequently, the researchers at the Cardiovascular Research Center at Icahn School of Medicine at Mount Sinai found that injecting a small piece of RNA to inhibit the effects of miR-25 dramatically halted heart failure progression in mice. In addition, it also improved their cardiac function and survival.

“In this study, we have not only identified one of the key cellular processes leading to heart failure, but have also demonstrated the therapeutic potential of blocking this process,” says co-lead study author Dr. Dongtak Jeong, a post-doctoral fellow at the Cardiovascular Research Center at Icahn School of  Medicine at Mount Sinai in the laboratory of the study’s co-senior author Dr. Roger J. Hajjar.

Publication: Inhibition of miR-25 improves cardiac contractility in the failing heart.Christine Wahlquist, Dongtak Jeong, Agustin Rojas-Muñoz, Changwon Kho, Ahyoung Lee, Shinichi Mitsuyama, Alain Van Mil, Woo Jin Park, Joost P. G. Sluijter, Pieter A. F. Doevendans, Roger J. :  Hajjar & Mark Mercola.     Nature (March 2014)    http://www.nature.com/nature/journal/vaop/ncurrent/full/nature13073.html

 

“Junk” DNA Tied to Heart Failure

Deep RNA Sequencing Reveals Dynamic Regulation of Myocardial Noncoding RNAs in Failing Human Heart and Remodeling With Mechanical Circulatory Support

Yang KC, Yamada KA, Patel AY, Topkara VK, George I, et al.
Circulation 2014;  129(9):1009-21.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1161/CIRCULATIONAHA.113.003863              http://circ.ahajournals.org/…/CIRCULATIONAHA.113.003863.full

The myocardial transcriptome is dynamically regulated in advanced heart failure and after LVAD support. The expression profiles of lncRNAs, but not mRNAs or miRNAs, can discriminate failing hearts of different pathologies and are markedly altered in response to LVAD support. These results suggest an important role for lncRNAs in the pathogenesis of heart failure and in reverse remodeling observed with mechanical support.

Junk DNA was long thought to have no important role in heredity or disease because it doesn’t code for proteins. But emerging research in recent years has revealed that many of these sections of the genome produce noncoding RNA molecules that still have important functions in the body. They come in a variety of forms, some more widely studied than others. Of these, about 90% are called long noncoding RNAs (lncRNAs), and exploration of their roles in health and disease is just beginning.

The Washington University group performed a comprehensive analysis of all RNA molecules expressed in the human heart. The researchers studied nonfailing hearts and failing hearts before and after patients received pump support from left ventricular assist devices (LVAD). The LVADs increased each heart’s pumping capacity while patients waited for heart transplants.

In their study, the researchers found that unlike other RNA molecules, expression patterns of long noncoding RNAs could distinguish between two major types of heart failure and between failing hearts before and after they received LVAD support.

“The myocardial transcriptome is dynamically regulated in advanced heart failure and after LVAD support. The expression profiles of lncRNAs, but not mRNAs or miRNAs, can discriminate failing hearts of different pathologies and are markedly altered in response to LVAD support,” wrote the researchers. “These results suggest an important role for lncRNAs in the pathogenesis of heart failure and in reverse remodeling observed with mechanical support.”

‘Junk’ Genome Regions Linked to Heart Failure

In a recent issue of the journal Circulation, Washington University investigators report results from the first comprehensive analysis of all RNA molecules expressed in the human heart. The researchers studied nonfailing hearts and failing hearts before and after patients received pump support from left ventricular assist devices (LVAD). The LVADs increased each heart’s pumping capacity while patients waited for heart transplants.

“We took an unbiased approach to investigating which types of RNA might be linked to heart failure,” said senior author Jeanne Nerbonne, the Alumni Endowed Professor of Molecular Biology and Pharmacology. “We were surprised to find that long noncoding RNAs stood out.

In the new study, the investigators found that unlike other RNA molecules, expression patterns of long noncoding RNAs could distinguish between two major types of heart failure and between failing hearts before and after they received LVAD support.

“We don’t know whether these changes in long noncoding RNAs are a cause or an effect of heart failure,” Nerbonne said. “But it seems likely they play some role in coordinating the regulation of multiple genes involved in heart function.”

Nerbonne pointed out that all types of RNA molecules they examined could make the obvious distinction: telling the difference between failing and nonfailing hearts. But only expression of the long noncoding RNAs was measurably different between heart failure associated with a heart attack (ischemic) and heart failure without the obvious trigger of blocked arteries (nonischemic). Similarly, only long noncoding RNAs significantly changed expression patterns after implantation of left ventricular assist devices.

Comment

Decoding the noncoding transcripts in human heart failure

Xiao XG, Touma M, Wang Y
Circulation. 2014; 129(9): 958960,  http://dx.doi.org/10.1161/CIRCULATIONAHA.114.007548 

Heart failure is a complex disease with a broad spectrum of pathological features. Despite significant advancement in clinical diagnosis through improved imaging modalities and hemodynamic approaches, reliable molecular signatures for better differential diagnosis and better monitoring of heart failure progression remain elusive. The few known clinical biomarkers for heart failure, such as plasma brain natriuretic peptide and troponin, have been shown to have limited use in defining the cause or prognosis of the disease.1,2 Consequently, current clinical identification and classification of heart failure remain descriptive, mostly based on functional and morphological parameters. Therefore, defining the pathogenic mechanisms for hypertrophic versus dilated or ischemic versus nonischemic cardiomyopathies in the failing heart remain a major challenge to both basic science and clinic researchers. In recent years, mechanical circulatory support using left ventricular assist devices (LVADs) has assumed a growing role in the care of patients with end-stage heart failure.3 During the earlier years of LVAD application as a bridge to transplant, it became evident that some patients exhibit substantial recovery of ventricular function, structure, and electric properties.4 This led to the recognition that reverse remodeling is potentially an achievable therapeutic goal using LVADs. However, the underlying mechanism for the reverse remodeling in the LVAD-treated hearts is unclear, and its discovery would likely hold great promise to halt or even reverse the progression of heart failure.

 

Efficacy and Safety of Dabigatran Compared With Warfarin in Relation to Baseline Renal Function in Patients With Atrial Fibrillation: A RE-LY (Randomized Evaluation of Long-term Anticoagulation Therapy) Trial Analysis

Circulation. 2014; 129: 951-952     http://dx.doi.org/10.1161/​CIR.0000000000000022

In patients with atrial fibrillation, impaired renal function is associated with a higher risk of thromboembolic events and major bleeding. Oral anticoagulation with vitamin K antagonists reduces thromboembolic events but raises the risk of bleeding. The new oral anticoagulant dabigatran has 80% renal elimination, and its efficacy and safety might, therefore, be related to renal function. In this prespecified analysis from the Randomized Evaluation of Long-Term Anticoagulant Therapy (RELY) trial, outcomes with dabigatran versus warfarin were evaluated in relation to 4 estimates of renal function, that is, equations based on creatinine levels (Cockcroft-Gault, Modification of Diet in Renal Disease (MDRD), Chronic Kidney Disease Epidemiology Collaboration [CKD-EPI]) and cystatin C. The rates of stroke or systemic embolism were lower with dabigatran 150 mg and similar with 110 mg twice daily irrespective of renal function. Rates of major bleeding were lower with dabigatran 110 mg and similar with 150 mg twice daily across the entire range of renal function. However, when the CKD-EPI or MDRD equations were used, there was a significantly greater relative reduction in major bleeding with both doses of dabigatran than with warfarin in patients with estimated glomerular filtration rate ≥80 mL/min. These findings show that dabigatran can be used with the same efficacy and adequate safety in patients with a wide range of renal function and that a more accurate estimate of renal function might be useful for improved tailoring of anticoagulant treatment in patients with atrial fibrillation and an increased risk of stroke.

Aldosterone Regulates MicroRNAs in the Cortical Collecting Duct to Alter Sodium Transport.

Robert S Edinger, Claudia Coronnello, Andrew J Bodnar, William A Laframboise, Panayiotis V Benos, Jacqueline Ho, John P Johnson, Michael B Butterworth

Journal of the American Society of Nephrology (Impact Factor: 8.99). 04/2014;     http://dx. DO.org/I:10.1681/ASN.2013090931

Source: PubMed

ABSTRACT A role for microRNAs (miRs) in the physiologic regulation of sodium transport in the kidney has not been established. In this study, we investigated the potential of aldosterone to alter miR expression in mouse cortical collecting duct (mCCD) epithelial cells. Microarray studies demonstrated the regulation of miR expression by aldosterone in both cultured mCCD and isolated primary distal nephron principal cells.

Aldosterone regulation of the most significantly downregulated miRs, mmu-miR-335-3p, mmu-miR-290-5p, and mmu-miR-1983 was confirmed by quantitative RT-PCR. Reducing the expression of these miRs separately or in combination increased epithelial sodium channel (ENaC)-mediated sodium transport in mCCD cells, without mineralocorticoid supplementation. Artificially increasing the expression of these miRs by transfection with plasmid precursors or miR mimic constructs blunted aldosterone stimulation of ENaC transport.

Using a newly developed computational approach, termed ComiR, we predicted potential gene targets for the aldosterone-regulated miRs and confirmed ankyrin 3 (Ank3) as a novel aldosterone and miR-regulated protein.

A dual-luciferase assay demonstrated direct binding of the miRs with the Ank3-3′ untranslated region. Overexpression of Ank3 increased and depletion of Ank3 decreased ENaC-mediated sodium transport in mCCD cells. These findings implicate miRs as intermediaries in aldosterone signaling in principal cells of the distal kidney nephron.

 

2. Diagnostic Biomarker Status

A prospective study of the impact of serial troponin measurements on the diagnosis of myocardial infarction and hospital and 6-month mortality in patients admitted to ICU with non-cardiac diagnoses.

Marlies Ostermann, Jessica Lo, Michael Toolan, Emma Tuddenham, Barnaby Sanderson, Katie Lei, John Smith, Anna Griffiths, Ian Webb, James Coutts, John hambers, Paul Collinson, Janet Peacock, David Bennett, David Treacher

Critical care (London, England) (Impact Factor: 4.72). 04/2014; 18(2):R62.   http://dx.doi.org/:10.1186/cc13818

Source: PubMed

ABSTRACT Troponin T (cTnT) elevation is common in patients in the Intensive Care Unit (ICU) and associated with morbidity and mortality. Our aim was to determine the epidemiology of raised cTnT levels and contemporaneous electrocardiogram (ECG) changes suggesting myocardial infarction (MI) in ICU patients admitted for non-cardiac reasons.
cTnT and ECGs were recorded daily during week 1 and on alternate days during week 2 until discharge from ICU or death. ECGs were interpreted independently for the presence of ischaemic changes. Patients were classified into 4 groups: (i) definite MI (cTnT >=15 ng/L and contemporaneous changes of MI on ECG), (ii) possible MI (cTnT >=15 ng/L and contemporaneous ischaemic changes on ECG), (iii) troponin rise alone (cTnT >=15 ng/L), or (iv) normal. Medical notes were screened independently by two ICU clinicians for evidence that the clinical teams had considered a cardiac event.
Data from 144 patients were analysed [42% female; mean age 61.9 (SD 16.9)]. 121 patients (84%) had at least one cTnT level >=15 ng/L. A total of 20 patients (14%) had a definite MI, 27% had a possible MI, 43% had a cTNT rise without contemporaneous ECG changes, and 16% had no cTNT rise. ICU, hospital and 180 day mortality were significantly higher in patients with a definite or possible MI.Only 20% of definite MIs were recognised by the clinical team. There was no significant difference in mortality between recognised and non-recognised events.At time of cTNT rise, 100 patients (70%) were septic and 58% were on vasopressors. Patients who were septic when cTNT was elevated had an ICU mortality of 28% compared to 9% in patients without sepsis. ICU mortality of patients who were on vasopressors at time of cTNT elevation was 37% compared to 1.7% in patients not on vasopressors.
The majority of critically ill patients (84%) had a cTnT rise and 41% met criteria for a possible or definite MI of whom only 20% were recognised clinically. Mortality up to 180 days was higher in patients with a cTnT rise.

 

Prognostic performance of high-sensitivity cardiac troponin T kinetic changes adjusted for elevated admission values and the GRACE score in an unselected emergency department population.

Moritz BienerMatthias MuellerMehrshad VafaieAllan S JaffeHugo A Katus,Evangelos Giannitsis

Clinica chimica acta; international journal of clinical chemistry (Impact Factor: 2.54). 04/2014;   http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.cca.2014.04.007

Source: PubMed

ABSTRACT To test the prognostic performance of rising and falling kinetic changes of high-sensitivity cardiac troponin T (hs-cTnT) and the GRACE score.
Rising and falling hs-cTnT changes in an unselected emergency department population were compared.
635 patients with a hs-cTnT >99th percentile admission value were enrolled. Of these, 572 patients qualified for evaluation with rising patterns (n=254, 44.4%), falling patterns (n=224, 39.2%), or falling patterns following an initial rise (n=94, 16.4%). During 407days of follow-up, we observed 74 deaths, 17 recurrent AMI, and 79 subjects with a composite of death/AMI. Admission values >14ng/L were associated with a higher rate of adverse outcomes (OR, 95%CI:death:12.6, 1.8-92.1, p=0.01, death/AMI:6.7, 1.6-27.9, p=0.01). Neither rising nor falling changes increased the AUC of baseline values (AUC: rising 0.562 vs 0.561, p=ns, falling: 0.533 vs 0.575, p=ns). A GRACE score ≥140 points indicated a higher risk of death (OR, 95%CI: 3.14, 1.84-5.36), AMI (OR,95%CI: 1.56, 0.59-4.17), or death/AMI (OR, 95%CI: 2.49, 1.51-4.11). Hs-cTnT changes did not improve prognostic performance of a GRACE score ≥140 points (AUC, 95%CI: death: 0.635, 0.570-0.701 vs. 0.560, 0.470-0.649 p=ns, AMI: 0.555, 0.418-0.693 vs. 0.603, 0.424-0.782, p=ns, death/AMI: 0.610, 0.545-0.676 vs. 0.538, 0.454-0.622, p=ns). Coronary angiography was performed earlier in patients with rising than with falling kinetics (median, IQR [hours]:13.7, 5.5-28.0 vs. 20.8, 6.3-59.0, p=0.01).
Neither rising nor falling hs-cTnT changes improve prognostic performance of elevated hs-cTnT admission values or the GRACE score. However, rising values are more likely associated with the decision for earlier invasive strategy.

 

Troponin assays for the diagnosis of myocardial infarction and acute coronary syndrome: where do we stand?

Arie Eisenman

ABSTRACT: Under normal circumstances, most intracellular troponin is part of the muscle contractile apparatus, and only a small percentage (< 2-8%) is free in the cytoplasm. The presence of a cardiac-specific troponin in the circulation at levels above normal is good evidence of damage to cardiac muscle cells, such as myocardial infarction, myocarditis, trauma, unstable angina, cardiac surgery or other cardiac procedures. Troponins are released as complexes leading to various cut-off values depending on the assay used. This makes them very sensitive and specific indicators of cardiac injury. As with other cardiac markers, observation of a rise and fall in troponin levels in the appropriate time-frame increases the diagnostic specificity for acute myocardial infarction. They start to rise approximately 4-6 h after the onset of acute myocardial infarction and peak at approximately 24 h, as is the case with creatine kinase-MB. They remain elevated for 7-10 days giving a longer diagnostic window than creatine kinase. Although the diagnosis of various types of acute coronary syndrome remains a clinical-based diagnosis, the use of troponin levels contributes to their classification. This Editorial elaborates on the nature of troponin, its classification, clinical use and importance, as well as comparing it with other currently available cardiac markers.

Expert Review of Cardiovascular Therapy 07/2006; 4(4):509-14.   http://dx.doi.org/:10.1586/14779072.4.4.509 

 

Impact of redefining acute myocardial infarction on incidence, management and reimbursement rate of acute coronary syndromes.

Carísi A Polanczyk, Samir Schneid, Betina V Imhof, Mariana Furtado, Carolina Pithan, Luis E Rohde, Jorge P Ribeiro

ABSTRACT: Although redefinition for acute myocardial infarction (AMI) has been proposed few years ago, to date it has not been universally adopted by many institutions. The purpose of this study is to evaluate the diagnostic, prognostic and economical impact of the new diagnostic criteria for AMI. Patients consecutively admitted to the emergency department with suspected acute coronary syndromes were enrolled in this study. Troponin T (cTnT) was measured in samples collected for routine CK-MB analyses and results were not available to physicians. Patients without AMI by traditional criteria and cTnT > or = 0.035 ng/mL were coded as redefined AMI. Clinical outcomes were hospital death, major cardiac events and revascularization procedures. In-hospital management and reimbursement rates were also analyzed. Among 363 patients, 59 (16%) patients had AMI by conventional criteria, whereas additional 75 (21%) had redefined AMI, an increase of 127% in the incidence. Patients with redefined AMI were significantly older, more frequently male, with atypical chest pain and more risk factors. In multivariate analysis, redefined AMI was associated with 3.1 fold higher hospital death (95% CI: 0.6-14) and a 5.6 fold more cardiac events (95% CI: 2.1-15) compared to those without AMI. From hospital perspective, based on DRGs payment system, adoption of AMI redefinition would increase 12% the reimbursement rate [3552 Int dollars per 100 patients evaluated]. The redefined criteria result in a substantial increase in AMI cases, and allow identification of high-risk patients. Efforts should be made to reinforce the adoption of AMI redefinition, which may result in more qualified and efficient management of ACS.

International Journal of Cardiology 03/2006; 107(2):180-7. · 5.51 Impact Factor   http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0167527305005279

 

3. Biomedical Engineerin3g

Safety and Efficacy of an Injectable Extracellular Matrix Hydrogel for Treating Myocardial Infarction 

Sonya B. Seif-Naraghi, Jennifer M. Singelyn, Michael A. Salvatore,  et al.
Sci Transl Med 20 February 2013 5:173ra25  http://dx.doi.org/10.1126/scitranslmed.3005503

Acellular biomaterials can stimulate the local environment to repair tissues without the regulatory and scientific challenges of cell-based therapies. A greater understanding of the mechanisms of such endogenous tissue repair is furthering the design and application of these biomaterials. We discuss recent progress in acellular materials for tissue repair, using cartilage and cardiac tissues as examples of application with substantial intrinsic hurdles, but where human translation is now occurring.

 Acellular Biomaterials: An Evolving Alternative to Cell-Based Therapies

J. A. Burdick, R. L. Mauck, J. H. Gorman, R. C. Gorman,
Sci. Transl. Med. 2013; 5, (176): 176 ps4    http://stm.sciencemag.org/content/5/176/176ps4

Acellular biomaterials can stimulate the local environment to repair tissues without the regulatory and scientific challenges of cell-based therapies. A greater understanding of the mechanisms of such endogenous tissue repair is furthering the design and application of these biomaterials. We discuss recent progress in acellular materials for tissue repair, using cartilage and cardiac tissues as examples of applications with substantial intrinsic hurdles, but where human translation is now occurring.


Instructive Nanofiber Scaffolds with VEGF Create a Microenvironment for Arteriogenesis and Cardiac Repair

Yi-Dong Lin, Chwan-Yau Luo, Yu-Ning Hu, Ming-Long Yeh, Ying-Chang Hsueh, Min-Yao Chang, et al.
Sci Transl Med 8 August 2012; 4(146):ra109.   http://dx.doi.org/ 10.1126/scitranslmed.3003841

Angiogenic therapy is a promising approach for tissue repair and regeneration. However, recent clinical trials with protein delivery or gene therapy to promote angiogenesis have failed to provide therapeutic effects. A key factor for achieving effective revascularization is the durability of the microvasculature and the formation of new arterial vessels. Accordingly, we carried out experiments to test whether intramyocardial injection of self-assembling peptide nanofibers (NFs) combined with vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF) could create an intramyocardial microenvironment with prolonged VEGF release to improve post-infarct neovascularization in rats. Our data showed that when injected with NF, VEGF delivery was sustained within the myocardium for up to 14 days, and the side effects of systemic edema and proteinuria were significantly reduced to the same level as that of control. NF/VEGF injection significantly improved angiogenesis, arteriogenesis, and cardiac performance 28 days after myocardial infarction. NF/VEGF injection not only allowed controlled local delivery but also transformed the injected site into a favorable microenvironment that recruited endogenous myofibroblasts and helped achieve effective revascularization. The engineered vascular niche further attracted a new population of cardiomyocyte-like cells to home to the injected sites, suggesting cardiomyocyte regeneration. Follow-up studies in pigs also revealed healing benefits consistent with observations in rats. In summary, this study demonstrates a new strategy for cardiovascular repair with potential for future clinical translation.

Manufacturing Challenges in Regenerative Medicine

I. Martin, P. J. Simmons, D. F. Williams.
Sci. Transl. Med. 2014; 6(232): fs16.   http://dx.doi.org/10.1126/scitranslmed.3008558

Along with scientific and regulatory issues, the translation of cell and tissue therapies in the routine clinical practice needs to address standardization and cost-effectiveness through the definition of suitable manufacturing paradigms.

 

 

 

Read Full Post »

Summary of Translational Medicine – e-Series A: Cardiovascular Diseases, Volume Four – Part 1

Summary of Translational Medicine – e-Series A: Cardiovascular Diseases, Volume Four – Part 1

Author and Curator: Larry H Bernstein, MD, FCAP

and

Curator: Aviva Lev-Ari, PhD, RN

Article ID #135: Summary of Translational Medicine – e-Series A: Cardiovascular Diseases, Volume Four – Part 1. Published on 4/28/2014

WordCloud Image Produced by Adam Tubman

 

Part 1 of Volume 4 in the e-series A: Cardiovascular Diseases and Translational Medicine, provides a foundation for grasping a rapidly developing surging scientific endeavor that is transcending laboratory hypothesis testing and providing guidelines to:

  • Target genomes and multiple nucleotide sequences involved in either coding or in regulation that might have an impact on complex diseases, not necessarily genetic in nature.
  • Target signaling pathways that are demonstrably maladjusted, activated or suppressed in many common and complex diseases, or in their progression.
  • Enable a reduction in failure due to toxicities in the later stages of clinical drug trials as a result of this science-based understanding.
  • Enable a reduction in complications from the improvement of machanical devices that have already had an impact on the practice of interventional procedures in cardiology, cardiac surgery, and radiological imaging, as well as improving laboratory diagnostics at the molecular level.
  • Enable the discovery of new drugs in the continuing emergence of drug resistance.
  • Enable the construction of critical pathways and better guidelines for patient management based on population outcomes data, that will be critically dependent on computational methods and large data-bases.

What has been presented can be essentially viewed in the following Table:

 

Summary Table for TM - Part 1

Summary Table for TM – Part 1

 

 

 

There are some developments that deserve additional development:

1. The importance of mitochondrial function in the activity state of the mitochondria in cellular work (combustion) is understood, and impairments of function are identified in diseases of muscle, cardiac contraction, nerve conduction, ion transport, water balance, and the cytoskeleton – beyond the disordered metabolism in cancer.  A more detailed explanation of the energetics that was elucidated based on the electron transport chain might also be in order.

2. The processes that are enabling a more full application of technology to a host of problems in the environment we live in and in disease modification is growing rapidly, and will change the face of medicine and its allied health sciences.

 

Electron Transport and Bioenergetics

Deferred for metabolomics topic

Synthetic Biology

Introduction to Synthetic Biology and Metabolic Engineering

Kristala L. J. Prather: Part-1    <iBiology > iBioSeminars > Biophysics & Chemical Biology >

http://www.ibiology.org Lecturers generously donate their time to prepare these lectures. The project is funded by NSF and NIGMS, and is supported by the ASCB and HHMI.
Dr. Prather explains that synthetic biology involves applying engineering principles to biological systems to build “biological machines”.

Dr. Prather has received numerous awards both for her innovative research and for excellence in teaching.  Learn more about how Kris became a scientist at
Prather 1: Synthetic Biology and Metabolic Engineering  2/6/14IntroductionLecture Overview In the first part of her lecture, Dr. Prather explains that synthetic biology involves applying engineering principles to biological systems to build “biological machines”. The key material in building these machines is synthetic DNA. Synthetic DNA can be added in different combinations to biological hosts, such as bacteria, turning them into chemical factories that can produce small molecules of choice. In Part 2, Prather describes how her lab used design principles to engineer E. coli that produce glucaric acid from glucose. Glucaric acid is not naturally produced in bacteria, so Prather and her colleagues “bioprospected” enzymes from other organisms and expressed them in E. coli to build the needed enzymatic pathway. Prather walks us through the many steps of optimizing the timing, localization and levels of enzyme expression to produce the greatest yield. Speaker Bio: Kristala Jones Prather received her S.B. degree from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and her PhD at the University of California, Berkeley both in chemical engineering. Upon graduation, Prather joined the Merck Research Labs for 4 years before returning to academia. Prather is now an Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering at MIT and an investigator with the multi-university Synthetic Biology Engineering Reseach Center (SynBERC). Her lab designs and constructs novel synthetic pathways in microorganisms converting them into tiny factories for the production of small molecules. Dr. Prather has received numerous awards both for her innovative research and for excellence in teaching.

VIEW VIDEOS

https://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embedded&v=ndThuqVumAk#t=0

https://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embedded&v=ndThuqVumAk#t=12

https://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embedded&v=ndThuqVumAk#t=74

https://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embedded&v=ndThuqVumAk#t=129

https://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embedded&v=ndThuqVumAk#t=168

https://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embedded&v=ndThuqVumAk

 

II. Regulatory Effects of Mammalian microRNAs

Calcium Cycling in Synthetic and Contractile Phasic or Tonic Vascular Smooth Muscle Cells

in INTECH
Current Basic and Pathological Approaches to
the Function of Muscle Cells and Tissues – From Molecules to HumansLarissa Lipskaia, Isabelle Limon, Regis Bobe and Roger Hajjar
Additional information is available at the end of the chapter
http://dx.doi.org/10.5772/48240
1. Introduction
Calcium ions (Ca ) are present in low concentrations in the cytosol (~100 nM) and in high concentrations (in mM range) in both the extracellular medium and intracellular stores (mainly sarco/endo/plasmic reticulum, SR). This differential allows the calcium ion messenger that carries information
as diverse as contraction, metabolism, apoptosis, proliferation and/or hypertrophic growth. The mechanisms responsible for generating a Ca signal greatly differ from one cell type to another.
In the different types of vascular smooth muscle cells (VSMC), enormous variations do exist with regard to the mechanisms responsible for generating Ca signal. In each VSMC phenotype (synthetic/proliferating and contractile [1], tonic or phasic), the Ca signaling system is adapted to its particular function and is due to the specific patterns of expression and regulation of Ca.
For instance, in contractile VSMCs, the initiation of contractile events is driven by mem- brane depolarization; and the principal entry-point for extracellular Ca is the voltage-operated L-type calcium channel (LTCC). In contrast, in synthetic/proliferating VSMCs, the principal way-in for extracellular Ca is the store-operated calcium (SOC) channel.
Whatever the cell type, the calcium signal consists of  limited elevations of cytosolic free calcium ions in time and space. The calcium pump, sarco/endoplasmic reticulum Ca ATPase (SERCA), has a critical role in determining the frequency of SR Ca release by upload into the sarcoplasmic
sensitivity of  SR calcium channels, Ryanodin Receptor, RyR and Inositol tri-Phosphate Receptor, IP3R.
Synthetic VSMCs have a fibroblast appearance, proliferate readily, and synthesize increased levels of various extracellular matrix components, particularly fibronectin, collagen types I and III, and tropoelastin [1].
Contractile VSMCs have a muscle-like or spindle-shaped appearance and well-developed contractile apparatus resulting from the expression and intracellular accumulation of thick and thin muscle filaments [1].
Schematic representation of Calcium Cycling in Contractile and Proliferating VSMCs

Schematic representation of Calcium Cycling in Contractile and Proliferating VSMCs

 

Figure 1. Schematic representation of Calcium Cycling in Contractile and Proliferating VSMCs.

Left panel: schematic representation of calcium cycling in quiescent /contractile VSMCs. Contractile re-sponse is initiated by extracellular Ca influx due to activation of Receptor Operated Ca (through phosphoinositol-coupled receptor) or to activation of L-Type Calcium channels (through an increase in luminal pressure). Small increase of cytosolic due IP3 binding to IP3R (puff) or RyR activation by LTCC or ROC-dependent Ca influx leads to large SR Ca IP3R or RyR clusters (“Ca -induced Ca SR calcium pumps (both SERCA2a and SERCA2b are expressed in quiescent VSMCs), maintaining high concentration of cytosolic Ca and setting the sensitivity of RyR or IP3R for the next spike.
Contraction of VSMCs occurs during oscillatory Ca transient.
Middle panel: schematic representa tion of atherosclerotic vessel wall. Contractile VSMC are located in the media layer, synthetic VSMC are located in sub-endothelial intima.
Right panel: schematic representation of calcium cycling in quiescent /contractile VSMCs. Agonist binding to phosphoinositol-coupled receptor leads to the activation of IP3R resulting in large increase in cytosolic Ca calcium pumps (only SERCA2b, having low turnover and low affinity to Ca depletion leads to translocation of SR Ca sensor STIM1 towards PM, resulting in extracellular Ca influx though opening of Store Operated Channel (CRAC). Resulted steady state Ca transient is critical for activation of proliferation-related transcription factors ‘NFAT).
Abbreviations: PLC – phospholipase C; PM – plasma membrane; PP2B – Ca /calmodulin-activated protein phosphatase 2B (calcineurin); ROC- receptor activated channel; IP3 – inositol-1,4,5-trisphosphate, IP3R – inositol-1,4,5- trisphosphate receptor; RyR – ryanodine receptor; NFAT – nuclear factor of activated T-lymphocytes; VSMC – vascular smooth muscle cells; SERCA – sarco(endo)plasmic reticulum Ca sarcoplasmic reticulum.

 

Time for New DNA Synthesis and Sequencing Cost Curves

By Rob Carlson

I’ll start with the productivity plot, as this one isn’t new. For a discussion of the substantial performance increase in sequencing compared to Moore’s Law, as well as the difficulty of finding this data, please see this post. If nothing else, keep two features of the plot in mind: 1) the consistency of the pace of Moore’s Law and 2) the inconsistency and pace of sequencing productivity. Illumina appears to be the primary driver, and beneficiary, of improvements in productivity at the moment, especially if you are looking at share prices. It looks like the recently announced NextSeq and Hiseq instruments will provide substantially higher productivities (hand waving, I would say the next datum will come in another order of magnitude higher), but I think I need a bit more data before officially putting another point on the plot.

 

cost-of-oligo-and-gene-synthesis

cost-of-oligo-and-gene-synthesis

Illumina’s instruments are now responsible for such a high percentage of sequencing output that the company is effectively setting prices for the entire industry. Illumina is being pushed by competition to increase performance, but this does not necessarily translate into lower prices. It doesn’t behoove Illumina to drop prices at this point, and we won’t see any substantial decrease until a serious competitor shows up and starts threatening Illumina’s market share. The absence of real competition is the primary reason sequencing prices have flattened out over the last couple of data points.

Note that the oligo prices above are for column-based synthesis, and that oligos synthesized on arrays are much less expensive. However, array synthesis comes with the usual caveat that the quality is generally lower, unless you are getting your DNA from Agilent, which probably means you are getting your dsDNA from Gen9.

Note also that the distinction between the price of oligos and the price of double-stranded sDNA is becoming less useful. Whether you are ordering from Life/Thermo or from your local academic facility, the cost of producing oligos is now, in most cases, independent of their length. That’s because the cost of capital (including rent, insurance, labor, etc) is now more significant than the cost of goods. Consequently, the price reflects the cost of capital rather than the cost of goods. Moreover, the cost of the columns, reagents, and shipping tubes is certainly more than the cost of the atoms in the sDNA you are ostensibly paying for. Once you get into longer oligos (substantially larger than 50-mers) this relationship breaks down and the sDNA is more expensive. But, at this point in time, most people aren’t going to use longer oligos to assemble genes unless they have a tricky job that doesn’t work using short oligos.

Looking forward, I suspect oligos aren’t going to get much cheaper unless someone sorts out how to either 1) replace the requisite human labor and thereby reduce the cost of capital, or 2) finally replace the phosphoramidite chemistry that the industry relies upon.

IDT’s gBlocks come at prices that are constant across quite substantial ranges in length. Moreover, part of the decrease in price for these products is embedded in the fact that you are buying smaller chunks of DNA that you then must assemble and integrate into your organism of choice.

Someone who has purchased and assembled an absolutely enormous amount of sDNA over the last decade, suggested that if prices fell by another order of magnitude, he could switch completely to outsourced assembly. This is a potentially interesting “tipping point”. However, what this person really needs is sDNA integrated in a particular way into a particular genome operating in a particular host. The integration and testing of the new genome in the host organism is where most of the cost is. Given the wide variety of emerging applications, and the growing array of hosts/chassis, it isn’t clear that any given technology or firm will be able to provide arbitrary synthetic sequences incorporated into arbitrary hosts.

 TrackBack URL: http://www.synthesis.cc/cgi-bin/mt/mt-t.cgi/397

 

Startup to Strengthen Synthetic Biology and Regenerative Medicine Industries with Cutting Edge Cell Products

28 Nov 2013 | PR Web

Dr. Jon Rowley and Dr. Uplaksh Kumar, Co-Founders of RoosterBio, Inc., a newly formed biotech startup located in Frederick, are paving the way for even more innovation in the rapidly growing fields of Synthetic Biology and Regenerative Medicine. Synthetic Biology combines engineering principles with basic science to build biological products, including regenerative medicines and cellular therapies. Regenerative medicine is a broad definition for innovative medical therapies that will enable the body to repair, replace, restore and regenerate damaged or diseased cells, tissues and organs. Regenerative therapies that are in clinical trials today may enable repair of damaged heart muscle following heart attack, replacement of skin for burn victims, restoration of movement after spinal cord injury, regeneration of pancreatic tissue for insulin production in diabetics and provide new treatments for Parkinson’s and Alzheimer’s diseases, to name just a few applications.

While the potential of the field is promising, the pace of development has been slow. One main reason for this is that the living cells required for these therapies are cost-prohibitive and not supplied at volumes that support many research and product development efforts. RoosterBio will manufacture large quantities of standardized primary cells at high quality and low cost, which will quicken the pace of scientific discovery and translation to the clinic. “Our goal is to accelerate the development of products that incorporate living cells by providing abundant, affordable and high quality materials to researchers that are developing and commercializing these regenerative technologies” says Dr. Rowley

 

Life at the Speed of Light

http://kcpw.org/?powerpress_pinw=92027-podcast

NHMU Lecture featuring – J. Craig Venter, Ph.D.
Founder, Chairman, and CEO – J. Craig Venter Institute; Co-Founder and CEO, Synthetic Genomics Inc.

J. Craig Venter, Ph.D., is Founder, Chairman, and CEO of the J. Craig Venter Institute (JVCI), a not-for-profit, research organization dedicated to human, microbial, plant, synthetic and environmental research. He is also Co-Founder and CEO of Synthetic Genomics Inc. (SGI), a privately-held company dedicated to commercializing genomic-driven solutions to address global needs.

In 1998, Dr. Venter founded Celera Genomics to sequence the human genome using new tools and techniques he and his team developed.  This research culminated with the February 2001 publication of the human genome in the journal, Science. Dr. Venter and his team at JVCI continue to blaze new trails in genomics.  They have sequenced and a created a bacterial cell constructed with synthetic DNA,  putting humankind at the threshold of a new phase of biological research.  Whereas, we could  previously read the genetic code (sequencing genomes), we can now write the genetic code for designing new species.

The science of synthetic genomics will have a profound impact on society, including new methods for chemical and energy production, human health and medical advances, clean water, and new food and nutritional products. One of the most prolific scientists of the 21st century for his numerous pioneering advances in genomics,  he  guides us through this emerging field, detailing its origins, current challenges, and the potential positive advances.

His work on synthetic biology truly embodies the theme of “pushing the boundaries of life.”  Essentially, Venter is seeking to “write the software of life” to create microbes designed by humans rather than only through evolution. The potential benefits and risks of this new technology are enormous. It also requires us to examine, both scientifically and philosophically, the question of “What is life?”

J Craig Venter wants to digitize DNA and transmit the signal to teleport organisms

http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2013/11/01/j-craig-venter-wants-to-digitize-dna-and-transmit-the-signal-to-teleport-organisms/

2013 Genomics: The Era Beyond the Sequencing of the Human Genome: Francis Collins, Craig Venter, Eric Lander, et al.

http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2013/02/11/2013-genomics-the-era-beyond-the-sequencing-human-genome-francis-collins-craig-venter-eric-lander-et-al/

Human Longevity Inc (HLI) – $70M in Financing of Venter’s New Integrative Omics and Clinical Bioinformatics

http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2014/03/05/human-longevity-inc-hli-70m-in-financing-of-venters-new-integrative-omics-and-clinical-bioinformatics/

 

 

Where Will the Century of Biology Lead Us?

By Randall Mayes

A technology trend analyst offers an overview of synthetic biology, its potential applications, obstacles to its development, and prospects for public approval.

  • In addition to boosting the economy, synthetic biology projects currently in development could have profound implications for the future of manufacturing, sustainability, and medicine.
  • Before society can fully reap the benefits of synthetic biology, however, the field requires development and faces a series of hurdles in the process. Do researchers have the scientific know-how and technical capabilities to develop the field?

Biology + Engineering = Synthetic Biology

Bioengineers aim to build synthetic biological systems using compatible standardized parts that behave predictably. Bioengineers synthesize DNA parts—oligonucleotides composed of 50–100 base pairs—which make specialized components that ultimately make a biological system. As biology becomes a true engineering discipline, bioengineers will create genomes using mass-produced modular units similar to the microelectronics and computer industries.

Currently, bioengineering projects cost millions of dollars and take years to develop products. For synthetic biology to become a Schumpeterian revolution, smaller companies will need to be able to afford to use bioengineering concepts for industrial applications. This will require standardized and automated processes.

A major challenge to developing synthetic biology is the complexity of biological systems. When bioengineers assemble synthetic parts, they must prevent cross talk between signals in other biological pathways. Until researchers better understand these undesired interactions that nature has already worked out, applications such as gene therapy will have unwanted side effects. Scientists do not fully understand the effects of environmental and developmental interaction on gene expression. Currently, bioengineers must repeatedly use trial and error to create predictable systems.

Similar to physics, synthetic biology requires the ability to model systems and quantify relationships between variables in biological systems at the molecular level.

The second major challenge to ensuring the success of synthetic biology is the development of enabling technologies. With genomes having billions of nucleotides, this requires fast, powerful, and cost-efficient computers. Moore’s law, named for Intel co-founder Gordon Moore, posits that computing power progresses at a predictable rate and that the number of components in integrated circuits doubles each year until its limits are reached. Since Moore’s prediction, computer power has increased at an exponential rate while pricing has declined.

DNA sequencers and synthesizers are necessary to identify genes and make synthetic DNA sequences. Bioengineer Robert Carlson calculated that the capabilities of DNA sequencers and synthesizers have followed a pattern similar to computing. This pattern, referred to as the Carlson Curve, projects that scientists are approaching the ability to sequence a human genome for $1,000, perhaps in 2020. Carlson calculated that the costs of reading and writing new genes and genomes are falling by a factor of two every 18–24 months. (see recent Carlson comment on requirement to read and write for a variety of limiting  conditions).

Startup to Strengthen Synthetic Biology and Regenerative Medicine Industries with Cutting Edge Cell Products

http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2013/11/28/startup-to-strengthen-synthetic-biology-and-regenerative-medicine-industries-with-cutting-edge-cell-products/

Synthetic Biology: On Advanced Genome Interpretation for Gene Variants and Pathways: What is the Genetic Base of Atherosclerosis and Loss of Arterial Elasticity with Aging

http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2013/05/17/synthetic-biology-on-advanced-genome-interpretation-for-gene-variants-and-pathways-what-is-the-genetic-base-of-atherosclerosis-and-loss-of-arterial-elasticity-with-aging/

Synthesizing Synthetic Biology: PLOS Collections

http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2012/08/17/synthesizing-synthetic-biology-plos-collections/

Capturing ten-color ultrasharp images of synthetic DNA structures resembling numerals 0 to 9

http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2014/02/05/capturing-ten-color-ultrasharp-images-of-synthetic-dna-structures-resembling-numerals-0-to-9/

Silencing Cancers with Synthetic siRNAs

http://pharmaceuticalintelligence.com/2013/12/09/silencing-cancers-with-synthetic-sirnas/

Genomics Now—and Beyond the Bubble

Futurists have touted the twenty-first century as the century of biology based primarily on the promise of genomics. Medical researchers aim to use variations within genes as biomarkers for diseases, personalized treatments, and drug responses. Currently, we are experiencing a genomics bubble, but with advances in understanding biological complexity and the development of enabling technologies, synthetic biology is reviving optimism in many fields, particularly medicine.

BY MICHAEL BROOKS    17 APR, 2014     http://www.newstatesman.com/

Michael Brooks holds a PhD in quantum physics. He writes a weekly science column for the New Statesman, and his most recent book is The Secret Anarchy of Science.

The basic idea is that we take an organism – a bacterium, say – and re-engineer its genome so that it does something different. You might, for instance, make it ingest carbon dioxide from the atmosphere, process it and excrete crude oil.

That project is still under construction, but others, such as using synthesised DNA for data storage, have already been achieved. As evolution has proved, DNA is an extraordinarily stable medium that can preserve information for millions of years. In 2012, the Harvard geneticist George Church proved its potential by taking a book he had written, encoding it in a synthesised strand of DNA, and then making DNA sequencing machines read it back to him.

When we first started achieving such things it was costly and time-consuming and demanded extraordinary resources, such as those available to the millionaire biologist Craig Venter. Venter’s team spent most of the past two decades and tens of millions of dollars creating the first artificial organism, nicknamed “Synthia”. Using computer programs and robots that process the necessary chemicals, the team rebuilt the genome of the bacterium Mycoplasma mycoides from scratch. They also inserted a few watermarks and puzzles into the DNA sequence, partly as an identifying measure for safety’s sake, but mostly as a publicity stunt.

What they didn’t do was redesign the genome to do anything interesting. When the synthetic genome was inserted into an eviscerated bacterial cell, the new organism behaved exactly the same as its natural counterpart. Nevertheless, that Synthia, as Venter put it at the press conference to announce the research in 2010, was “the first self-replicating species we’ve had on the planet whose parent is a computer” made it a standout achievement.

Today, however, we have entered another era in synthetic biology and Venter faces stiff competition. The Steve Jobs to Venter’s Bill Gates is Jef Boeke, who researches yeast genetics at New York University.

Boeke wanted to redesign the yeast genome so that he could strip out various parts to see what they did. Because it took a private company a year to complete just a small part of the task, at a cost of $50,000, he realised he should go open-source. By teaching an undergraduate course on how to build a genome and teaming up with institutions all over the world, he has assembled a skilled workforce that, tinkering together, has made a synthetic chromosome for baker’s yeast.

 

Stepping into DIYbio and Synthetic Biology at ScienceHack

Posted April 22, 2014 by Heather McGaw and Kyrie Vala-Webb

We got a crash course on genetics and protein pathways, and then set out to design and build our own pathways using both the “Genomikon: Violacein Factory” kit and Synbiota platform. With Synbiota’s software, we dragged and dropped the enzymes to create the sequence that we were then going to build out. After a process of sketching ideas, mocking up pathways, and writing hypotheses, we were ready to start building!

The night stretched long, and at midnight we were forced to vacate the school. Not quite finished, we loaded our delicate bacteria, incubator, and boxes of gloves onto the bus and headed back to complete our bacterial transformation in one of our hotel rooms. Jammed in between the beds and the mini-fridge, we heat-shocked our bacteria in the hotel ice bucket. It was a surreal moment.

While waiting for our bacteria, we held an “unconference” where we explored bioethics, security and risk related to synthetic biology, 3D printing on Mars, patterns in juggling (with live demonstration!), and even did a Google Hangout with Rob Carlson. Every few hours, we would excitedly check in on our bacteria, looking for bacterial colonies and the purple hue characteristic of violacein.

Most impressive was the wildly successful and seamless integration of a diverse set of people: in a matter of hours, we were transformed from individual experts and practitioners in assorted fields into cohesive and passionate teams of DIY biologists and science hackers. The ability of everyone to connect and learn was a powerful experience, and over the course of just one weekend we were able to challenge each other and grow.

Returning to work on Monday, we were hungry for more. We wanted to find a way to bring the excitement and energy from the weekend into the studio and into the projects we’re working on. It struck us that there are strong parallels between design and DIYbio, and we knew there was an opportunity to bring some of the scientific approaches and curiosity into our studio.

 

 

Read Full Post »

« Newer Posts - Older Posts »